diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
368 files changed, 5645 insertions, 5524 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md index a8b6195bfec..711462f8df8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ The LaTeX kernel ================ -Release 2020-02-02 pre-release 3 +Release 2020-10-01 pre-release 0 Overview -------- @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ the most significant of these files are - `manifest.txt` lists all the files in this LaTeX distribution, with one line of information about the contents - `unpacked.txt` lists all the files in the unpacked LaTeX distribution -- `legal.txt` and `lppl.txt` (LaTeX Project Public License) describe the +- `legal.txt` and `lppl.txt` (LaTeX Project Public License) describe the LaTeX copyright, warranty and copying restrictions. - `patches.txt` describes the how important changes will be distributed between releases @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The following files contain further information: - `tlc2.err` lists errata in _The LaTeX Companion_ (Mittelbach et al.) The files `ltnews*.tex` (part of the `doc` bundle) contain the LaTeX -newsletters, the highest number being the most recent. +newsletters, the highest number being the most recent. For historical reasons, the base distribution and the core documentation are bundled separately. Documentation is found in the `doc` bundle. In an @@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ version 1.3c or later. ----- -<p>Copyright (C) 1989-2019 The LaTeX Project <br /> +<p>Copyright (C) 1989-2020 The LaTeX Project <br /> <a href="http://latex-project.org/">http://latex-project.org/</a> <br /> All rights reserved.</p> - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf Binary files differindex e60420986f7..c55c748aceb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt index 86bdb734c8a..18914763251 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ LaTeX Error Reports - + January 2017 ERROR REPORTS @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Before you report an error, please check that: Project (see the discussion on the website why this is important). * The error is not caused by using an obsolete version of any file or - of other software. + of other software. * You are using the original version of all files, not one that has been modified elsewhere. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ core LaTeX software, please report it in the following way: https://www.latex-project.org/bugs/bugs-upload.html - Please fill in all required fields; in particular, make sure + Please fill in all required fields; in particular, make sure that your name, email address, and the summary description are correct (the email address will not be shared or made public). @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ If you find an error in one of the following books: Companion Goossens, Mittelbach, Rahtz grphcomp.err Der LaTeX Begleiter, 2ed Mittelbach, Goossens, et al lb2.err The LaTeX Web Companion Goossens, Rahtz webcomp.err - + then please check first whether it is already mentioned in the errata file for that book (these files are part of the LaTeX distribution). @@ -83,7 +83,5 @@ given in that corresponding errata file. Please *do not* send such reports to the latex-bugs address. - ---- Copyright 1997,1998,2006,2008,2017 the LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved --- - +--- Copyright 1997,1998,2006,2008,2017 the LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved --- diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf Binary files differindex 801ea74acbf..fc1c0fee84c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex index 0edfaf8d83c..84cde10c84f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: cfgguide.tex @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ consequences. The file |ltnews.cfg| can be used to customise some aspects of the behaviour of the \textsf{ltnews} class; this class is used to typeset -the the one page newsletter accompanying every \LaTeX{} distribution. +the newsletter accompanying every \LaTeX{} distribution. If this file is present then it is read in at the beginning of the file |ltnews.cls|. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt index b764e8da16c..53073820dfa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ It is based on the 9906 test release of changes.txt Cheers, Ulrik. -P.S. From the historical point-of-view, it is interesting -to note that files like ltherest.dtx are first mentioned +P.S. From the historical point-of-view, it is interesting +to note that files like ltherest.dtx are first mentioned in mid-1991. That's way _before_ the last official releases of 2.09 (in December 1991 and March 1992). @@ -337,12 +337,12 @@ of 2.09 (in December 1991 and March 1992). + 1994-02-24 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> - * fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}): + * fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}): @@ -8291,4 +8299,931 @@ \DeclareFontShape and placed them into a separate macro called \nfss@catcodes so that it is easier to maintain special requirements for packages that make certain characters active. -+ ++ +1994-02-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> + + * ltclass.dtx: 0.2z \@fileswithoptions Renamed \@compatibility to @@ -1268,4 +1268,4 @@ of 2.09 (in December 1991 and March 1992). + + * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@verbatim Added + \penalty\interlinepenalty to definition of \par so that -+ \samepage works
\ No newline at end of file ++ \samepage works diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt index 686a62b4a5f..6b82d58616f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt @@ -4,6 +4,44 @@ completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that are not part of the distribution. ======================================================================= +######################### +# 2020-02-02 Release +######################### + +2020-01-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> + + * ltclass.dtx (subsection{Providing shipment}): + Allow spaces in option string and display + only unknown options not the whole option list (gh/256) + +2020-01-27 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org> + + * ltclass.dtx: Fix text of error message in filecontents + +2020-01-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> + + * ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{The fontenc package}): + Load encoding files only once (except when doing rollback) + (part of gh/255) + +2020-01-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> + + * fontdef.dtx (subsection{Encodings}): + Load t1enc.def last (part of gh/255) + +2020-01-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> + + * lttextcomp.dtx: The overall default is \textcompsubstdefault + not \substdefault + +2020-01-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> + + * ltfssdcl.dtx (section{Interface Commands}): + \DeclareMathDelimiter needs to use \protected for robustness (gh/251) + + * ltoutenc.dtx (subsubsection{Math material}): + \{ and \} need to use \protected for robustness (gh/251) + 2020-01-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> * ltfssini.dtx (section{Custom series settings for main document families}): @@ -15,6 +53,11 @@ are not part of the distribution. * base/ltclass.dtx: Support more write streams for filecontents in LuaTeX (gh/238) + +2020-01-05 Marcel Fabian Krüger <Marcel@latex-project.org> + * base/ltluatex.dtx: New reverselist callback type. + + 2019-12-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> * lttextcomp.dtx: Implement text companion symbols in the kernel @@ -593,7 +636,7 @@ are not part of the distribution. 2017-04-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> - * ltvers.dtx: possible PL1 + * ltvers.dtx: possible PL1 * ltluatex.dtx: glyph_stream_provider is back in luatex 1.04 @@ -992,11 +1035,11 @@ are not part of the distribution. * ltvers.dtx: PL1 - * ltdirchk.dtx: Allow for full reversal of LuaTeX support + * ltdirchk.dtx: Allow for full reversal of LuaTeX support * ltluatex.dtx ######################### -# 2015/10/01 Release +# 2015/10/01 Release ######################### @@ -1016,7 +1059,7 @@ are not part of the distribution. 2015-08-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> * ltplain.dtx: Add extended \newinsert, taking inserts from float - list. + list. 2015-08-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> @@ -1052,7 +1095,7 @@ are not part of the distribution. ######################### -# 2015/01/01 PL 2 Release +# 2015/01/01 PL 2 Release ######################### 2015-07-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> @@ -1062,7 +1105,7 @@ are not part of the distribution. * ltoutput.dtx: fix docstrip guard for latexrelease latex/4434 ######################### -# 2015/01/01 PL 1 Release +# 2015/01/01 PL 1 Release ######################### 2015-06-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> @@ -1256,7 +1299,7 @@ are not part of the distribution. * ltdefns.dtx: \MakeRobust from fixltx2e * ltboxes.dtx: make \makebox \parbox etc robust - + * ltmath.dtx: make \( \) and \[ \] robust * ltlength.dtx: add = to setlength (latexrelease) @@ -1290,7 +1333,7 @@ are not part of the distribution. * patchltx2e.ins: * unpack.ins: * manifest.txt New patchltx2e package added - + * ltfssbas.dtx: move allocation definition to ltplain * ltplain.dtx: Add new allocation code for extended registers @@ -10705,4 +10748,3 @@ are not part of the distribution. \DeclareFontShape and placed them into a separate macro called \nfss@catcodes so that it is easier to maintain special requirements for packages that make certain characters active. - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf Binary files differindex 9a7dfeeac28..b00e573d31f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf Binary files differindex fc1f4dc5ef0..093c4e2fb18 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex index 4b50a0b312d..d778bf9ff4c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: clsguide.tex @@ -37,46 +37,46 @@ \author{Copyright \copyright~1995--2006 The \LaTeX3 Project\\ All rights reserved} -\date{15 February 2006} +\date{15 February 2006} \begin{document} - + \maketitle - + \tableofcontents - + \section{Introduction} This document is an introduction to writing classes and packages for \LaTeX{}, with special attention given to upgrading existing \LaTeX~2.09 packages to \LaTeXe{}. The latter subject is also covered in an article by Johannes Braams published in TUGboat~15.3. - + \subsection{Writing classes and packages for \LaTeXe} - + \LaTeX{} is a document preparation system that enables the document writer to concentrate on the contents of their text, without bothering too much about the formatting of it. For example, chapters are indicated by |\chapter{<title>}| rather than by selecting 18pt bold. - + The file that contains the information about how to turn logical structure (like `|\chapter|') into formatting (like `18pt bold ragged right') is a \emph{document class}. In addition, some features (such as colour or included graphics) are independent of the document class and these are contained in \emph{packages}. - + One of the largest differences between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is in the commands used to write packages and classes. In \LaTeX~2.09, there was very little support for writing |.sty| files, and so writers had to resort to using low-level commands. - + \LaTeXe{} provides high-level commands for structuring packages. It is also much easier to build classes and packages on top of each other, for example writing a local technical report class |cetechr| (for the Chemical Engineering department) based on |article|. - + \subsection{Overview} - + This document contains an overview of how to write classes and packages for \LaTeX{}. It does \emph{not} introduce all of the commands necessary to write packages: these can be found in either @@ -84,33 +84,33 @@ commands necessary to write packages: these can be found in either commands for structuring classes and packages. \begin{description} - + \item[Section~\ref{Sec:general}] contains some general advice about writing classes and packages. It describes the difference between classes and packages, the command naming conventions, the use of |doc| and |docstrip|, how \TeX's primitive file and box commands interact with \LaTeX{}. It also contains some hints about general \LaTeX{} style. - + \item[Section~\ref{Sec:structure}] describes the structure of classes and packages. This includes building classes and packages on top of other classes and packages, declaring options and declaring commands. It also contains example classes. - + \item[Section~\ref{Sec:commands}] lists the new class and package commands. - + \item[Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade}] gives detailed advice on how to upgrade existing \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages to \LaTeXe{}. - + \end{description} - + \subsection{Further information} - + For a general introduction to \LaTeX{}, including the new features of \LaTeXe{}, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook} by Leslie Lamport~\cite{A-W:LLa94}. - + A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp\ second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Michel Goossens~\cite{A-W:MG2004}. The \LaTeX{} system is based on \TeX{}, which is described in \emph{The \TeX book} by Donald E.~Knuth~\cite{A-W:DEK91}. - + There are a number of documentation files which accompany every copy of \LaTeX{}. A copy of \emph{\LaTeX{} News} will come out with each six-monthly release of \LaTeX{}, and is found in the files @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ six-monthly release of \LaTeX{}, and is found in the files \emph{\fntguide} describes the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme for class- and package-writers; it is in |fntguide.tex|. Configuring \LaTeX{} is covered by the guide \emph{\cfgguide} in -\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on +\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in \texttt{modguide.tex}. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ cannot be changed. We would, of course, welcome the production of better classes, or of packages that can be used to enhance these classes. So your first thought when you consider such a deficiency will, we hope, be ``what -can I do to improve this?'' +can I do to improve this?'' Similar considerations apply to those parts of the kernel that are implementing design decisions, many of which should be left to the @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ enhancements will have to wait for \LaTeX3. \section{Writing classes and packages} \label{Sec:writing} - + This section covers some general points concerned with writing \LaTeX{} classes and packages. @@ -206,33 +206,33 @@ supported by individuals: they should support only the new standard \subsection{Using `docstrip' and `doc'} - + If you are going to write a large class or package for \LaTeX{} then you should consider using the |doc| software which comes with -\LaTeX{}. +\LaTeX{}. \LaTeX{} classes and packages written using this can be processed in two ways: they can be run through \LaTeX{}, to produce documentation; and they can be processed with |docstrip|, to produce the |.cls| or |.sty| file. - + The |doc| software can automatically generate indexes of definitions, indexes of command use, and change-log lists. It is very useful for maintaining and documenting large \TeX{} sources. - + The documented sources of the \LaTeX{} kernel itself, and of the standard classes, etc, are |doc| documents; they are in the |.dtx| files in the distribution. You can, in fact, typeset the source code of the kernel as one long document, complete with index, by running \LaTeX{} on |source2e.tex|. Typesetting these documents uses the class file |ltxdoc.cls|. - + For more information on |doc| and |docstrip|, consult the files |docstrip.dtx|, |doc.dtx|, and \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. For examples of its use, look at the |.dtx| files. \subsection{Is it a class or a package?} \label{Sec:classorpkg} - + The first thing to do when you want to put some new \LaTeX{} commands in a file is to decide whether it should be a \emph{document class} or a \emph{package}. The rule of thumb is: @@ -250,59 +250,59 @@ Thus, a company might have a local |ownlet| class for printing letters with their own headed note-paper. Such a class would build on top of the existing |letter| class but it cannot be used with any other document class, so we have |ownlet.cls| rather than |ownlet.sty|. - + The |graphics| package, in contrast, provides commands for including images into a \LaTeX{} document. Since these commands can be used with any document class, we have |graphics.sty| rather than |graphics.cls|. - + \subsection{Command names} - + \LaTeX{} has three types of command. - + There are the author commands, such as |\section|, |\emph| and |\times|: most of these have short names, all in lower case. - + There are also the class and package writer commands: most of these have long mixed-case names such as the following. \begin{verbatim} \InputIfFileExists \RequirePackage \PassOptionsToClass \end{verbatim} - + Finally, there are the internal commands used in the \LaTeX{} implementation, such as |\@tempcnta|, |\@ifnextchar| and |\@eha|: most of these commands contain |@| in their name, which means they cannot be used in documents, only in class and package files. - + Unfortunately, for historical reasons the distinction between these commands is often blurred. For example, |\hbox| is an internal command which should only be used in the \LaTeX{} kernel, whereas |\m@ne| is the constant $-1$ and could have been |\MinusOne|. - + However, this rule of thumb is still useful: if a command has |@| in its name then it is not part of the supported \LaTeX{} language---and its behaviour may change in future releases! If a command is mixed-case, or is described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}, then you can rely on future releases of \LaTeXe{} supporting the command. - + \subsection{Box commands and colour} \label{Sec:colour} - + Even if you do not intend to use colour in your own documents, by taking note of the points in this section you can ensure that your class or package is compatible with the |color| package. This may benefit people using your class or package who have access to colour printers. - + The simplest way to ensure `colour safety' is to always use \LaTeX{} box commands rather than \TeX{} primitives, that is use |\sbox| rather than |\setbox|, |\mbox| rather than |\hbox| and |\parbox| or the |minipage| environment rather than |\vbox|. The \LaTeX{} box commands have new options which mean that they are now as powerful as the \TeX{} primitives. - -As an example of what can go wrong, consider that in + +As an example of what can go wrong, consider that in |{\ttfamily <text>}| the font is restored just \emph{before} the |}|, whereas in the similar looking construction @@ -318,11 +318,11 @@ stored in the box. Exactly what bad effects this can have depends on how colour is implemented: it can range from getting the wrong colours in the rest of the document, to causing errors in the dvi-driver used to print the document. - -Also of interest is the command |\normalcolor|. This is + +Also of interest is the command |\normalcolor|. This is normally just |\relax| (i.e., does nothing) -but you can use it rather like |\normalfont| to -set regions of the page such as captions or section headings to the +but you can use it rather like |\normalfont| to +set regions of the page such as captions or section headings to the `main document colour'. @@ -349,13 +349,13 @@ outside math mode: for example, neither |\textfont 1| nor The new system provides many commands designed to help you produce well-structured class and package files that are both robust and portable. This section outlines some ways to make intelligent use of -these. +these. \subsubsection{Loading other files} \label{Sec:loading} \NEWdescription{1995/12/01} -\LaTeX{} provides these commands: +\LaTeX{} provides these commands: \begin{verbatim} \LoadClass \LoadClassWithOptions \RequirePackage \RequirePackageWithOptions @@ -363,20 +363,20 @@ these. for using classes or packages inside other classes or packages. We recommend strongly that you use them, rather than the primitive |\input| command, for a number of reasons. - + Files loaded with |\input <filename>| will not be listed in the |\listfiles| list. - + If a package is always loaded with |\RequirePackage...| or |\usepackage| then, even if its loading is requested several times, it will be loaded only once. By contrast, if it is loaded with |\input| then it can be loaded more than once; such an extra loading may waste time and memory and it may produce strange results. - + If a package provides option-processing then, again, strange results are possible if the package is |\input| rather than loaded by means of |\usepackage| or |\RequirePackage...|. - + If the package |foo.sty| loads the package |baz.sty| by use of |\input baz.sty| then the user will get a warning: \begin{verbatim} @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ If the package |foo.sty| loads the package |baz.sty| by use of \end{verbatim} Thus, for several reasons, using |\input| to load packages is not a good idea. - + Unfortunately, if you are upgrading the file |myclass.sty| to a class file then you have to make sure that any old files which contain |\input myclass.sty| still work. @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ For example, |article.sty| contains just the following lines: \end{verbatim} You may wish to do the same or, if you think that it is safe to do so, you may decide to just remove |myclass.sty|. - + \subsubsection{Make it robust} We consider it good practice, when writing packages and classes, to use @@ -415,20 +415,20 @@ Thus, instead of using |\def...| we recommend using one of also useful. Doing this makes it less likely that you will inadvertently redefine a command, giving unexpected results. - + When you define an environment, use |\newenvironment| or |\renewenvironment| instead |\def\foo{...}| and |\def\endfoo{...}|. - + If you need to set or change the value of a \m{dimen} or \m{skip} register, use |\setlength|. - + To manipulate boxes, use \LaTeX{} commands such as |\sbox|, |\mbox| and |\parbox| rather than |\setbox|, |\hbox| and |\vbox|. - + Use |\PackageError|, |\PackageWarning| or |\PackageInfo| (or the equivalent class commands) rather than |\@latexerr|, |\@warning| or |\wlog|. - + It is still possible to declare options by defining |\ds@<option>| and calling |\@options|; but we recommend the |\DeclareOption| and |\ProcessOptions| commands instead. These are more powerful and use @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ It is also useful if local classes or packages have a common prefix, for example the University of Nowhere classes might begin with |unw|. This helps to avoid every University having its own thesis class, all called |thesis.cls|. - + If you rely on some features of the \LaTeX{} kernel, or on a package, please specify the release-date you need. For example, the package error commands were introduced in the June 1994 release so, if you use @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ particular, no typesetting can be done. \section{The structure of a class or package} \label{Sec:structure} - + \LaTeXe{} classes and packages have more structure than \LaTeX~2.09 style files did. The outline of a class or package file is: \begin{description} @@ -500,9 +500,9 @@ style files did. The outline of a class or package file is: \item[More declarations] This is where the file does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts; and loading other files. \end{description} - + \subsection{Identification} - + The first thing a class or package file does is identify itself. Package files do this as follows: \begin{verbatim} @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ For example: \NEWdescription{1998/06/19} The \m{date} should be given in the form `\textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}' and must be present if the optional argument is used (this is also true -for the |\NeedsTeXFormat| command). +for the |\NeedsTeXFormat| command). Any derivation from this syntax will result in low-level \TeX{} errors---the commands expect a valid syntax to speed up the daily usage of the package or class and make no provision for the case that @@ -538,10 +538,10 @@ This date is checked whenever a user specifies a date in their \begin{verbatim} \documentclass{article}[1995/12/23] \end{verbatim} -then users at a different location +then users at a different location would get a warning that their copy of |article| was out of date. - + The description of a class is displayed when the class is used. The description of a package is put into the log file. These descriptions are also displayed by the |\listfiles| command. The phrase @@ -549,14 +549,14 @@ are also displayed by the |\listfiles| command. The phrase banner of any file other than those in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution. - + \subsection{Using classes and packages} - + The first major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 style files and \LaTeXe{} packages and classes is that \LaTeXe{} supports \emph{modularity}, in the sense of building files from small building-blocks rather than using large single files. - + A \LaTeX{} package or class can load a package as follows: \begin{verbatim} \RequirePackage[<options>]{<package>}[<date>] @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ It allows packages or classes to use features provided by other packages. For example, by loading the |ifthen| package, a package writer can use the `if\dots then\dots else\dots' commands provided by that package. - + A \LaTeX{} class can load one other class as follows: \begin{verbatim} \LoadClass[<options>]{<class-name>}[<date>] @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ For example: \end{verbatim} \subsection{Declaring options} - + \NEWdescription{1998/12/01} The other major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 styles and \LaTeXe{} packages and classes is in option handling. Packages and classes can @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ class, you can use: \end{verbatim} If you do this then you should make sure you load the class at some later point, otherwise the options will never be processed! - + So far, we have explained only how to declare options, not how to execute them. To process the options with which the file was called, you should use: @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ you should use: This executes the \m{code} for each option that was both specified and declared (see Section~\ref{Sec:commands.options} for details of how this is done). - + For example, if the |jane| package file contains: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareOption{foo}{\typeout{Saw foo.}} @@ -686,16 +686,16 @@ For example, if the |jane| package file contains: \end{verbatim} and an author writes |\usepackage[foo,bar]{jane}|, then they will see the messages \texttt{Saw foo.} and \texttt{What's bar?} - + \subsection{A minimal class file} - + Most of the work of a class or package is in defining new commands, or changing the appearance of documents. This is done in the body of the package, using commands such as |\newcommand| or |\setlength|. \LaTeXe{} provides several new commands to help class and package writers; these are described in detail in Section~\ref{Sec:commands}. - + There are four things that every class file \emph{must} contain: these are a definition of |\normalsize|, values for |\textwidth| and |\textheight| and a specification for page-numbering. So a minimal @@ -713,13 +713,13 @@ distribution, as \texttt{minimal.cls}.} looks like this: However, this class file will not support footnotes, marginals, floats, etc., nor will it provide any of the 2-letter font commands such as |\rm|; thus most classes will contain more than this minimum! - + \subsection{Example: a local letter class} - + A company may have its own letter class, for setting letters in the company style. This section shows a simple implementation of such a class, although a real class would need more structure. - + The class begins by announcing itself as |neplet.cls|. \begin{verbatim} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} @@ -742,9 +742,9 @@ the first page of letters. } \end{verbatim} And that's it! - + \subsection{Example: a newsletter class} - + A simple newsletter can be typeset with \LaTeX{}, using a variant of the |article| class. The class begins by announcing itself as |smplnews.cls|. @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ It redefines |\section| and switches off section numbering. {section}{1}{0pt}{-1.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% {1ex plus .2ex}{\large\sffamily\slshape\headlinecolor}% } - + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} \end{verbatim} It also sets the three essential things. @@ -806,20 +806,20 @@ In practice, a class would need more than this: it would provide commands for issue numbers, authors of articles, page styles and so on; but this skeleton gives a start. The |ltnews| class file is not much more complex than this one. - + \section{Commands for class and package writers} \label{Sec:commands} - + This section describes briefly each of the new commands for class and package writers. To find out about other aspects of the new system, you should also read \emph{\LaTeXbook}, \emph{\LaTeXcomp} and \emph{\usrguide}. - + \subsection{Identification} - + The first group of commands discussed here are those used to identify your class or package file. - + \begin{decl} |\NeedsTeXFormat| \arg{format-name} \oarg{release-date} \end{decl} @@ -830,12 +830,12 @@ format that is needed. When the release date of the format is older than the one specified a warning will be generated. The standard \m{format-name} is \texttt{LaTeX2e}. The date, if present, must be in the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}. - + Example: \begin{verbatim} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01] \end{verbatim} - + \begin{decl} |\ProvidesClass| \arg{class-name} \oarg{release-info} \\ |\ProvidesPackage| \arg{package-name} \oarg{release-info} @@ -857,25 +857,25 @@ release is not too old. The whole of this \m{release-info} information is displayed by |\listfiles| and should therefore not be too long. - + Example: \begin{verbatim} \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX class] \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX package] \end{verbatim} - + \begin{decl} |\ProvidesFile| \arg{file-name} \oarg{release-info} \end{decl} This is similar to the two previous commands except that here the full filename, including the extension, must be given. It is used for declaring any files other than main class and package files. - + Example: \begin{verbatim} \ProvidesFile{T1enc.def}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX file] \end{verbatim} - + Note that the phrase \texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used in the identification banner of any file other than those in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution. @@ -896,13 +896,13 @@ Packages and classes should use these commands to load other packages. The use of |\RequirePackage| is the same as the author command |\usepackage|. - + Examples: \begin{verbatim} \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01] \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[1995/12/01] \end{verbatim} - + \begin{decl} |\LoadClass| \oarg{options-list} \arg{class-name} \oarg{release-info}\\ @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ Examples: These commands are for use \emph{only} in class files, they cannot be used in packages files; they can be used at most once within a class file. - + The use of |\LoadClass| is the same as the use of |\documentclass| to load a class file. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ There are some commands designed especially for use within the |\DeclareOption| \arg{option-name} \arg{code} \end{decl} This makes \m{option-name} a `declared option' of the class or package -in which it is put. +in which it is put. The \m{code} argument contains the code to be executed if that option is specified for the class or package; it can contain any valid @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue} \end{verbatim} - + \begin{decl} |\DeclareOption*| \arg{code} \end{decl} @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ used within these arguments can be found in the next few subsections. |\CurrentOption| \end{decl} This expands to the name of the current option. - + \begin{decl} |\OptionNotUsed| \end{decl} @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ be added to the list of `unused options'. necessary to double them). \subsection{Moving options around} -\label{Sec:opmove} +\label{Sec:opmove} These two commands are also very useful within the \m{code} argument of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|: @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ The command |\PassOptionsToPackage| passes the option names in This means that it adds the \m{option-list} to the list of options used by any future |\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage| command for package \m{package-name}. - + Example: \begin{verbatim} \PassOptionsToPackage{foo,bar}{fred} @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ is the same as: Similarly, |\PassOptionsToClass| may be used in a class file to pass options to another class to be loaded with |\LoadClass|. - + \NEWdescription{1995/12/01} The effects and use of these two commands should be contrasted with those of the following two (documented above, in \ref{Sec:loadf}): @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ declared. \subsection{Delaying code} \label{Sec:delays} -These first two commands are also intended primarily for use within +These first two commands are also intended primarily for use within the \m{code} argument of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|. \begin{decl} @@ -1087,18 +1087,18 @@ the \m{code} argument of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|. These commands declare \m{code} that is saved away internally and then executed after processing the whole of the current class or package file. - + Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their declarations. - + \begin{decl} |\AtBeginDocument| \arg{code}\\ |\AtEndDocument| \arg{code} \end{decl} These commands declare \m{code} to be saved internally and executed while \LaTeX{} is executing |\begin{document}| or |\end{document}|. - + The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtBeginDocument| is executed near the end of the |\begin{document}| code, \emph{after} the font selection tables have been set up. It is therefore a useful @@ -1116,11 +1116,11 @@ executed at the beginning of the |\end{document}| code, floating environments are processed. If some of the \m{code} is to be executed after these two processes, you should include a |\clearpage| at the appropriate point in \m{code}. - + Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their declarations. - + \begin{decl}[1994/12/01] |\AtBeginDvi| \arg{specials} \end{decl} @@ -1130,21 +1130,21 @@ document. This should not be used for anything that will add any typeset material to the |.dvi| file. - + Repeated use of this command is permitted. - + \subsection{Option processing} \label{Sec:commands.options} - + \begin{decl} |\ProcessOptions| \end{decl} This command executes the \m{code} for each selected option. - + We shall first describe how |\ProcessOptions| works in a package file, and then how this differs in a class file. - + To understand in detail what |\ProcessOptions| does in a package file, you have to know the difference between \emph{local} and \emph{global} options. @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ Note the following: were specified), whilst the |twocolumn| option does not: this is because |twocolumn| is a global option. \end{itemize} - + In a class file, |\ProcessOptions| works in the same way, except that: \emph{all} options are local; and the default value for |\DeclareOption*| is |\OptionNotUsed| rather than an error. @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ error messages being issued. This is like |\ProcessOptions| but it executes the options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this means that the -global options are processed first. +global options are processed first. The |\@options| command from \LaTeX~2.09 has been made equivalent to this in order to ease the task of updating old document styles to @@ -1254,8 +1254,8 @@ this in order to ease the task of updating old document styles to |\ExecuteOptions| \arg{options-list} \end{decl} -For each option in the \m{options-list}, in order, -this command simply executes the command +For each option in the \m{options-list}, in order, +this command simply executes the command |\ds@<option>| (if this command is not defined, then that option is silently ignored). @@ -1269,19 +1269,19 @@ in two columns. Then it could specify: \subsection{Safe file commands} - + These commands deal with file input; they ensure that the non-existence of a requested file can be handled in a user-friendly way. - + \begin{decl} |\IfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false} \end{decl} If the file exists then the code specified in \m{true} is executed. - + If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is executed. - + This command does \emph{not} input the file. \begin{decl} @@ -1292,15 +1292,15 @@ before the input, the code specified in \m{true} is executed. If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is executed. - + It is implemented using |\IfFileExists|. \subsection{Reporting errors, etc} - + These commands should be used by third party classes and packages to report errors, or to provide information to authors. - + \begin{decl} |\ClassError| \arg{class-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}\\ |\PackageError| \arg{package-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text} @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ report errors, or to provide information to authors. These produce an error message. The \m{error-text} is displayed and the |?| error prompt is shown. If the user types |h|, they will be shown the \m{help-text}. - + Within the \m{error-text} and \m{help-text}: |\protect| can be used to stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break; and |\space| prints a space. @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ If the user types |h|, this will be shown: Oh dear! Something's gone wrong. Try typing <<return>> to proceed, ignoring \foo. \end{verbatim} - + \begin{decl} |\ClassWarning| \arg{class-name} \arg{warning-text}\\ |\PackageWarning| \arg{package-name} \arg{warning-text}\\ @@ -1365,11 +1365,11 @@ stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break; and |\space| prints a space. Also, these should not end with a full stop as one is automatically added. - + \subsection{Defining commands} \label{Sec:commands.define} - + \LaTeXe{} provides some extra methods of (re)defining commands that are intended for use in class and package files. @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ a robust command, even if some code within the \m{definition} is fragile. You can use this command to define new robust commands, or to redefine existing commands and make them robust. A log is put into the transcript file if a command is redefined. - + For example, if |\seq| is defined as follows: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareRobustCommand{\seq}[2][n]{% @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ This takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but, rather than define \m{cmd}, it just checks that the current definition of \m{cmd} is exactly as given by \m{definition}. An error is raised if these definitions differ. - + This command is useful for checking the state of the system before your package starts altering the definitions of commands. It allows you to check, in particular, that no other package has redefined the @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ We hope that these changes will not affect many packages. \label{Sec:commands.misc} \subsection{Layout parameters} - + \begin{decl} |\paperheight|\\ |\paperwidth| @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ For example: \begin{tabular}{rl} |\uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\ |\lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\ - |\MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & + |\MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\ |\MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE} \end{tabular} @@ -1581,11 +1581,11 @@ default setting will be over-ridden. \section{Upgrading \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages} \label{Sec:upgrade} - + This section describes the changes you may need to make when you upgrade an existing \LaTeX{} style to a package or class but we shall start in optimistic mode. - + Many existing style files will run with \LaTeXe{} without any modification to the file itself. When everything is running OK, please put a note in the newly created package or class file to record @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ reasons. \begin{itemize} \item \LaTeX{} now has a robust, well-defined designer's interface for selecting fonts, which is very different from the \LaTeX~2.09 - internals. + internals. \item Your style file may have used some \LaTeX~2.09 internal commands which have changed, or which have been removed. \end{itemize} @@ -1651,13 +1651,13 @@ condition, as follows: \subsection{Font commands} - + Some font and size commands are now defined by the document class rather than by the \LaTeX{} kernel. If you are upgrading a \LaTeX~2.09 document style to a class that does not load one of the standard classes, then you will probably need to add definitions for these commands. - + \begin{decl} |\rm| |\sf| |\tt| |\bf| |\it| |\sl| |\sc| \end{decl} @@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@ One possible definition is: This would make the font commands orthogonal; for example |{\bf\it text}| would produce bold italic, thus: \textbf{\textit{text}}. It will also make them produce an error if used in math mode. - + Another possible definition is: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}{\mathrm} @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ follow the standard classes and define: \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\mathsc} \end{verbatim} This means, for example, that |{\bf\it text}| will produce medium -weight (rather than bold) italic, thus: \textit{text}. +weight (rather than bold) italic, thus: \textit{text}. \begin{decl} |\normalsize| \\ @@ -1728,11 +1728,11 @@ This means you should use |\renewcommand| for |\normalsize| and \subsection{Obsolete commands} - + Some packages will not work with \LaTeXe{}, normally because they relied on an internal \LaTeX{} command which was never supported and has now changed, or been removed. - + In many cases there will now be a robust, high-level means of achieving what previously required low-level commands. Please consult Section~\ref{Sec:commands} to see if you can now use the \LaTeXe{} @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ check any that you have used or changed. We shall, however, list some of the more important commands which are no longer supported. - + \begin{decl} |\tenrm| |\elvrm| |\twlrm| \dots\\ |\tenbf| |\elvbf| |\twlbf| \dots\\ @@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ For example, the command |\twlsf| should be replaced by: Another possibility is to use the |rawfonts| package, described in \emph{\usrguide}. -Also, remember that many of the fonts preloaded by \LaTeX~2.09 +Also, remember that many of the fonts preloaded by \LaTeX~2.09 are no longer preloaded. \begin{decl} @@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ These commands have now been reimplemented using If your package redefined one of the |\p|-commands then you must remove the redefinition and use |\DeclareRobustCommand| to redefine the non-|\p| command. - + \begin{decl} |\footheight|\\ |\@maxsep|\\ @@ -1808,20 +1808,20 @@ non-|\p| command. These parameters are not used by \LaTeXe{} so they have been removed, except in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode. Classes should no longer set them. - + \begin{thebibliography}{1} - + \bibitem{A-W:DEK91} Donald~E. Knuth. \newblock {\em The \TeX book}. \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1986. \newblock Revised to cover \TeX3, 1991. - + \bibitem{A-W:LLa94} Leslie Lamport. \newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}. \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. - + \bibitem{A-W:MG2004} Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens. \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}. @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ Section references below are to \emph{\clsguide}. If your file sets up new fonts, font-changing commands or symbols, you should also read \emph{\fntguide}. - + \item It did not work? There are three possibilities here: \begin{itemize} \item error messages are produced whilst reading your file; @@ -1871,4 +1871,3 @@ Section references below are to \emph{\clsguide}. \end{enumerate} \end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf Binary files differindex c6b67359bb7..6b8ed43328d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf Binary files differindex e5700cd6597..ac7fdc93906 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex index c3feb2c14bf..44c30b1153f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ were written by Werner Lemberg and Vladimir Volovich (except that the concrete hyphenation patterns which are part of \textsf{ruhyphen} came from individual authors). The support for the Ukrainian language was prepared by Andrij Shvaika. - + \section{Installation} @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ releases of \babel{}, will be withdrawn in the near future and replaced by the |OT2| encoding. \subsection{Getting pre-built packages} - + Many of the major \TeX{} distributions, such as te\TeX{}, fp\TeX{} and \TeX{}live, contain (or soon will) everything that is needed, including the LH~fonts, \textsf{ruhyphen} and the latest version of @@ -301,15 +301,15 @@ variants of each other). \item |cp855| --- the standard \mbox{MS-DOS} Cyrillic code-page. -\item |cp866| --- the standard \mbox{MS-DOS} Russian code-page. +\item |cp866| --- the standard \mbox{MS-DOS} Russian code-page. Several code-pages very similar to this are also supported (the differences are all in the range 242--254). \begin{itemize} \item |cp866av| -- the `Cyrillic Alternative' code-page (an alternative variant of cp866); - \item |cp866mav| -- the `Modified Alternative Variant'; - \item |cp866nav| -- the `New Alternative Variant'; - \item |cp866tat| -- an experimental Tatarian code-page. + \item |cp866mav| -- the `Modified Alternative Variant'; + \item |cp866nav| -- the `New Alternative Variant'; + \item |cp866tat| -- an experimental Tatarian code-page. \end{itemize} \item |cp1251| --- the standard MS Windows Cyrillic code-page. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ variants of each other). code-pages which coincide for all Russian letters but add some other Cyrillic letters. The following are supported: \begin{itemize} - \item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-u}} -- for Ukrainian; + \item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-u}} -- for Ukrainian; \item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-ru}} -- this is described in a draft RFC document specifying a widely used character set for mail and news exchange in the Ukrainian internet community, as well as for @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ variants of each other). \item |iso88595| --- the \mbox{ISO 8859-5} Cyrillic code-page (also called \mbox{ISO-IR-144}). - + \item |maccyr| --- the Apple Macintosh Cyrillic code-page (also known as Microsoft cp10007) and |macukr|, the Apple Macintosh Ukrainian code-page, very similar to the Cyrillic code-page. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf Binary files differindex 771be50d690..5528d591054 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf Binary files differindex b79e99ed02d..0ba288a7ca7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf Binary files differindex cd3e0450002..8348539d441 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex index 8032f2cce90..339bce1eb33 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex @@ -2,37 +2,37 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % - + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] - + \documentclass{ltxguide}[1994/11/20] - + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{} \usepackage{textcomp} @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ \else \count@="80 \setbox0=\hbox{\X - \loop\char\count@\advance\count@ by1 \ifnum\count@<"100 + \loop\char\count@\advance\count@ by1 \ifnum\count@<"100 \repeat}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt \let\top\tophalf\else\let\top\notophalf\fi \beginchart\X{\hfill\llap{\textbf{#1, \large#2}\label{fonttable:#1}}}\normalchart @@ -186,18 +186,18 @@ \setcounter{tocdepth}{3} \title{\LaTeX{} font encodings} - + \author{Frank Mittelbach \and Robin Fairbairns \and Werner Lemberg \and \LaTeX3 Project Team.} - + \date{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2016 \\[5pt] 18 February 2016} - + \begin{document} - + \maketitle - + \tableofcontents - + \section{Introduction} This document explains the ideas that underpin \LaTeX{} font @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ The Computer Modern text encoding raises problems in unmodified \verb"\accent" commands. Even in those Western European languages for which the \Enc{OT1} encoding has symbols for the necessary \verb"\accent"-based diacritics, this shortcoming ruins typesetting of -running text. +running text. With the advent of \TeX{}\,3, with its ability to switch between hyphenation pattern sets, it was clear that the situation could not @@ -299,11 +299,11 @@ most likely be delayed still further. \subsection{Further information} - + For a general introduction to \LaTeX, including the new features of \LaTeXe, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook}, Leslie Lamport, Addison Wesley, 2nd~ed, 1994. - + A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp{} second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and @@ -313,11 +313,11 @@ The \LaTeX{} project sponsored a report on Mathematical % spelt out in full font encodings, which is worth reading for its insight into the problems of defining the way in which math is used: see~\cite{ziegler,clasen,clasen-vieth}. - + The \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is based on \TeX, which is described by its developer in \emph{The \TeX book}, Donald E.~Knuth, Addison Wesley, 1986, revised in 1991 to include the features of \TeX~3. - + For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX, please contact your local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group (\url{http://www.tug.org}). @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ start with |E|, whilst |U| is for Unknown or Unclassified encodings. change from font to font, a number of problems arise, so it is best to develop encodings that can be used with a large number of fonts in parallel. This allows documents to be typeset using different fonts without problems. - + The \Enc{TS1} encoding is a good example of a \emph{bad} encoding (even though it was developed with the best intentions) as a huge number of fonts can only implement parts of it. Similarly, the fact that the few sets of @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ start with |E|, whilst |U| is for Unknown or Unclassified encodings. problems. Don't add to this if possible! \end{quote} - + \subsection{128$^+$ glyph encodings (text)} The `OT' series of font encodings start with Donald Knuth's original @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ signifying `original', or just `old'. \verb=\=, \verb={=, and \verb=}= are only available in the typewriter fonts and the \textdollar{} and \textsterling{} signs share the same position (in different font shapes). - + This means that direct selection of these slots can produce unpredictable results, e.g., typing \texttt{\string<} or \verb=\symbol{'74}= in a document can yield `\textquestiondown'. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ signifying `original', or just `old'. The \Enc{OT3} encoding was never really used with \LaTeXe{} following the introduction of the TIPA system which offers much better support for IPA. In particular, no \File{ot3enc.def} - file was ever produced. + file was ever produced. \end{encodinginfo} @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ signifying `original', or just `old'. \end{encodinginfo} - + \begin{encodinginfo}{OT6} {Armenian text encoding} @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ signifying `original', or just `old'. {--- (within each encoding)} {larm1000} {\cite{Berdnikov:eurotex-98}} - + There are too many glyphs in the full Cyrillic complement of languages for all of them to be covered by a single \LaTeX{}-compliant encoding (the lower half of each @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ signifying `original', or just `old'. The \Enc{T3} encoding (and associated macros) provides the glyphs required in phonetic description according to current International Phonetic Association recommendations \cite{ipa}. - + The \Enc{T3} encoding does \emph{not fulfil} the requirements for \Enc{T} encodings---the name is a historical accident. The correct name would be \Enc{X3}, but due to the fact that this font family has been used under its @@ -569,15 +569,15 @@ signifying `original', or just `old'. {0x00--0xFF} % range(s) of slots used for glyphs {0x24} % range(s) of slots with variable glyphs if any {fcr10} % name of an example font - {\cite{tub:JKn93}} + {\cite{tub:JKn93}} The African Latin fonts contain in their lower half (0--127) the same characters as the European Latin (T1-encoded) Fonts, while in their upper half (128--255) they contain letters and symbols for African languages that use extended -Latin alphabets. +Latin alphabets. Due to lack of space, J\"org had to play the unfortunate trick of -assigning \verb=\textdollar= and \verb=\textsterling= +assigning \verb=\textdollar= and \verb=\textsterling= the same position; users should take these characters from the text companion font, if they are needed. Instead of defining a lot of new control sequences for the single letters, there are three @@ -585,9 +585,9 @@ accent-like control sequences with general purpose: \verb=\m= (Modified-1), \verb=\M= (Modified-2) and \verb=\B= (Barred). -Most standard \LaTeX{} encoding-dependent commands +Most standard \LaTeX{} encoding-dependent commands work. However, the Icelandic special letters are not available and `best -replacements' for \verb=\Th=, \verb=\th=, and \verb=\dh= +replacements' for \verb=\Th=, \verb=\th=, and \verb=\dh= are used (barred T and d resp.). \end{encodinginfo} @@ -673,8 +673,8 @@ itself hasn't been defined so far. \else \expandafter\ifx\csname r@fonttable:ptmr8c\endcsname\relax \else - \space (compare the two tables for \Enc{TS1} on - pages~\pageref{fonttable:tcrm1000} + \space (compare the two tables for \Enc{TS1} on + pages~\pageref{fonttable:tcrm1000} and~\pageref{fonttable:ptmr8c})% \fi \fi. @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ itself hasn't been defined so far. {---} {cmsy10} {\cite[p.431]{A-W:DKn86}} - + The \Enc{OMS} encoding contains basic mathematical symbols, together with an uppercase ``calligraphic'' Latin alphabet. \end{encodinginfo} @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ given in \cite{ziegler}. {all} {} {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}} - + As the name indicates, encodings starting with the letter \Enc{E} are intended for experimental encodings, that are still likely to change. \end{encodinginfo} @@ -811,14 +811,14 @@ given in \cite{ziegler}. {all} {} {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}} - + `Local' encodings provide the means to develop representation techniques that are suited to a particular \TeX{} environment. While the developer has freedom to specify their encoding as he or she pleases, there is a strong incentive to obey the \LaTeX{} rules for encodings, since it will otherwise be difficult to compose text using the encoding. - + At least it was the intention that \Enc{L..} encodings are local and site dependent. However, a number of such encodings became generally used without ever getting a different name allocated. @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ given in \cite{ziegler}. {\emph{believed none}} {ptmr8y} {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}} - + This is an alternative to the \Enc{T1} encoding developed by Y\&Y and used in their commercial \TeX{} implementation. @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ given in \cite{ziegler}. {\emph{believed none}} {grmn1000} {\cite[p.575]{A-W:MG2004}} - + Currently the main encoding in use for the Greek language. This encoding doesn't conform to the restrictions for @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ given in \cite{ziegler}. {---} {} {\cite{Adobe:PDF-1.6}, \cite{hyperref}} - + The \Enc{PD1} encoding is a virtual encoding with 256 glyphs needed to produce bookmarks and similar text in PDF document generated with pdf\LaTeX. The encoding is ``virtual'' because by design there are no \TeX{} @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ given in \cite{ziegler}. {---} {} {\cite{Adobe:PDF-1.6}, \cite{hyperref}} - + Another virtual encoding (with more than 600 characters) for Unicode-encoded bookmarks in PDF documents. \end{encodinginfo} @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ given in \cite{ziegler}. -\section{Restrictions} +\section{Restrictions} \label{sec:restrictions} @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ accented. For example, |\v{c}| is the \textsc{licr} for `\v{c}'. \ttverb\textunderscore \>OT1,T1\> \textunderscore \> \\ \ttverb\textvisiblespace \>OT1,T1\> \textvisiblespace\> \\ \ttverb\th \>T1 \> \th \> -\end{tabbing} +\end{tabbing} \section{Encodings for Unicode based \TeX\ systems} \label{sec:unicode} @@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ The restrictions described in section \ref{sec:restrictions} do not apply, or need to be modified in a Unicode based engine. Clearly the lowercase table (and hyphenation patterns) can not be restricted to the values used for \Enc{T1} and do only refer to the first 256 -characters. +characters. When the \LaTeX\ format is made \LaTeX\ sets up the lowercase table and classifies characters as letter- or non-letter-based on \Enc{T1} if @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ avoid any need to manipulate \verb=\lccode= in the document.) \begin{thebibliography}{99} \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\numberline{\relax}\refname} - + \bibitem{Adobe:PDF-1.6} \emph{\textsc{PDF} reference}: Adobe portable document format version~1.6. Adobe Systems @@ -1310,9 +1310,9 @@ Michael~J. Ferguson. \bibitem{tub:JKn93} J\"org Knappen. -\newblock Fonts for Africa: The fc Fonts. +\newblock Fonts for Africa: The fc Fonts. \newblock {\em {TUG}boat}, 14(2):104, 1993. - + \bibitem{Knappen:TB17-2-96} J\"org Knappen: \emph{The \Pkg{dc} fonts~1.3: Move towards stability and completeness}. In: TUGBoat 17\#2, 1996. @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ J\"org Knappen. \bibitem{A-W:DKn86} Donald~E. Knuth. \newblock {\em The {\TeX}book}. -\newblock Volume~A of {\em Computers \& {T}ypesetting\/}, +\newblock Volume~A of {\em Computers \& {T}ypesetting\/}, May 1989. \newblock Eight printing. @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens. \url{http://unicode.org/ucd}. \bibitem{ziegler} Justin Ziegler, \emph{Technical - Report on Math Font Encodings}, June 1994, + Report on Math Font Encodings}, June 1994, \url{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/papers/ltx3pub/l3d007.ps.gz}. \end{thebibliography} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf Binary files differindex e38b5e759fc..d26c39cc7dd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf Binary files differindex c3fc4b77347..769656c1c41 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf Binary files differindex f6e8ef39cab..c77741a2125 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex index 59c6499962d..f19e0de7ba1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex @@ -1,206 +1,203 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: fntguide.tex - + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] - + \documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28] - + \title{\LaTeXe{} font selection} - + \author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\ All rights reserved.} - + \date{October 2019} - + \begin{document} - + \maketitle - + \tableofcontents - + \section{Introduction} - + This document describes the new font selection features of the \LaTeX{} Document Preparation System. It is intended for package writers who want to write font-loading packages similar to |times| or |latexsym|. -This document is only a brief introduction to the new facilities and -is intended for package writers who are familiar with \TeX{} fonts and +This document is only a brief introduction to the new facilities and is +intended for package writers who are familiar with \TeX{} fonts and \LaTeX{} packages. It is \emph{neither} a user-guide \emph{nor} a reference manual for fonts in \LaTeXe. - + \subsection{\LaTeXe~fonts} - + The most important difference between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is the way that fonts are selected. In \LaTeX~2.09, the Computer Modern fonts were built into the \LaTeX~format, and so customizing \LaTeX{} to use other fonts was a major effort. - + In \LaTeXe, very few fonts are built into the format, and there are commands to load new text and math fonts. Packages such as |times| or -|latexsym| allow authors to access these fonts. -This document describes how to write similar font-loading packages. - +|latexsym| allow authors to access these fonts. This document describes +how to write similar font-loading packages. + The \LaTeXe{} font selection system was first released as the `New Font Selection Scheme' (NFSS) in 1989, and then in release~2 in 1993. \LaTeXe{} includes NFSS release~2 as standard. - + \subsection{Overview} - -This document contains an overview of the new font commands -of \LaTeX. - + +This document contains an overview of the new font commands of \LaTeX. + \begin{description} - + \item[Section~\ref{Sec:text}] describes the commands for selecting fonts - in classes and packages. It lists the five \LaTeX{} font - attributes, and lists the commands for selecting fonts. It also - describes how to customize the author commands such as |\textrm| and - |\textit| to suit your document design. - + in classes and packages. It lists the five \LaTeX{} font attributes, + and lists the commands for selecting fonts. It also describes how to + customize the author commands such as |\textrm| and |\textit| to suit + your document design. + \item[Section~\ref{Sec:math}] explains the commands for controlling - \LaTeX{} math fonts. It describes how to specify new math fonts and - new math symbols. - + \LaTeX{} math fonts. It describes how to specify new math fonts and + new math symbols. + \item[Section~\ref{Sec:install}] explains how to install new fonts into - \LaTeX. It shows how \LaTeX{} font attributes are turned into \TeX{} - font names, and how to specify your own fonts using font definition - files. - -\item[Section~\ref{Sec:encode}] discusses text font encodings. - It describes how to declare a new encoding and how to define - commands, such as |\AE| or |\"|, which have different definitions in - different encodings, depending on whether ligatures, etc.\ are - available in the encoding. - + \LaTeX. It shows how \LaTeX{} font attributes are turned into \TeX{} + font names, and how to specify your own fonts using font definition + files. + +\item[Section~\ref{Sec:encode}] discusses text font encodings. It + describes how to declare a new encoding and how to define commands, + such as |\AE| or |\"|, which have different definitions in different + encodings, depending on whether ligatures, etc.\ are available in the + encoding. + \item[Section~\ref{Sec:misc}] covers font miscellanea. It describes how - \LaTeX{} performs font substitution, how to customize fonts that are - preloaded in the \LaTeX{} format, and the naming conventions used in - \LaTeX{} font selection. - + \LaTeX{} performs font substitution, how to customize fonts that are + preloaded in the \LaTeX{} format, and the naming conventions used in + \LaTeX{} font selection. + \end{description} - + \subsection{Further information} - + For a general introduction to \LaTeX, including the new features of -\LaTeXe, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook}, -Leslie Lamport, Addison Wesley, 2nd~ed, 1994. - +\LaTeXe, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook}, Leslie Lamport, Addison +Wesley, 2nd~ed, 1994. + A more detailed description of the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is to -be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}, 2nd~ed, by Mittelbach and Goossens, Addison -Wesley, 2004. - +be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}, 2nd~ed, by Mittelbach and Goossens, +Addison Wesley, 2004. + The \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is based on \TeX, which is described by its developer in \emph{The \TeX book}, Donald E.~Knuth, Addison Wesley, 1986, revised in 1991 to include the features of \TeX~3. - + Sebastian Rahtz's |psnfss| software contains the software for using a large number of Type~1 fonts (including the Adobe Laser Writer 35 and the Monotype CD-ROM fonts) in \LaTeX. It should be available from the same source as your copy of \LaTeX. - -The |psnfss| software uses fonts generated by Alan Jeffrey's -|fontinst| software. This can convert fonts from Adobe Font Metric -format into a format readable by \LaTeX, including the generation of -the font definition files described in Section~\ref{Sec:install}. The -|fontinst| software should be available from the same source as your -copy of \LaTeX. - + +The |psnfss| software uses fonts generated by Alan Jeffrey's |fontinst| +software. This can convert fonts from Adobe Font Metric format into a +format readable by \LaTeX, including the generation of the font +definition files described in Section~\ref{Sec:install}. The |fontinst| +software should be available from the same source as your copy of +\LaTeX. + Whenever practical, \LaTeX{} uses the font naming scheme called `fontname'; this was described in \emph{Filenames for fonts},% -\footnote{An up-to-date electronic version -of this document can be found on any CTAN server, in the directory -\texttt{info/fontname}.} +\footnote{An up-to-date electronic version of this document can be found + on any CTAN server, in the directory \texttt{info/fontname}.} \emph{TUGboat}~11(4),~1990. -The class-writer's guide \emph{\clsguide} describes -the new \LaTeX{} features for writers of document classes and packages -and is kept in |clsguide.tex|. Configuring -\LaTeX{} is covered by the guide \emph{\cfgguide} in -\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on -modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in +The class-writer's guide \emph{\clsguide} describes the new \LaTeX{} +features for writers of document classes and packages and is kept in +|clsguide.tex|. Configuring \LaTeX{} is covered by the guide +\emph{\cfgguide} in \texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind +our policy on modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in \texttt{modguide.tex}. - -The documented source code (from the files used to produce -the kernel format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as -\emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}. -This very large document also includes an index of \LaTeX{} -commands. It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file |source2e.tex| -in the |base| directory; this uses the class file |ltxdoc.cls|. + +The documented source code (from the files used to produce the kernel +format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as \emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}. +This very large document also includes an index of \LaTeX{} commands. +It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file |source2e.tex| in the |base| +directory; this uses the class file |ltxdoc.cls|. For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, please contact your local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group. Addresses and other details can be found at: \begin{quote}\small\label{addrs} - \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html} + \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html} \end{quote} \section{Text fonts} \label{Sec:text} - + This section describes the commands available to class and package writers for specifying and selecting fonts. - -\subsection{Text font attributes} \label{sec:textfontattributes} - + +\subsection{Text font attributes} +\label{sec:textfontattributes} + Every text font in \LaTeX{} has five \emph{attributes}: \begin{description} - + \item[encoding] This specifies the order that characters appear in the - font. The two most common text encodings used in \LaTeX{} are - Knuth's `\TeX{} text' encoding, and the `\TeX{} text extended' - encoding developed by the \TeX{} Users Group members during a \TeX{} - Conference at Cork in~1990 (hence its informal name `Cork encoding'). - + font. The two most common text encodings used in \LaTeX{} are Knuth's + `\TeX{} text' encoding, and the `\TeX{} text extended' encoding + developed by the \TeX{} Users Group members during a \TeX{} Conference + at Cork in~1990 (hence its informal name `Cork encoding'). + \item[family] The name for a collection of fonts, usually grouped under - a common name by the font foundry. For example, `Adobe Times', `ITC - Garamond', and Knuth's `Computer Modern Roman' are all font families. - + a common name by the font foundry. For example, `Adobe Times', `ITC + Garamond', and Knuth's `Computer Modern Roman' are all font families. + \item[series] How heavy and/or expanded a font is. For example, `medium - weight', `narrow' and `bold extended' are all series. - -\item[shape] The form of the letters within a font family. For - example, `italic', `oblique' and `upright' (sometimes called - `roman') are all font shapes. - + weight', `narrow' and `bold extended' are all series. + +\item[shape] The form of the letters within a font family. For example, + `italic', `oblique' and `upright' (sometimes called `roman') are all + font shapes. + \item[size] The design size of the font, for example `10pt'. If no - dimension is specified, `pt' is assumed. - + dimension is specified, `pt' is assumed. + \end{description} The possible values for these attributes are given short acronyms by \LaTeX. The most common values for the font encoding are: \begin{center} -\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} - \begin{tabular}{rl} + \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} + \begin{tabular}{rl} |OT1| & \TeX{} text \\ |T1| & \TeX{} extended text \\ |OML| & \TeX{} math italic \\ @@ -208,18 +205,18 @@ The possible values for these attributes are given short acronyms by |OMX| & \TeX{} math large symbols \\ |U| & Unknown \\ |L<xx>| & A local encoding - \end{tabular} -\end{minipage} + \end{tabular} + \end{minipage} \end{center} The `local' encodings are intended for font encodings which are only -locally available, for example a font containing an organization's -logo in various sizes. - +locally available, for example a font containing an organization's logo +in various sizes. + There are far too many font families to list them all, but some common ones are: \begin{center} -\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} - \begin{tabular}{rl} + \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} + \begin{tabular}{rl} |cmr| & Computer Modern Roman \\ |cmss| & Computer Modern Sans \\ |cmtt| & Computer Modern Typewriter \\ @@ -229,38 +226,38 @@ ones are: |ptm| & Adobe Times \\ |phv| & Adobe Helvetica \\ |pcr| & Adobe Courier - \end{tabular} -\end{minipage} + \end{tabular} + \end{minipage} \end{center} \NEWdescription{2019/07/10} The font series is denoting a combination of the weight (boldness) and -the width (amount of expansion). The standard supported for weights -and widths are: +the width (amount of expansion). The standard supported for weights and +widths are: \begin{center} %\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} - \begin{tabular}{rl} - |ul| & Ultra Light \\ - |el| & Extra Light \\ - |l| & Light \\ - |sl| & Semi Light \\ - |m| & Medium (normal)\\ - |sb| & Semi Bold \\ - |b| & Bold \\ - |eb| & Extra Bold \\ - |ub| & Ultra Bold \\ - \end{tabular} -\qquad - \begin{tabular}{rlr} - |uc| & Ultra Condensed & 50\% \\ - |ec| & Extra Condensed & 62.5\% \\ - |c| & Condensed & 75\% \\ - |sc| & Semi Condensed & 87.5\% \\ - |m| & Medium & 100\% \\ - |sx| & Semi Expanded & 112.5\% \\ - |x| & Expanded & 125\% \\ - |ex| & Extra Expanded & 150\% \\ - |ux| & Ultra Expanded & 200\% \\ - \end{tabular} + \begin{tabular}{rl} + |ul| & Ultra Light \\ + |el| & Extra Light \\ + |l| & Light \\ + |sl| & Semi Light \\ + |m| & Medium (normal)\\ + |sb| & Semi Bold \\ + |b| & Bold \\ + |eb| & Extra Bold \\ + |ub| & Ultra Bold \\ + \end{tabular} + \qquad + \begin{tabular}{rlr} + |uc| & Ultra Condensed & 50\% \\ + |ec| & Extra Condensed & 62.5\% \\ + |c| & Condensed & 75\% \\ + |sc| & Semi Condensed & 87.5\% \\ + |m| & Medium & 100\% \\ + |sx| & Semi Expanded & 112.5\% \\ + |x| & Expanded & 125\% \\ + |ex| & Extra Expanded & 150\% \\ + |ux| & Ultra Expanded & 200\% \\ + \end{tabular} \end{center} These are concatenated to a single series value except that |m| is dropped unless both weight and width are medium in which case a single @@ -268,56 +265,55 @@ dropped unless both weight and width are medium in which case a single Examples for series values are then: \begin{center} -\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} - \begin{tabular}{rl} - |m| & Medium weight and width \\ - |b| & Bold weight, medium width \\ - |bx| & Bold extended \\ - |sb| & Semi-bold, medium width\\ - |sbx| & Semi-bold extended\\ - |c| & Medium weight, condensed width - \end{tabular} -\end{minipage} + \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} + \begin{tabular}{rl} + |m| & Medium weight and width \\ + |b| & Bold weight, medium width \\ + |bx| & Bold extended \\ + |sb| & Semi-bold, medium width\\ + |sbx| & Semi-bold extended\\ + |c| & Medium weight, condensed width + \end{tabular} + \end{minipage} \end{center} \NEWdescription{2019/07/10} Note, that there are a large variety of names floating around like ``regular'', ``black'', ``demi-bold'', ``thin'', ``heavy'' and many -more. If at all possible they should be matched into the standard -naming scheme to allow for sensible default substitutions if -necessary, e.g., ``demi-bold'' is normally just another name for -``semi-bold'', so should get |sb| assigned, etc. +more. If at all possible they should be matched into the standard +naming scheme to allow for sensible default substitutions if necessary, +e.g., ``demi-bold'' is normally just another name for ``semi-bold'', so +should get |sb| assigned, etc. The most common values for the font shape are: \begin{center} -\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} - \begin{tabular}{rl} - |n| & Normal (that is `upright' or `roman') \\ - |it| & Italic \\ - |sl| & Slanted (or `oblique') \\ - |sc| & Caps and small caps - \end{tabular} -\end{minipage} + \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} + \begin{tabular}{rl} + |n| & Normal (that is `upright' or `roman') \\ + |it| & Italic \\ + |sl| & Slanted (or `oblique') \\ + |sc| & Caps and small caps + \end{tabular} + \end{minipage} \end{center} -The font size is specified as a dimension, for example |10pt| or -|1.5in| or |3mm|; if no unit is specified, |pt| is assumed. These five +The font size is specified as a dimension, for example |10pt| or |1.5in| +or |3mm|; if no unit is specified, |pt| is assumed. These five parameters specify every \LaTeX{} font, for example: \begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{@{}r@{\,}l@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}cc@{}r@{}} - \multicolumn{5}{@{}c}{\emph{\LaTeX{} specification}} & - \emph{Font} & - \emph{\TeX{} font name} \\ - |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |n| & |10| & - Computer Modern Roman 10 point & - |cmr10| \\ - |OT1| & |cmss| & |m| & |sl| & |1pc| & - Computer Modern Sans Oblique 1 pica & - |cmssi12| \\ - |OML| & |cmm| & |m| & |it| & |10pt| & - Computer Modern Math Italic 10 point & - |cmmi10| \\ - |T1| & |ptm| & |b| & |it| & |1in| & - Adobe Times Bold Italic 1 inch & - |ptmb8t at 1in| + \begin{tabular}{@{}r@{\,}l@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}cc@{}r@{}} + \multicolumn{5}{@{}c}{\emph{\LaTeX{} specification}} + & \emph{Font} & \emph{\TeX{} font name} \\ + |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |n| & |10| + & Computer Modern Roman 10 point + & |cmr10| \\ + |OT1| & |cmss| & |m| & |sl| & |1pc| + & Computer Modern Sans Oblique 1 pica + & |cmssi12| \\ + |OML| & |cmm| & |m| & |it| & |10pt| + & Computer Modern Math Italic 10 point + & |cmmi10| \\ + |T1| & |ptm| & |b| & |it| & |1in| + & Adobe Times Bold Italic 1 inch + & |ptmb8t at 1in| \end{tabular} \end{center} These five parameters are displayed whenever \LaTeX{} gives an overfull @@ -328,55 +324,54 @@ box warning, for example: \end{verbatim} The author commands for fonts set the five attributes: \begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{rcl} - \emph{Author command} & - \emph{Attribute} & - \emph{Value in} |article| \emph{class} \\ - |\textnormal{..}| or |\normalfont| & family & |cmr| \\ - |\textrm{..}| or |\rmfamily| & family & |cmr| \\ - |\textsf{..}| or |\sffamily| & family & |cmss| \\ - |\texttt{..}| or |\ttfamily| & family & |cmtt| \\ - |\textmd{..}| or |\mdseries| & series & |m| \\ - |\textbf{..}| or |\bfseries| & series & |bx| \\ - |\textup{..}| or |\upshape| & shape & |n| \\ - |\textit{..}| or |\itshape| & shape & |it| \\ - |\textsl{..}| or |\slshape| & shape & |sl| \\ - |\textsc{..}| or |\scshape| & shape & |sc| \\ - |\tiny| & size & |5pt| \\ - |\scriptsize| & size & |7pt| \\ - |\footnotesize| & size & |8pt| \\ - |\small| & size & |9pt| \\ - |\normalsize| & size & |10pt| \\ - |\large| & size & |12pt| \\ - |\Large| & size & |14.4pt| \\ - |\LARGE| & size & |17.28pt| \\ - |\huge| & size & |20.74pt| \\ - |\Huge| & size & |24.88pt| - \end{tabular} + \begin{tabular}{rcl} + \emph{Author command} & \emph{Attribute} + & \emph{Value in} |article| \emph{class} \\ + |\textnormal{..}| or |\normalfont| & family & |cmr| \\ + |\textrm{..}| or |\rmfamily| & family & |cmr| \\ + |\textsf{..}| or |\sffamily| & family & |cmss| \\ + |\texttt{..}| or |\ttfamily| & family & |cmtt| \\ + |\textmd{..}| or |\mdseries| & series & |m| \\ + |\textbf{..}| or |\bfseries| & series & |bx| \\ + |\textup{..}| or |\upshape| & shape & |n| \\ + |\textit{..}| or |\itshape| & shape & |it| \\ + |\textsl{..}| or |\slshape| & shape & |sl| \\ + |\textsc{..}| or |\scshape| & shape & |sc| \\ + |\tiny| & size & |5pt| \\ + |\scriptsize| & size & |7pt| \\ + |\footnotesize| & size & |8pt| \\ + |\small| & size & |9pt| \\ + |\normalsize| & size & |10pt| \\ + |\large| & size & |12pt| \\ + |\Large| & size & |14.4pt| \\ + |\LARGE| & size & |17.28pt| \\ + |\huge| & size & |20.74pt| \\ + |\Huge| & size & |24.88pt| + \end{tabular} \end{center} The values used by these commands are determined by the document class, using the parameters defined in Section~\ref{Sec:text.param}. - + Note that there are no author commands for selecting new encodings. These should be provided by packages, such as the |fontenc| package. - + This section does not explain how \LaTeX{} font specifications are turned into \TeX{} font names. This is described in Section~\ref{Sec:install}. - + \subsection{Selection commands} - + The low-level commands used to select a text font are as follows. - + \begin{decl} -|\fontencoding| \arg{encoding} \\ -|\fontfamily| \arg{family}\\ -|\fontseries| \arg{series}\\ -|\fontshape| \arg{shape}\\ -|\fontsize| \arg{size} \arg{baselineskip}\\ -|\linespread| \arg{factor} + |\fontencoding| \arg{encoding} \\ + |\fontfamily| \arg{family} \\ + |\fontseries| \arg{series} \\ + |\fontshape| \arg{shape} \\ + |\fontsize| \arg{size} \arg{baselineskip} \\ + |\linespread| \arg{factor} \end{decl} - + \NEWdescription{1998/12/01} Each of the commands starting with |\font...| sets one of the font attributes; |\fontsize| also sets |\baselineskip|. The |\linespread| @@ -387,17 +382,15 @@ values greater one). The actual font in use is not altered by these commands, but the current attributes are used to determine which font and baseline skip to use after the next |\selectfont| command. - \begin{decl} -|\selectfont| + |\selectfont| \end{decl} Selects a text font, based on the current values of the font attributes. - -\emph{Warning}: There \emph{must} be a |\selectfont| command -immediately after any settings of the font parameters by (some of) -the six commands above, before any following text. -For example, it is legal to say: + +\emph{Warning}: There \emph{must} be a |\selectfont| command immediately +after any settings of the font parameters by (some of) the six commands +above, before any following text. For example, it is legal to say: \begin{verbatim} \fontfamily{ptm}\fontseries{b}\selectfont Some text. \end{verbatim} @@ -407,38 +400,36 @@ but it is \emph{not} legal to say: \end{verbatim} You may get unexpected results if you put text between a |\font<parameter>| command (or |\linespread|) and a |\selectfont|. - + \begin{decl} -|\usefont| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape} + |\usefont| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape} \end{decl} -A short hand for the equivalent |\font...| commands followed by a -call to |\selectfont|. - - +A short hand for the equivalent |\font...| commands followed by a call +to |\selectfont|. + \subsection{Internals} - + The current values of the font attributes are held in internal macros. - + \begin{decl} - |\f@encoding| \\ - |\f@family| \\ - |\f@series| \\ - |\f@shape| \\ - |\f@size| \\ - |\f@baselineskip| \\ - |\tf@size| \\ - |\sf@size| \\ - |\ssf@size| + |\f@encoding| \\ + |\f@family| \\ + |\f@series| \\ + |\f@shape| \\ + |\f@size| \\ + |\f@baselineskip| \\ + |\tf@size| \\ + |\sf@size| \\ + |\ssf@size| \end{decl} - + These hold the current values of the encoding, the family, the series, -the shape, the size, the baseline skip, the main math size, the -`script' math size and the `scriptscript' math size. The last three -are accessible only within a formula; outside of math they may contain +the shape, the size, the baseline skip, the main math size, the `script' +math size and the `scriptscript' math size. The last three are +accessible only within a formula; outside of math they may contain arbitrary values. - -For example, to set the size to 12 without -changing the baseline skip: + +For example, to set the size to 12 without changing the baseline skip: \begin{verbatim} \fontsize{12}{\f@baselineskip} \end{verbatim} @@ -446,10 +437,10 @@ However, you should \emph{never} alter the values of the internal commands directly; they must only be modified using the low-level commands like |\fontfamily|, |\fontseries|, etc. If you disobey this warning you might produce code that loops. - + \subsection{Parameters for author commands} \label{Sec:text.param} - + The parameter values set by author commands such as |\textrm| and |\rmfamily|, etc.\ are not hard-wired into \LaTeX; instead these commands use the values of a number of parameters set by the document @@ -462,114 +453,110 @@ specifies: \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv} \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr} \end{verbatim} - + \begin{decl} - |\encodingdefault| \\ - |\familydefault| \\ - |\seriesdefault| \\ - |\shapedefault| + |\encodingdefault| \\ + |\familydefault| \\ + |\seriesdefault| \\ + |\shapedefault| \end{decl} The encoding, family, series and shape of the main body font. By -default these are |OT1|, |\rmdefault|, |m| and |n|. Note that since -the default family is |\rmdefault|, this means that changing -|\rmdefault| will change the main body font of the document. - +default these are |OT1|, |\rmdefault|, |m| and |n|. Note that since the +default family is |\rmdefault|, this means that changing |\rmdefault| +will change the main body font of the document. + \begin{decl} - |\rmdefault| \\ - |\sfdefault| \\ - |\ttdefault| + |\rmdefault| \\ + |\sfdefault| \\ + |\ttdefault| \end{decl} -The families selected by |\textrm|, |\rmfamily|, |\textsf|, -|\sffamily|, |\texttt| and |\ttfamily|. By default these are |cmr|, -|cmss| and |cmtt|. - +The families selected by |\textrm|, |\rmfamily|, |\textsf|, |\sffamily|, +|\texttt| and |\ttfamily|. By default these are |cmr|, |cmss| and +|cmtt|. + \begin{decl} - |\bfdefault| \\ - |\mddefault| + |\bfdefault| \\ + |\mddefault| \end{decl} The series selected by |\textbf|, |\bfseries|, |\textmd| and -|\mdseries|. By default these are |bx| and |m|. -These values are suitable for the default families used. If other -fonts are used as standard document fonts (for example, certain -PostScript fonts) it might be necessary to adjust the value of -|\bfdefault| to |b| since only a few such families have a `bold -extended' series. An alternative (taken for the fonts provided by -|psnfss|) is to define silent substitutions from |bx| series to |b| -series with special |\DeclareFontShape| declarations and the |ssub| -size function, see Section~\ref{sec:sizefunct}. - - +|\mdseries|. By default these are |bx| and |m|. These values are +suitable for the default families used. If other fonts are used as +standard document fonts (for example, certain PostScript fonts) it might +be necessary to adjust the value of |\bfdefault| to |b| since only a few +such families have a `bold extended' series. An alternative (taken for +the fonts provided by |psnfss|) is to define silent substitutions from +|bx| series to |b| series with special |\DeclareFontShape| declarations +and the |ssub| size function, see Section~\ref{sec:sizefunct}. + \begin{decl} - |\itdefault| \\ - |\sldefault| \\ - |\scdefault| \\ - |\updefault| + |\itdefault| \\ + |\sldefault| \\ + |\scdefault| \\ + |\updefault| \end{decl} The shapes selected by |\textit|, |\itshape|, |\textsl|, |\slshape|, |\textsc|, |\scshape|, |\textup| and |\upshape|. By default these are |it|, |sl|, |sc| and |n|. - + Note that there are no parameters for the size commands. These should be defined directly in class files, for example: \begin{verbatim} \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont} \end{verbatim} More elaborate examples (setting additional parameters when the text -size is changed) can be found in |classes.dtx| the source -documentation for the classes |article|, |report|, and |book|. - - +size is changed) can be found in |classes.dtx| the source documentation +for the classes |article|, |report|, and |book|. + \subsection{Special font declaration commands} - + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareFixedFont| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} - \arg{shape} \arg{size} + |\DeclareFixedFont| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} + \arg{shape} \arg{size} \end{decl} - -Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font switch which selects the font -that is specified by the attributes \m{encoding}, \m{family}, -\m{series}, \m{shape}, and \m{size}. - + +Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font switch which selects the font that +is specified by the attributes \m{encoding}, \m{family}, \m{series}, +\m{shape}, and \m{size}. + The font is selected without any adjustments to baselineskip and other surrounding conditions. - + This example makes |{\picturechar .}| select a small dot very quickly: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareFixedFont{\picturechar}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{5} \end{verbatim} - - + \begin{decl} |\DeclareTextFontCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{font-switches} \end{decl} - -Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font command with one argument. -The current font attributes are locally modified by \m{font-switches} -and then the argument of \m{cmd} is typeset in the resulting new font. - -Commands defined by |\DeclareTextFontCommand| automatically take care -of any necessary italic correction (on either side). - + +Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font command with one argument. The +current font attributes are locally modified by \m{font-switches} and +then the argument of \m{cmd} is typeset in the resulting new font. + +Commands defined by |\DeclareTextFontCommand| automatically take care of +any necessary italic correction (on either side). + The following example shows how |\textrm| is defined by the kernel. \begin{verbatim} \DeclareTextFontCommand{\textrm}{\rmfamily} \end{verbatim} - -To define a command that always typeset its argument in the italic -shape of the main document font you could declare: + +To define a command that always typeset its argument in the italic shape +of the main document font you could declare: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareTextFontCommand{\normalit}{\normalfont\itshape} \end{verbatim} - + This declaration can be used to change the meaning of a command; if -\m{cmd} is already defined, a log that it has been redefined -is put in the transcript file. - +\m{cmd} is already defined, a log that it has been redefined is put in +the transcript file. + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareOldFontCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{text-switch} - \arg{math-switch} + |\DeclareOldFontCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{text-switch} + \arg{math-switch} \end{decl} - + Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font switch (i.e.~used with the syntax |{<cmd>...}|) having the definition \m{text-switch} when used in text and the definition \m{math-switch} when used in a @@ -578,11 +565,11 @@ Math alphabet commands, like |\mathit|, when used within \m{math-switch} should not have an argument. Their use in this argument causes their semantics to change so that they here act as a font switch, as required by the usage of the \m{cmd}. - + This declaration is useful for setting up commands like |\rm| to behave as they did in \LaTeX~2.09. We strongly urge you \emph{not} to misuse this declaration to invent new font commands. - + The following example defines |\it| to produce the italic shape of the main document font if used in text and to switch to the font that would normally be produced by the math alphabet |\mathit| if used in a @@ -590,170 +577,166 @@ formula. \begin{verbatim} \DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit} \end{verbatim} - + This declaration can be used to change the meaning of a command; if -\m{cmd} is already defined, a log that it has been redefined -is put in the transcript file. - - +\m{cmd} is already defined, a log that it has been redefined is put in +the transcript file. + + \section{Math fonts} \label{Sec:math} - + This section describes the commands available to class and package writers for specifying math fonts and math commands. - + \subsection{Math font attributes} - + The selection of fonts within math mode is quite different to that of text fonts. - -Some math fonts are selected explicitly by one-argument commands such -as |\mathsf{max}| or |\mathbf{vec}|; such fonts are called \emph{math -alphabets}. These math alphabet commands affect only the font used + +Some math fonts are selected explicitly by one-argument commands such as +|\mathsf{max}| or |\mathbf{vec}|; such fonts are called \emph{math + alphabets}. These math alphabet commands affect only the font used for letters and symbols of type |\mathalpha| (see -Section~\ref{Sec:math.commands}); other symbols within the argument -will be left unchanged. The predefined math alphabets are: +Section~\ref{Sec:math.commands}); other symbols within the argument will +be left unchanged. The predefined math alphabets are: \begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{ccc} - \emph{Alphabet} & \emph{Description} & \emph{Example} \\ - |\mathnormal| & default & $abcXYZ$ \\ - |\mathrm| & roman & $\mathrm{abcXYZ}$ \\ - |\mathbf| & bold roman & $\mathbf{abcXYZ}$ \\ - |\mathsf| & sans serif & $\mathsf{abcXYZ}$ \\ - |\mathit| & text italic & $\mathit{abcXYZ}$ \\ - |\mathtt| & typewriter & $\mathtt{abcXYZ}$ \\ - |\mathcal| & calligraphic & $\mathcal{XYZ}$ - \end{tabular} + \begin{tabular}{ccc} + \emph{Alphabet} & \emph{Description} & \emph{Example} \\ + |\mathnormal| & default & $abcXYZ$ \\ + |\mathrm| & roman & $\mathrm{abcXYZ}$ \\ + |\mathbf| & bold roman & $\mathbf{abcXYZ}$ \\ + |\mathsf| & sans serif & $\mathsf{abcXYZ}$ \\ + |\mathit| & text italic & $\mathit{abcXYZ}$ \\ + |\mathtt| & typewriter & $\mathtt{abcXYZ}$ \\ + |\mathcal| & calligraphic & $\mathcal{XYZ}$ + \end{tabular} \end{center} Other math fonts are selected implicitly by \TeX{} for symbols, with commands such as |\oplus| (producing $\oplus$) or with straight characters like |>>| or |+|. Fonts containing such math symbols are -called \emph{math symbol fonts}. The predefined math symbol fonts -are: +called \emph{math symbol fonts}. The predefined math symbol fonts are: \begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{ccc} - \emph{Symbol font} & \emph{Description} & \emph{Example} \\ - |operators| & symbols from |\mathrm| & $[\;+\;]$ \\ - |letters| & symbols from |\mathnormal| & $<<\star>>$ \\ - |symbols| & most \LaTeX{} symbols & $\leq*\geq$ \\ - |largesymbols| & large symbols & $\sum\prod\int$ + \begin{tabular}{ccc} + \emph{Symbol font} & \emph{Description} & \emph{Example} \\ + |operators| & symbols from |\mathrm| & $[\;+\;]$ \\ + |letters| & symbols from |\mathnormal| & $<<\star>>$ \\ + |symbols| & most \LaTeX{} symbols & $\leq*\geq$ \\ + |largesymbols| & large symbols & $\sum\prod\int$ \end{tabular} \end{center} Some math fonts are both \emph{math alphabets} and \emph{math symbol -fonts}, for example |\mathrm| and |operators| are the same font, and + fonts}, for example |\mathrm| and |operators| are the same font, and |\mathnormal| and |letters| are the same font. - + Math fonts in \LaTeX{} have the same five attributes as text fonts: encoding, family, series, shape and size. However, there are no -commands that allow the attributes to be individually changed. -Instead, the conversion from math fonts to these five attributes is -controlled by the \emph{math version}. For example, the |normal| math -version maps: +commands that allow the attributes to be individually changed. Instead, +the conversion from math fonts to these five attributes is controlled by +the \emph{math version}. For example, the |normal| math version maps: \begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{rlc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c} - \multicolumn{2}{c}{\emph{Math font}} & - \multicolumn{4}{c}{\emph{External font}} \\ - \emph{Alphabets} & \emph{Symbol fonts} & - \multicolumn{4}{c}{\emph{Attributes}} \\ - |\mathnormal| & |letters| & |OML| & |cmm| & |m| & |it| \\ - |\mathrm| & |operators| & |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |n| \\ - |\mathcal| & |symbols| & |OMS| & |cmsy| & |m| & |n| \\ - & |largesymbols| & |OMX| & |cmex| & |m| & |n| \\ - |\mathbf| & & |OT1| & |cmr| & |bx| & |n| \\ - |\mathsf| & & |OT1| & |cmss| & |m| & |n| \\ - |\mathit| & & |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |it| \\ - |\mathtt| & & |OT1| & |cmtt| & |m| & |n| - \end{tabular} + \begin{tabular}{rlc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c} + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\emph{Math font}} & + \multicolumn{4}{c}{\emph{External font}} \\ + \emph{Alphabets} & \emph{Symbol fonts} & + \multicolumn{4}{c}{\emph{Attributes}} \\ + |\mathnormal| & |letters| & |OML| & |cmm| & |m| & |it| \\ + |\mathrm| & |operators| & |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |n| \\ + |\mathcal| & |symbols| & |OMS| & |cmsy| & |m| & |n| \\ + & |largesymbols| & |OMX| & |cmex| & |m| & |n| \\ + |\mathbf| & & |OT1| & |cmr| & |bx| & |n| \\ + |\mathsf| & & |OT1| & |cmss| & |m| & |n| \\ + |\mathit| & & |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |it| \\ + |\mathtt| & & |OT1| & |cmtt| & |m| & |n| + \end{tabular} \end{center} The |bold| math version is similar except that it contains bold fonts. The command |\boldmath| selects the |bold| math version. - + Math versions can only be changed outside of math mode. - + The two predefined math versions are: \begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{rl} - |normal| & the default math version \\ - |bold| & the bold math version - \end{tabular} + \begin{tabular}{rl} + |normal| & the default math version \\ + |bold| & the bold math version + \end{tabular} \end{center} Packages may define new math alphabets, math symbol fonts, and math versions. This section describes the commands for writing such packages. - + \subsection{Selection commands} - + There are no commands for selecting symbol fonts. Instead, these are selected indirectly through symbol commands like |\oplus|. Section~\ref{Sec:math.commands} explains how to define symbol commands. - + \begin{decl} - |\mathnormal{<math>}|\\ - |\mathcal{<math>}|\\ - |\mathrm{<math>}|\\ - |\mathbf{<math>}|\\ - |\mathsf{<math>}|\\ - |\mathit{<math>}|\\ - |\mathtt{<math>}| + |\mathnormal{<math>}| \\ + |\mathcal{<math>}| \\ + |\mathrm{<math>}| \\ + |\mathbf{<math>}| \\ + |\mathsf{<math>}| \\ + |\mathit{<math>}| \\ + |\mathtt{<math>}| \end{decl} -Each math alphabet is a command which can only be used inside math -mode. For example, |$x + \mathsf{y} + \mathcal{Z}$| produces $x + -\mathsf{y} + \mathcal{Z}$. - +Each math alphabet is a command which can only be used inside math mode. +For example, |$x + \mathsf{y} + \mathcal{Z}$| produces +$x + \mathsf{y} + \mathcal{Z}$. + \begin{decl} -|\mathversion{<version>}| + |\mathversion{<version>}| \end{decl} This command selects a math version; it can only be used outside math mode. For example, |\boldmath| is defined to be |\mathversion{bold}|. - + \subsection{Declaring math versions} - + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareMathVersion| \arg{version} + |\DeclareMathVersion| \arg{version} \end{decl} - + Defines \m{version} to be a math version. - + The newly declared version is initialized with the defaults for all symbol fonts and math alphabets declared so far (see the commands |\DeclareSymbolFont| and |\DeclareMathAlphabet|). - + If used on an already existing version, an information message is written to the transcript file and all previous |\SetSymbolFont| or -|\SetMathAlphabet| declarations for this version are overwritten by -the math alphabet and symbol font defaults, i.e.~one ends up with a -virgin math version. - +|\SetMathAlphabet| declarations for this version are overwritten by the +math alphabet and symbol font defaults, i.e.~one ends up with a virgin +math version. + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareMathVersion{normal} \end{verbatim} - - + \subsection{Declaring math alphabets} \begin{decl} -|\DeclareMathAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{encoding} \arg{family} - \arg{series} \arg{shape} + |\DeclareMathAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{encoding} \arg{family} + \arg{series} \arg{shape} \end{decl} - + \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} If this is the first declaration for \m{math-alph} then a new math alphabet with this as its command name is created. - + The arguments \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape} are used to set, or reset, the default values for this math alphabet in all math versions; if required, these must be further reset later for a particular math version by a |\SetMathAlphabet| command. If \m{shape} is empty then this \m{math-alph} is declared to be invalid -in all versions, unless it is set by a later |\SetMathAlphabet| -command for a particular math version. +in all versions, unless it is set by a later |\SetMathAlphabet| command +for a particular math version. -Checks that the command \m{math-alph} is either already a math -alphabet command or is undefined; and that \m{encoding} is a known -encoding scheme, i.e., has been previously declared. - +Checks that the command \m{math-alph} is either already a math alphabet +command or is undefined; and that \m{encoding} is a known encoding +scheme, i.e., has been previously declared. In these examples, |\foo| is defined for all math versions but |\baz|, by default, is defined nowhere. @@ -761,53 +744,50 @@ by default, is defined nowhere. \DeclareMathAlphabet{\foo}{OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n} \DeclareMathAlphabet{\baz}{OT1}{}{}{} \end{verbatim} - - + + \begin{decl} -|\SetMathAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{version}\\ - \null\hfill\arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape} + |\SetMathAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{version}\\ + \null\hfill \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape} \end{decl} - + Changes, or sets, the font for the math alphabet \m{math-alph} in math version \m{version} to \m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape}. - -Checks that \m{math-alph} has been declared as a math alphabet, -\m{version} is a known math version and \m{encoding} is a known -encoding scheme. - + +Checks that \m{math-alph} has been declared as a math alphabet, +\m{version} is a known math version and \m{encoding} is a known encoding +scheme. This example defines |\baz| for the `normal' math version only: \begin{verbatim} \SetMathAlphabet{\baz}{normal}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n} \end{verbatim} - + Note that this declaration is not used for all math alphabets: -Section~\ref{sec:symalph} describes |\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet|, -which is used to set up math alphabets contained in fonts which have -been declared as symbol fonts. - - +Section~\ref{sec:symalph} describes |\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet|, which +is used to set up math alphabets contained in fonts which have been +declared as symbol fonts. + \subsection{Declaring symbol fonts} \label{sec:symalph} - + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareSymbolFont| \arg{sym-font} \arg{encoding} \arg{family} - \arg{series} \arg{shape} + |\DeclareSymbolFont| \arg{sym-font} \arg{encoding} \arg{family} + \arg{series} \arg{shape} \end{decl} - + \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} -If this is the first declaration for \m{sym-font} then a new -symbol font with this name is created (i.e.~this identifier is assigned -to a new \TeX{} math group). - +If this is the first declaration for \m{sym-font} then a new symbol font +with this name is created (i.e.~this identifier is assigned to a new +\TeX{} math group). + The arguments \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape} are used to set, or reset. the default values for this symbol font in \emph{all} -math versions; if required, these must be further reset later for -a particular math version by a |\SetSymbolFont| command. - +math versions; if required, these must be further reset later for a +particular math version by a |\SetSymbolFont| command. + Checks that \m{encoding} is a declared encoding scheme. - - + For example, the following sets up the first four standard math symbol fonts: \begin{verbatim} @@ -816,125 +796,119 @@ fonts: \DeclareSymbolFont{symbols}{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n} \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n} \end{verbatim} - - + \begin{decl} -|\SetSymbolFont| \arg{sym-font} \arg{version}\\ - \null\hfill \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape} + |\SetSymbolFont| \arg{sym-font} \arg{version}\\ + \null\hfill \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape} \end{decl} - -Changes the symbol font \m{sym-font} for math version \m{version} -to \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape}. - -Checks that \m{sym-font} has been declared as a symbol font, -\m{version} is a known math version and \m{encoding} is a -declared encoding scheme. - - -For example, the following come from the set up of the `bold' -math version: + +Changes the symbol font \m{sym-font} for math version \m{version} to +\m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape}. + +Checks that \m{sym-font} has been declared as a symbol font, \m{version} +is a known math version and \m{encoding} is a declared encoding scheme. + +For example, the following come from the set up of the `bold' math +version: \begin{verbatim} \SetSymbolFont{operators}{bold}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{n} \SetSymbolFont{letters}{bold}{OML}{cmm}{b}{it} \end{verbatim} - - + + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{sym-font} + |\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{sym-font} \end{decl} - + \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} -Allows the previously declared symbol font \m{sym-font} to be the -math alphabet with command \m{math-alph} in \emph{all} math versions. - +Allows the previously declared symbol font \m{sym-font} to be the math +alphabet with command \m{math-alph} in \emph{all} math versions. + Checks that the command \m{math-alph} is either already a math alphabet command or is undefined; and that \m{sym-font} is a symbol font. - Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathrm}{operators} \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathcal}{symbols} \end{verbatim} - -This declaration should be used in preference to -|\DeclareMathAlphabet| and |\SetMathAlphabet| when a math alphabet is -the same as a symbol font; this is because it makes better use of the -limited number (only 16) of \TeX's math groups. - + +This declaration should be used in preference to |\DeclareMathAlphabet| +and |\SetMathAlphabet| when a math alphabet is the same as a symbol +font; this is because it makes better use of the limited number (only +16) of \TeX's math groups. + \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} Note that, whereas a \TeX{} math group is allocated to each symbol font -when it is first declared, a math alphabet uses a \TeX{} math group -only when its command is used within a math formula. - +when it is first declared, a math alphabet uses a \TeX{} math group only +when its command is used within a math formula. \subsection{Declaring math symbols} \label{Sec:math.commands} - + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareMathSymbol| \arg{symbol} \arg{type} \arg{sym-font} - \arg{slot} + |\DeclareMathSymbol| \arg{symbol} \arg{type} \arg{sym-font} + \arg{slot} \end{decl} - + The \m{symbol} can be either a single character such as `|>>|', or a macro name, such as |\sum|. - -Defines the \m{symbol} to be a math symbol of type -\m{type} in slot \m{slot} of symbol font \m{sym-font}. The -\m{type} can be given as a number or as a command: + +Defines the \m{symbol} to be a math symbol of type \m{type} in slot +\m{slot} of symbol font \m{sym-font}. The \m{type} can be given as a +number or as a command: \begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{ccc} - \emph{Type} & \emph{Meaning} & \emph{Example} \\ - |0| or |\mathord | & Ordinary & $\alpha$ \\ - |1| or |\mathop | & Large operator & $\sum$ \\ - |2| or |\mathbin | & Binary operation & $\times$ \\ - |3| or |\mathrel | & Relation & $\leq$ \\ - |4| or |\mathopen | & Opening & $\langle$ \\ - |5| or |\mathclose| & Closing & $\rangle$ \\ - |6| or |\mathpunct| & Punctuation & $;$ \\ - |7| or |\mathalpha| & Alphabet character & $A$ - \end{tabular} + \begin{tabular}{ccc} + \emph{Type} & \emph{Meaning} & \emph{Example} \\ + |0| or |\mathord | & Ordinary & $\alpha$ \\ + |1| or |\mathop | & Large operator & $\sum$ \\ + |2| or |\mathbin | & Binary operation & $\times$ \\ + |3| or |\mathrel | & Relation & $\leq$ \\ + |4| or |\mathopen | & Opening & $\langle$ \\ + |5| or |\mathclose| & Closing & $\rangle$ \\ + |6| or |\mathpunct| & Punctuation & $;$ \\ + |7| or |\mathalpha| & Alphabet character & $A$ + \end{tabular} \end{center} Only symbols of type |\mathalpha| will be affected by math alphabet commands: within the argument of a math alphabet command they will produce the character in slot \m{slot} of that math alphabet's font. -Symbols of other types will always produce the same symbol -(within one math version). - +Symbols of other types will always produce the same symbol (within one +math version). + |\DeclareMathSymbol| allows a macro \m{symbol} to be redefined only if -it was previously defined to be a math symbol. It also checks that -the \m{sym-font} is a declared symbol font. - +it was previously defined to be a math symbol. It also checks that the +\m{sym-font} is a declared symbol font. + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareMathSymbol{\alpha}{0}{letters}{"0B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lessdot}{\mathbin}{AMSb}{"0C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\alphld}{\mathalpha}{AMSb}{"0C} \end{verbatim} - + \begin{decl} - |\DeclareMathDelimiter| \arg{cmd} \arg{type} - \arg{sym-font-1} \arg{slot-1}\\ - \null\hfill \arg{sym-font-2} \arg{slot-2} + |\DeclareMathDelimiter| \arg{cmd} \arg{type} + \arg{sym-font-1} \arg{slot-1}\\ + \null\hfill \arg{sym-font-2} \arg{slot-2} \end{decl} Defines \m{cmd} to be a math delimiter where the small variant is in -slot \m{slot-1} of symbol font \m{sym-font-1} and the large -variant is in slot \m{slot-2} of symbol font \m{sym-font-2}. -Both symbol fonts must have been declared previously. - +slot \m{slot-1} of symbol font \m{sym-font-1} and the large variant is +in slot \m{slot-2} of symbol font \m{sym-font-2}. Both symbol fonts +must have been declared previously. + Checks that \m{sym-font-i} are both declared symbol fonts. - -If \TeX{} is not looking for a delimiter, \m{cmd} is treated just as -if it had been defined with |\DeclareMathSymbol| using -\m{type}, \m{sym-font-1} and \m{slot-1}. In other words, if a -command is defined as a delimiter then this automatically defines it -as a math symbol. + +If \TeX{} is not looking for a delimiter, \m{cmd} is treated just as if +it had been defined with |\DeclareMathSymbol| using \m{type}, +\m{sym-font-1} and \m{slot-1}. In other words, if a command is defined +as a delimiter then this automatically defines it as a math symbol. \NEWdescription{1998/06/01} In case \m{cmd} is a single character such as `|[|', the same syntax is used. Previously the \arg{type} argument was not present (and thus the corresponding math symbol declaration had to be provided separately). - + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareMathDelimiter{\langle}{\mathopen}{symbols}{"68} @@ -942,163 +916,158 @@ Example: \DeclareMathDelimiter{(} {\mathopen}{operators}{"28} {largesymbols}{"00} \end{verbatim} - - + + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareMathAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{type} \arg{sym-font} \arg{slot} + |\DeclareMathAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{type} \arg{sym-font} \arg{slot} \end{decl} - + Defines \m{cmd} to act as a math accent. - -The accent character comes from slot \m{slot} in -\m{sym-font}. The \m{type} can be either -|\mathord| or |\mathalpha|; in the latter case the accent character -changes font when used in a math alphabet. - + +The accent character comes from slot \m{slot} in \m{sym-font}. The +\m{type} can be either |\mathord| or |\mathalpha|; in the latter case +the accent character changes font when used in a math alphabet. + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareMathAccent{\acute}{\mathalpha}{operators}{"13} \DeclareMathAccent{\vec}{\mathord}{letters}{"7E} \end{verbatim} - - + + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareMathRadical| \arg{cmd} - \arg{sym-font-1} \arg{slot-1}\\ - \null\hfill \arg{sym-font-2} \arg{slot-2} + |\DeclareMathRadical| \arg{cmd} + \arg{sym-font-1} \arg{slot-1}\\ + \null\hfill \arg{sym-font-2} \arg{slot-2} \end{decl} - -Defines \m{cmd} to be a radical where the small variant is in -slot \m{slot-1} of symbol font \m{sym-font-1} and the -large variant is in slot \m{slot-2} of symbol font -\m{sym-font-2}. Both symbol fonts must have been declared -previously. - + +Defines \m{cmd} to be a radical where the small variant is in slot +\m{slot-1} of symbol font \m{sym-font-1} and the large variant is in +slot \m{slot-2} of symbol font \m{sym-font-2}. Both symbol fonts must +have been declared previously. + Example (probably the only use for it!): \begin{verbatim} \DeclareMathRadical{\sqrt}{symbols}{"70}{largesymbols}{"70} \end{verbatim} - + \subsection{Declaring math sizes} - + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareMathSizes| \arg{t-size} \arg{mt-size} \arg{s-size} - \arg{ss-size} + |\DeclareMathSizes| \arg{t-size} \arg{mt-size} \arg{s-size} + \arg{ss-size} \end{decl} - + Declares that \m{mt-size} is the (main) math text size, \m{s-size} is -the `script' size and \m{ss-size} the `scriptscript' size to be used -in math, when \m{t-size} is the current text size. For text sizes for -which no such declaration is given the `script' and `scriptscript' -size will be calculated and then fonts are loaded for the calculated -sizes or the best approximation (this may result in a warning -message). - -Normally, \m{t-size} and \m{mt-size} will be identical; however, if, -for example, PostScript text fonts are mixed with bit-map math fonts -then you may not have available a \m{mt-size} for every \m{t-size}. - +the `script' size and \m{ss-size} the `scriptscript' size to be used in +math, when \m{t-size} is the current text size. For text sizes for which +no such declaration is given the `script' and `scriptscript' size will +be calculated and then fonts are loaded for the calculated sizes or the +best approximation (this may result in a warning message). + +Normally, \m{t-size} and \m{mt-size} will be identical; however, if, for +example, PostScript text fonts are mixed with bit-map math fonts then +you may not have available a \m{mt-size} for every \m{t-size}. + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareMathSizes{13.82}{14.4}{10}{7} \end{verbatim} - + \section{Font installation} \label{Sec:install} - + This section explains how \LaTeX's font attributes are turned into \TeX{} font specifications. - + \subsection{Font definition files} - + \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} The description of how \LaTeX{} font attributes are turned into \TeX{} fonts is usually kept in a \emph{font definition file} (|.fd|). The -file for family \m{family} in encoding \m{ENC} must be -called |<enc><family>.fd|: for example, |ot1cmr.fd| for Computer -Modern Roman with encoding |OT1| or |t1ptm.fd| for Adobe Times with -encoding |T1|. Note that encoding names are converted to lowercase -when used as part of file names. - -Whenever \LaTeX{} encounters an encoding/family combination that it -does not know (e.g.~if the document designer says +file for family \m{family} in encoding \m{ENC} must be called +|<enc><family>.fd|: for example, |ot1cmr.fd| for Computer Modern Roman +with encoding |OT1| or |t1ptm.fd| for Adobe Times with encoding |T1|. +Note that encoding names are converted to lowercase when used as part of +file names. + +Whenever \LaTeX{} encounters an encoding/family combination that it does +not know (e.g.~if the document designer says |\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont|) then \LaTeX{} attempts to load the appropriate |.fd| file. ``Not known'' means: there was no |\DeclareFontFamily| declaration issued for this encoding/family -combination. If the |.fd| file could not be found, a warning is -issued and font substitutions are made. - -The declarations in the font definition file are responsible for -telling \LaTeX{} how to load fonts for that encoding/family -combination. - +combination. If the |.fd| file could not be found, a warning is issued +and font substitutions are made. + +The declarations in the font definition file are responsible for telling +\LaTeX{} how to load fonts for that encoding/family combination. + \subsection{Font definition file commands} - -\emph{Note}: A font definition file should contain only commands -from this subsection. + +\emph{Note}: A font definition file should contain only commands from +this subsection. Note that these commands can also be used outside a font definition -file: they can be put in package or class files, or even in the -preamble of a document. - +file: they can be put in package or class files, or even in the preamble +of a document. + \begin{decl} - |\ProvidesFile{<file-name>}[<release-info>]| + |\ProvidesFile{<file-name>}[<release-info>]| \end{decl} -The file should announce itself with a |\ProvidesFile| command, -as described in \emph{\clsguide}. For example: +The file should announce itself with a |\ProvidesFile| command, as +described in \emph{\clsguide}. For example: \begin{verbatim} \ProvidesFile{t1ptm.fd}[1994/06/01 Adobe Times font definitions] \end{verbatim} - + Spaces within the arguments specific to font definition files are ignored to avoid surplus spaces in the document. If a real space is -necessary use |\space|. -\NEWdescription{2004/02/10}However, note that this is only true if the -declaration is made at top level! If used within the definition of -another command, within |\AtBeginDocument|, option code or in similar -places, then spaces within the argument will remain and may result in -incorrect table entries. +necessary use |\space|. +\NEWdescription{2004/02/10} +However, note that this is only true if the declaration is made at top +level! If used within the definition of another command, within +|\AtBeginDocument|, option code or in similar places, then spaces within +the argument will remain and may result in incorrect table entries. \begin{decl} -|\DeclareFontFamily| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{loading-settings} + |\DeclareFontFamily| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{loading-settings} \end{decl} - + Declares a font family \m{family} to be available in encoding scheme \m{encoding}. - -The \m{loading-settings} are executed immediately after loading any -font with this encoding and family. - + +The \m{loading-settings} are executed immediately after loading any font +with this encoding and family. + Checks that \m{encoding} was previously declared. - -This example refers to the Computer Modern Typewriter font family in -the Cork encoding: + +This example refers to the Computer Modern Typewriter font family in the +Cork encoding: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{cmtt}{\hyphenchar\font=-1} \end{verbatim} - -Each |.fd| file should contain exactly one |\DeclareFontFamily| -command, and it should be for the appropriate encoding/family -combination. - + +Each |.fd| file should contain exactly one |\DeclareFontFamily| command, +and it should be for the appropriate encoding/family combination. + \begin{decl} |\DeclareFontShape| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape}\\ \null\hfill \arg{loading-info} \arg{loading-settings} \end{decl} - + Declares a font shape combination; here \m{loading-info} contains the information that combines sizes with external fonts. The syntax is complex and is described in Section~\ref{sec:loadinfo} below. - + The \m{loading-settings} are executed after loading any font with this -font shape. They are executed immediately after the -`loading-settings' which were declared by |\DeclareFontFamily| and so -they can be used to overwrite the settings made at the family level. - +font shape. They are executed immediately after the `loading-settings' +which were declared by |\DeclareFontFamily| and so they can be used to +overwrite the settings made at the family level. + Checks that the combination \m{encoding}\m{family} was previously declared via |\DeclareFontFamily|. - + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmr}{m}{sl}{% @@ -1109,363 +1078,351 @@ Example: <<12>> <<14.4>> <<17.28>> <<20.74>> <<24.88>> cmsl12 }{} \end{verbatim} -The file can contain any number of |\DeclareFontShape| commands, -which should be for the appropriate \m{encoding} and \m{family}. - +The file can contain any number of |\DeclareFontShape| commands, which +should be for the appropriate \m{encoding} and \m{family}. + \NEWfeature{1996/06/01} The font family declarations for the |OT1|-encoded fonts now all contain: \begin{verbatim} - \hyphenchar\font=`\- + \hyphenchar\font=`\- \end{verbatim} This enables the use of an alternative |\hyphenchar| in other encodings whilst maintaining the correct value for all fonts. \subsection{Font file loading information} \label{sec:loadinfo} - + The information which tells \LaTeX{} exactly which font (\texttt{.tfm}) files to load is contained in the \m{loading-info} part of a |\DeclareFontShape| declaration. This part consists of one or more \m{fontshape-decl}s, each of which has the following form: - + \begin{center} -\begin{tabular}{r@{ $::=$ }l} - \m{fontshape-decl} & \m{size-infos} \m{font-info} \\ - \m{size-infos} & \m{size-infos} \m{size-info} $\mid$ - \m{size-info} \\ - \m{size-info} & ``|<<|'' \m{number-or-range} ``|>>|'' \\ - \m{font-info} & $[$ \m{size-function} ``|*|'' $]$ - $[$ ``|[|'' \m{optarg} ``|]|'' $]$ \m{fontarg} \\ -\end{tabular} + \begin{tabular}{r@{ $::=$ }l} + \m{fontshape-decl} & \m{size-infos} \m{font-info} \\ + \m{size-infos} & \m{size-infos} \m{size-info} $\mid$ + \m{size-info} \\ + \m{size-info} & ``|<<|'' \m{number-or-range} ``|>>|'' \\ + \m{font-info} & $[$ \m{size-function} ``|*|'' $]$ + $[$ ``|[|'' \m{optarg} ``|]|'' $]$ \m{fontarg} \\ + \end{tabular} \end{center} -The \m{number-or-range} denotes the size or size-range -for which this entry applies. - -If it contains a hyphen it is a -range: lower bound on the left (if missing, zero implied), upper bound -on the right (if missing, $\infty$ implied). For ranges, the -upper bound is \emph{not} included in the range and the lower bound is. - +The \m{number-or-range} denotes the size or size-range for which this +entry applies. + +If it contains a hyphen it is a range: lower bound on the left (if +missing, zero implied), upper bound on the right (if missing, $\infty$ +implied). For ranges, the upper bound is \emph{not} included in the +range and the lower bound is. + Examples: \begin{center} -\begin{tabular}{lll} - |<<10>>| & simple size& 10pt only\\ - |<<-8>>| & range& all sizes less than 8pt\\ - |<<8-14.4>>| & range& all sizes greater than or equal to 8pt\\ - & & \ but less than 14.4pt\\ - |<<14.4->>| & range& all sizes greater than or equal 14.4pt + \begin{tabular}{lll} + |<<10>>| & simple size & 10pt only \\ + |<<-8>>| & range & all sizes less than 8pt \\ + |<<8-14.4>>| & range & all sizes greater than or equal to 8pt \\ + & & \ but less than 14.4pt \\ + |<<14.4->>| & range & all sizes greater than or equal 14.4pt \end{tabular} \end{center} -If more than one \m{size-info} entry follows without any -intervening \m{font-info}, they all share the next \m{font-info}. - -The \m{size-function}, if present, handles the use of \m{font-info}. -If not present, the `empty' \m{size-function} is assumed. - +If more than one \m{size-info} entry follows without any intervening +\m{font-info}, they all share the next \m{font-info}. + +The \m{size-function}, if present, handles the use of \m{font-info}. If +not present, the `empty' \m{size-function} is assumed. + All the \m{size-info}s are inspected in the order in which they appear -in the font shape declaration. If a \m{size-info} matches the -requested size, its \m{size-function} is executed. If |\external@font| -is non-empty afterwards this process stops, otherwise the next +in the font shape declaration. If a \m{size-info} matches the requested +size, its \m{size-function} is executed. If |\external@font| is +non-empty afterwards this process stops, otherwise the next \m{size-info} is inspected. (See also |\DeclareSizeFunction|.) - -If this process does not lead to a non-empty |\external@font|, -\LaTeX{} tries the nearest simple size. If the entry contains only -ranges an error is returned. - - + +If this process does not lead to a non-empty |\external@font|, \LaTeX{} +tries the nearest simple size. If the entry contains only ranges an +error is returned. + \subsection{Size functions} \label{sec:sizefunct} - - + \LaTeX{} provides the following size functions, whose `inputs' are \m{fontarg} and \m{optarg} (when present). - + \begin{description} \item[`' (empty)] -Load the external font \m{fontarg} at the user-requested size. If -\m{optarg} is present, it is used as the scale-factor. - + Load the external font \m{fontarg} at the user-requested size. If + \m{optarg} is present, it is used as the scale-factor. + \item[s] -Like the empty function but without terminal warnings, only -loggings. - + Like the empty function but without terminal warnings, only + loggings. + \item[gen] -Generates the external font from \m{fontarg} followed by -the user-requested size, e.g.~|<<8>> <<9>> <<10>> gen * cmtt| - + Generates the external font from \m{fontarg} followed by the + user-requested size, e.g.~|<<8>> <<9>> <<10>> gen * cmtt| + \item[sgen] -Like the `gen' function but without terminal warnings, only loggings. + Like the `gen' function but without terminal warnings, only loggings. \item[genb] -\NEWfeature{1995/12/01} -Generates the external font from \m{fontarg} followed by -the user-requested size, using the conventions of the `ec' fonts. -e.g.~|<<10.98>> genb * dctt| produces |dctt1098|. - + \NEWfeature{1995/12/01} + Generates the external font from \m{fontarg} followed by the + user-requested size, using the conventions of the `ec' fonts. + e.g.~|<<10.98>> genb * dctt| produces |dctt1098|. + \item[sgenb] -\NEWfeature{1995/12/01} -Like the `genb' function but without terminal warnings, only loggings. - + \NEWfeature{1995/12/01} + Like the `genb' function but without terminal warnings, only loggings. + \item[sub] -Tries to load a font from a different font shape declaration given by -\m{fontarg} in the form \m{family}|/|\m{series}|/|\m{shape}. - + Tries to load a font from a different font shape declaration given by + \m{fontarg} in the form \m{family}|/|\m{series}|/|\m{shape}. + \item[ssub] -Silent variant of `sub', only loggings. - + Silent variant of `sub', only loggings. + \item[alias] -\NEWfeature{2019/10/15} -Same as `ssub' but with a different logging message. Intended for -cases where the substitution is only done to change the name, e.g., -going from \texttt{regular} series to the official name \texttt{m}. In -that case given a warning that some shape is not found is not correct. - + \NEWfeature{2019/10/15} + Same as `ssub' but with a different logging message. Intended for + cases where the substitution is only done to change the name, e.g., + going from \texttt{regular} series to the official name \texttt{m}. In + that case given a warning that some shape is not found is not correct. + \item[subf] -Like the empty function but issues a warning that it has to substitute -the external font \m{fontarg} because the desired font shape was not -available in the requested size. - + Like the empty function but issues a warning that it has to substitute + the external font \m{fontarg} because the desired font shape was not + available in the requested size. + \item[ssubf] -Silent variant of `subf', only loggings. - + Silent variant of `subf', only loggings. + \item[fixed] -Load font \m{fontarg} as is, disregarding the user-requested size. -If present, \m{optarg} gives the ``at \ldots pt'' size to be used. - + Load font \m{fontarg} as is, disregarding the user-requested size. If + present, \m{optarg} gives the ``at \ldots pt'' size to be used. + \item[sfixed] -Silent variant of `fixed', only loggings. - + Silent variant of `fixed', only loggings. \end{description} - -Examples for the use of most of the above size functions can be found -in the file |cmfonts.fdd|---the source for the standard |.fd| files + +Examples for the use of most of the above size functions can be found in +the file |cmfonts.fdd|---the source for the standard |.fd| files describing the Computer Modern fonts by Donald Knuth. - - + + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareSizeFunction| \arg{name} \arg{code} + |\DeclareSizeFunction| \arg{name} \arg{code} \end{decl} - + Declares a size-function \m{name} for use in |\DeclareFontShape| commands. The interface is still under development but there should be no real need to a define new size functions. - + The \m{code} is executed when the size or size-range in |\DeclareFontShape| matches the user-requested size. - + The arguments of the size-function are automatically parsed and placed into |\mandatory@arg| and |\optional@arg| for use in \m{code}. Also available, of course, is |\f@size|, which is the user-requested size. - -To signal success \m{code} must define the command |\external@font| -to contain the external name and any scaling options (if present) for -the font to be loaded. - + +To signal success \m{code} must define the command |\external@font| to +contain the external name and any scaling options (if present) for the +font to be loaded. + This example sets up the `empty' size function (simplified): \begin{verbatim} \DeclareSizeFunction{} {\edef\external@font{\mandatory@arg\space at\f@size} \end{verbatim} - - + + \section{Encodings} \label{Sec:encode} - -This section explains how to declare and use new font encodings and -how to declare commands for use with particular encodings. - + +This section explains how to declare and use new font encodings and how +to declare commands for use with particular encodings. + \subsection{The \textsf{fontenc} package} - + Users can select new font encodings using the |fontenc| package. The -|fontenc| package has options for encodings; the last option becomes -the default encoding. For example, to use the |OT2| (Washington -University Cyrillic encoding) and |T1| encodings, with |T1| as the -default, an author types: +|fontenc| package has options for encodings; the last option becomes the +default encoding. For example, to use the |OT2| (Washington University +Cyrillic encoding) and |T1| encodings, with |T1| as the default, an +author types: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[OT2,T1]{fontenc} \end{verbatim} - + \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} For each font encoding \m{ENC} given as an option, this package loads -the \emph{encoding definition} (|<enc>enc.def|, with an all -lower-case name) file; it also sets |\encodingdefault| to be the last -encoding in the option list. - +the \emph{encoding definition} (|<enc>enc.def|, with an all lower-case +name) file; it also sets |\encodingdefault| to be the last encoding in +the option list. + The declarations in the encoding definition file |<enc>enc.def| for -encoding \m{ENC} are responsible for declaring this encoding and -telling \LaTeX{} how to produce characters in this encoding; this file -should contain nothing else (see Section~\ref{Sec:encode.def}. - -The standard \LaTeX{} format declares the |OT1| and |T1| text -encodings by inputting the files |ot1enc.def| and |t1enc.def|; it also -sets up various defaults which require that |OT1|-encoded fonts are -available. -Other encoding set-ups might be added to the distribution at a -later stage. - -Thus the example above loads the files |ot2enc.def| and |t1enc.def| -and sets |\encodingdefault| to |T1|. - -\emph{Warning}: If you wish to use |T1|-encoded fonts other than the `cmr' -family then you may need to load the package (e.g.~\texttt{times}) +encoding \m{ENC} are responsible for declaring this encoding and telling +\LaTeX{} how to produce characters in this encoding; this file should +contain nothing else (see Section~\ref{Sec:encode.def}. + +The standard \LaTeX{} format declares the |OT1| and |T1| text encodings +by inputting the files |ot1enc.def| and |t1enc.def|; it also sets up +various defaults which require that |OT1|-encoded fonts are available. +Other encoding set-ups might be added to the distribution at a later +stage. + +Thus the example above loads the files |ot2enc.def| and |t1enc.def| and +sets |\encodingdefault| to |T1|. + +\emph{Warning}: If you wish to use |T1|-encoded fonts other than the +`cmr' family then you may need to load the package (e.g.~\texttt{times}) that selects the fonts \emph{before} loading \texttt{fontenc} (this prevents the system from attempting to load any |T1|-encoded fonts from the `cmr' family). - - \subsection{Encoding definition file commands} \label{Sec:encode.def} - + \emph{Note}: An encoding definition file should contain only commands from this subsection. \NEWdescription{2019/07/10} As an exception it may also contain a |\DeclareFontsubstitution| declaration (described in \ref{sec:encoding-defaults}) to specify how -font substitution for this encoding should be handled. In that case -it is important that the values used point to a font that is guaranteed -to be available on all \LaTeX{} installations.\footnote{If the font +font substitution for this encoding should be handled. In that case it +is important that the values used point to a font that is guaranteed to +be available on all \LaTeX{} installations.\footnote{If the font encoding file is made available as part of a CTAN bundle, that could be a font that is provided together with that bundle, but it should not point to font which requires further installation steps and therefore may or may not be installed.} - \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} -As with the font definition file commands, it is also possible -(although normally not necessary) to use these declarations directly -within a class or package file. +As with the font definition file commands, it is also possible (although +normally not necessary) to use these declarations directly within a +class or package file. \emph{Warning}: Some aspects of the contents of font definition files are still under development. Therefore, the current versions of the -files |ot1enc.def| and |t1enc.def| are temporary versions and should -not be used as models for producing further such files. For further +files |ot1enc.def| and |t1enc.def| are temporary versions and should not +be used as models for producing further such files. For further information you should read the documentation in |ltoutenc.dtx|. - + \begin{decl} - |\ProvidesFile{<file-name>}[<release-info>]| + |\ProvidesFile{<file-name>}[<release-info>]| \end{decl} -The file should announce itself with a |\ProvidesFile| -command, described in \emph{\clsguide}. For example: +The file should announce itself with a |\ProvidesFile| command, +described in \emph{\clsguide}. For example: \begin{verbatim} \ProvidesFile{ot2enc.def} [1994/06/01 Washington University Cyrillic encoding] \end{verbatim} - - + + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareFontEncoding| \arg{encoding} \arg{text-settings} - \arg{math-settings} + |\DeclareFontEncoding| \arg{encoding} \arg{text-settings} + \arg{math-settings} \end{decl} - + Declares a new encoding scheme \m{encoding}. - -The \m{text-settings} are -declarations which are executed every time |\selectfont| changes the -encoding to be \m{encoding}. - -The \m{math-settings} are similar but are for math alphabets. They -are executed whenever a math alphabet with this encoding is -called. - + +The \m{text-settings} are declarations which are executed every time +|\selectfont| changes the encoding to be \m{encoding}. + +The \m{math-settings} are similar but are for math alphabets. They are +executed whenever a math alphabet with this encoding is called. + \NEWfeature{1998/12/01} It also saves the value of \m{encoding} in the macro |\LastDeclaredEncoding|. - + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareFontEncoding{OT1}{}{} \end{verbatim} - -Some author commands need to change their definition depending on -which encoding is currently in use. For example, in the |OT1| -encoding, the letter `\AE' is in slot |"1D|, whereas in the |T1| -encoding it is in slot |"C6|. So the definition of |\AE| has to -change depending on whether the current encoding is |OT1| or |T1|. -The following commands allow this to happen. - + +Some author commands need to change their definition depending on which +encoding is currently in use. For example, in the |OT1| encoding, the +letter `\AE' is in slot |"1D|, whereas in the |T1| encoding it is in +slot |"C6|. So the definition of |\AE| has to change depending on +whether the current encoding is |OT1| or |T1|. The following commands +allow this to happen. + \begin{decl} - |\DeclareTextCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} - \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition} + |\DeclareTextCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} + \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition} \end{decl} -This command is like |\newcommand|, except that it defines a -command which is specific to one encoding. For example, the -definition of |\k| in the |T1| encoding is: +This command is like |\newcommand|, except that it defines a command +which is specific to one encoding. For example, the definition of |\k| +in the |T1| encoding is: \begin{verbatim} - \DeclareTextCommand{\k}{T1}[1] - {\oalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\char12}} + \DeclareTextCommand{\k}{T1}[1] + {\oalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\char12}} \end{verbatim} |\DeclareTextCommand| takes the same optional arguments as |\newcommand|. - -The resulting command is -robust, even if the code in \m{definition} is fragile. - -It does not produce an error if the command has already -been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file. - + +The resulting command is robust, even if the code in \m{definition} is +fragile. + +It does not produce an error if the command has already been defined but +logs the redefinition in the transcript file. + \begin{decl}[1994/12/01] - |\ProvideTextCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} - \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition} + |\ProvideTextCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} + \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition} \end{decl} -This command is the same as |\DeclareTextCommand|, except that -if \m{cmd} is already defined in encoding \m{encoding}, then the -definition is ignored. - +This command is the same as |\DeclareTextCommand|, except that if +\m{cmd} is already defined in encoding \m{encoding}, then the definition +is ignored. + \begin{decl} - |\DeclareTextSymbol| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot} + |\DeclareTextSymbol| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot} \end{decl} -This command defines a text symbol with slot \m{slot} in the -encoding. For example, the definition of |\ss| in the |OT1| encoding -is: +This command defines a text symbol with slot \m{slot} in the encoding. +For example, the definition of |\ss| in the |OT1| encoding is: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareTextSymbol{\ss}{OT1}{25} \end{verbatim} It does not produce an error if the command has already been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file. - + \begin{decl} - |\DeclareTextAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot} + |\DeclareTextAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot} \end{decl} This command declares a text accent, with the accent taken from slot -\m{slot} in the encoding. For example, the definition of |\"| in -the |OT1| encoding is: +\m{slot} in the encoding. For example, the definition of |\"| in the +|OT1| encoding is: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareTextAccent{\"}{OT1}{127} \end{verbatim} -It does not produce an error if the command has already -been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file. - +It does not produce an error if the command has already been defined but +logs the redefinition in the transcript file. + \begin{decl} - |\DeclareTextComposite| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{letter} - \arg{slot} + |\DeclareTextComposite| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{letter} + \arg{slot} \end{decl} This command declares that the composite letter formed from applying \m{cmd} to \m{letter} is defined to be simply slot \m{slot} in the -encoding. The \m{letter} should be a single letter (such as |a|) or -a single command (such as |\i|). - - -For example, the definition of |\'{a}| -in the |T1| encoding could be declared like this: +encoding. The \m{letter} should be a single letter (such as |a|) or a +single command (such as |\i|). + +For example, the definition of |\'{a}| in the |T1| encoding could be +declared like this: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareTextComposite{\'}{T1}{a}{225} \end{verbatim} - -The \m{cmd} will normally have been previously declared -for this encoding, either by using -|\DeclareTextAccent|, or as a one-argument |\DeclareTextCommand|. - + +The \m{cmd} will normally have been previously declared for this +encoding, either by using |\DeclareTextAccent|, or as a one-argument +|\DeclareTextCommand|. + \begin{decl}[1994/12/01] - |\DeclareTextCompositeCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{letter} - \arg{definition} + |\DeclareTextCompositeCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{letter} + \arg{definition} \end{decl} -This is a more general form of |\DeclareTextComposite|, which allows -for an arbitrary \m{definition}, not just a \m{slot}. The main use -for this is to allow accents on |i| to act like accents on |\i|, for -example: +This is a more general form of |\DeclareTextComposite|, which allows for +an arbitrary \m{definition}, not just a \m{slot}. The main use for this +is to allow accents on |i| to act like accents on |\i|, for example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} \end{verbatim} @@ -1473,66 +1430,64 @@ It has the same restrictions as |\DeclareTextComposite|. \begin{decl}[1998/12/01] - |\LastDeclaredEncoding| + |\LastDeclaredEncoding| \end{decl} This holds the name of the last encoding declared via -|\DeclareFontEncoding| (this should also be the currently most -efficient encoding). It can be used in the \m{encoding} argument -of the above declarations in place of explicitly mentioning the -encoding, e.g. +|\DeclareFontEncoding| (this should also be the currently most efficient +encoding). It can be used in the \m{encoding} argument of the above +declarations in place of explicitly mentioning the encoding, e.g. \begin{verbatim} - \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} - \DeclareTextAccent{\`}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0} - \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{1} + \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} + \DeclareTextAccent{\`}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0} + \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{1} \end{verbatim} This can be useful in cases where encoding files sharing common code -are generated from one source. - +are generated from one source. \subsection{Default definitions} - + \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} The declarations used in encoding definition files define encoding-specific commands but they do not allow those commands to be -used without explicitly changing the encoding. For some commands, -such as symbols, this is not enough. For example, the~|OMS| encoding -contains the symbol~`\S', but we need to be able to use the -command~|\S| whatever the current encoding may be, without explicitly -selecting the encoding~|OMS|. - +used without explicitly changing the encoding. For some commands, such +as symbols, this is not enough. For example, the~|OMS| encoding +contains the symbol~`\S', but we need to be able to use the command~|\S| +whatever the current encoding may be, without explicitly selecting the +encoding~|OMS|. + \NEWdescription{1997/12/01} To allow this, \LaTeX{} has commands that declare default definitions -for commands; these defaults are used when the command is not defined -in the current encoding. For example, the default encoding for~|\S| +for commands; these defaults are used when the command is not defined in +the current encoding. For example, the default encoding for~|\S| is~|OMS|, and so in an encoding (such as |OT1|) which does not contain~|\S|, the~|OMS| encoding is selected in order to access this glyph. But in an encoding (such as~|T1|) which does contain~|\S|, the -glyph in that encoding is used. The standard \LaTeXe{} format sets -up several such defaults using the following encodings: |OT1|,~|OMS| +glyph in that encoding is used. The standard \LaTeXe{} format sets up +several such defaults using the following encodings: |OT1|,~|OMS| and~|OML|. \emph{Warning}: These commands should \emph{not} occur in encoding definition files, since those files should declare only commands for use -when that encoding has been selected. They should instead be placed -in packages; they must, of course, always refer to encodings that are -known to be available. - +when that encoding has been selected. They should instead be placed in +packages; they must, of course, always refer to encodings that are known +to be available. + \begin{decl}[1994/12/01] - |\DeclareTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition} + |\DeclareTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition} \end{decl} -This command allows an encoding-specific command to be given a default -definition. For example, the default definition for |\copyright| is -defined be be a circled `c' with: +This command allows an encoding-specific command to be given a default +definition. For example, the default definition for |\copyright| is +defined be a circled `c' with: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}} \end{verbatim} \begin{decl}[1994/12/01] - |\DeclareTextAccentDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \\ - |\DeclareTextSymbolDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} + |\DeclareTextAccentDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \\ + |\DeclareTextSymbolDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \end{decl} -These commands allow an encoding-specific command to be given a -default encoding. For example, the default encoding for |\"| and -|\ae| is set to be |OT1| by: +These commands allow an encoding-specific command to be given a default +encoding. For example, the default encoding for |\"| and |\ae| is set +to be |OT1| by: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\ae}{OT1} @@ -1540,79 +1495,74 @@ default encoding. For example, the default encoding for |\"| and Note that |\DeclareTextAccentDefault| can be used on any one-argument encoding-specific command, not just those defined with |\DeclareTextAccent|. Similarly, |\DeclareTextSymbolDefault| can be -used on any encoding-specific command with no arguments, not just -those defined with |\DeclareTextSymbol|. - -For more examples of these definitions, see |ltoutenc.dtx|. - +used on any encoding-specific command with no arguments, not just those +defined with |\DeclareTextSymbol|. + +For more examples of these definitions, see |ltoutenc.dtx|. + \begin{decl}[1994/12/01] - |\ProvideTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition} + |\ProvideTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition} \end{decl} -This command is the same as |\DeclareTextCommandDefault|, except that -if the command already has a default definition, then the definition -is ignored. This is useful to give `faked' definitions of symbols -which may be given `real' definitions by other packages. For example, -a package might give a fake definition of |\textonequarter| by saying: +This command is the same as |\DeclareTextCommandDefault|, except that if +the command already has a default definition, then the definition is +ignored. This is useful to give `faked' definitions of symbols which +may be given `real' definitions by other packages. For example, a +package might give a fake definition of |\textonequarter| by saying: \begin{verbatim} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{$\m@th\frac14$} \end{verbatim} - - \subsection{Encoding defaults} \label{sec:encoding-defaults} - + +\subsection{Encoding defaults} \label{sec:encoding-defaults} + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareFontEncodingDefaults| \arg{text-settings} \arg{math-settings} + |\DeclareFontEncodingDefaults| \arg{text-settings} \arg{math-settings} \end{decl} - + Declares \m{text-settings} and \m{math-settings} for all encoding schemes. These are executed before the encoding scheme dependent ones are executed so that one can use the defaults for the major cases and overwrite them if necessary using |\DeclareFontEncoding|. - + If |\relax| is used as an argument, the current setting of this default is left unchanged. - + This example is used by amsfonts.sty for accent positioning; it changes only the math settings: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareFontEncodingDefaults{\relax}{\def\accentclass@{7}} \end{verbatim} - - + + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareFontSubstitution| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} - \arg{shape} + |\DeclareFontSubstitution| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} + \arg{shape} \end{decl} - + Declares the default values for font substitution which will be used -when a font with encoding \m{encoding} -should be loaded but no font can be found with the current -attributes. - +when a font with encoding \m{encoding} should be loaded but no font can +be found with the current attributes. + These substitutions are local to the encoding scheme because the encoding scheme is never substituted! They are tried in the order -\m{shape} then \m{series} and finally \m{family}. +\m{shape} then \m{series} and finally \m{family}. \NEWdescription{2019/07/10} This declaration is normally done in an encoding definition file -(see~\ref{Sec:encode.def}), but can also be used in a class file or -the document preamble to alter the default for a specific encoding. - +(see~\ref{Sec:encode.def}), but can also be used in a class file or the +document preamble to alter the default for a specific encoding. + If no defaults are set up for an encoding, the values given by |\DeclareErrorFont| are used. - -The font specification for -\m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape} -must have been defined by |\DeclareFontShape| -before the |\begin{document}| is reached. - + +The font specification for \m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape} +must have been defined by |\DeclareFontShape| before the +|\begin{document}| is reached. + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareFontSubstitution{T1}{cmr}{m}{n} \end{verbatim} - - - \subsection{Case changing} \label{sec:case} @@ -1634,84 +1584,79 @@ because such fonts do not exist. For further details, see \texttt{clsguide.tex}. \NEWdescription{1999/04/23} -In order that upper/lower-casing will work reasonably well, and in -order to provide any correct hyphenation, \LaTeXe{} \emph{must} use, +In order that upper/lower-casing will work reasonably well, and in order +to provide any correct hyphenation, \LaTeXe{} \emph{must} use, throughout a document, the same fixed table for changing case. The -table used is designed for the font encoding |T1|; this works well -with the standard \TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but will cause -problems when using other alphabets. As an experiment, it has now -been extended for use with some Cyrillic encodings. - +table used is designed for the font encoding |T1|; this works well with +the standard \TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but will cause +problems when using other alphabets. As an experiment, it has now been +extended for use with some Cyrillic encodings. \section{Miscellanea} \label{Sec:misc} - + This section covers the remaining font commands in \LaTeX{} and some other issues. - + \subsection{Font substitution} - + \begin{decl} -|\DeclareErrorFont| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} - \arg{shape} \arg{size} + |\DeclareErrorFont| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} + \arg{shape} \arg{size} \end{decl} - + Declares \m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape} to be the font shape used in cases where the standard substitution mechanism fails (i.e.~would loop). For the standard mechanism see the command |\DeclareFontSubstitution| above. - -The font specification for -\m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape} -must have been defined by |\DeclareFontShape| -before the |\begin{document}| is reached. - + +The font specification for \m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape} +must have been defined by |\DeclareFontShape| before the +|\begin{document}| is reached. + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareErrorFont{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{10} \end{verbatim} \NEWdescription{2019/07/10} -This declaration is a system wide fallback and it should normally not -be changed, in particular it does not belong into font encoding -definition files but rather into the \LaTeX{} format. It is normally -set up in \texttt{fonttext.cfg}. Adjustments on a per encoding base -should be made through |\DeclareFontSubstitution| instead! - - +This declaration is a system wide fallback and it should normally not be +changed, in particular it does not belong into font encoding definition +files but rather into the \LaTeX{} format. It is normally set up in +\texttt{fonttext.cfg}. Adjustments on a per encoding base should be made +through |\DeclareFontSubstitution| instead! + \begin{decl} -|\fontsubfuzz| + |\fontsubfuzz| \end{decl} - + This parameter is used to decide whether or not to produce a terminal warning if a font size substitution takes place. If the difference between the requested and the chosen size is less than |\fontsubfuzz| -the warning is only written to the transcript file. The default value -is |0.4pt|. This can be redefined with |\renewcommand|, for example: +the warning is only written to the transcript file. The default value is +|0.4pt|. This can be redefined with |\renewcommand|, for example: \begin{verbatim} \renewcommand{\fontsubfuzz}{0pt} % always warn \end{verbatim} - + \subsection{Preloading} - + \begin{decl} -|\DeclarePreloadSizes| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} - \arg{shape} + |\DeclarePreloadSizes| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} + \arg{shape} \arg{size-list} \end{decl} - - + Specifies the fonts that should be preloaded by the format. These commands should be put in a |preload.cfg| file, which is read in when -the \LaTeX{} format is being built. -Read |preload.dtx| for more information on how to built such a -configuration file. - +the \LaTeX{} format is being built. Read |preload.dtx| for more +information on how to built such a configuration file. + Example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclarePreloadSizes{OT1}{cmr}{m}{sl}{10,10.95,12} \end{verbatim} - + \NEWdescription{2019/07/10} Preloading is really an artifact of the days when loading fonts while processing a document contributed substantially to the processing @@ -1721,55 +1666,53 @@ time. These days it is usually best not to use this mechanism any more. \NEWdescription{1996/06/01} Accented characters in \LaTeX{} can be produced using commands such as -|\"a| etc. The precise effect of such commands depends on the font +|\"a| etc. The precise effect of such commands depends on the font encoding being used. When using a font encoding that contains the -accented characters as individual glyphs (such as the |T1| encoding, -in the case of |\"a|) words that contain such accented characters can -be automatically hyphenated. For font encodings that do not contain -the requested individual glyph (such as the |OT1| encoding) such a -command invokes typesetting instructions that produce the accented -character as a combination of character glyphs and diacritical marks -in the font. In most cases this involves a call to the \TeX{} -primitive |\accent|. Glyphs constructed as composites in this way -inhibit hyphenation of the current word; this is one reason why the -|T1| encoding is preferable to the original \TeX{} font encoding -|OT1|. +accented characters as individual glyphs (such as the |T1| encoding, in +the case of |\"a|) words that contain such accented characters can be +automatically hyphenated. For font encodings that do not contain the +requested individual glyph (such as the |OT1| encoding) such a command +invokes typesetting instructions that produce the accented character as +a combination of character glyphs and diacritical marks in the font. In +most cases this involves a call to the \TeX{} primitive |\accent|. +Glyphs constructed as composites in this way inhibit hyphenation of the +current word; this is one reason why the |T1| encoding is preferable to +the original \TeX{} font encoding |OT1|. It is important to understand that commands like |\"a| in \LaTeXe{} represent just a name for a single glyph (in this case `umlaut a') and contain no information about how to typeset that glyph---thus it does -\emph{not} mean `put two dots on top of the character a'. The -decision as to what typesetting routine to use will depend on the -encoding of the current font and so this decision is taken at the last -minute. Indeed, it is possible that the same input will be typeset in -more than one way in the same document; for example, text in section -headings may also appear in table of contents and in running heads; and -each of these may use a font with a different encoding. +\emph{not} mean `put two dots on top of the character a'. The decision +as to what typesetting routine to use will depend on the encoding of the +current font and so this decision is taken at the last minute. Indeed, +it is possible that the same input will be typeset in more than one way +in the same document; for example, text in section headings may also +appear in table of contents and in running heads; and each of these may +use a font with a different encoding. For this reason the notation |\"a| is \emph{not} equivalent to: \begin{verbatim} - \newcommand \chara {a} \"\chara + \newcommand \chara {a} \"\chara \end{verbatim} In the latter case, \LaTeX{} does not expand the macro |\chara| but simply compares the notation (the string |\"\chara|) to its list of -known composite notations in the current encoding; when it fails to -find |\"\chara| it does the best it can and invokes the typesetting +known composite notations in the current encoding; when it fails to find +|\"\chara| it does the best it can and invokes the typesetting instructions that put the umlaut accent on top of the expansion of |\chara|. Thus, even if the font actually contains `\"a' as an individual glyph, it will not be used. -The low-level accent commands in \LaTeX{} are defined in such a way -that it is possible to combine a diacritical mark from one font with a -glyph from another font; for example, |\"\textparagraph| will produce -\"\textparagraph. The umlaut here -is taken from the |OT1| encoded font |cmr10| whilst the paragraph sign -is from the |OMS| encoded font |cmsy10|. (This example may be -typographically silly but better ones would involve font encodings -like |OT2| (Cyrillic) that might not be available at every -site.) - -There are, however, restrictions on the font-changing commands that -will work within the argument to such an accent command. These are +The low-level accent commands in \LaTeX{} are defined in such a way that +it is possible to combine a diacritical mark from one font with a glyph +from another font; for example, |\"\textparagraph| will produce +\"\textparagraph. The umlaut here is taken from the |OT1| encoded font +|cmr10| whilst the paragraph sign is from the |OMS| encoded font +|cmsy10|. (This example may be typographically silly but better ones +would involve font encodings like |OT2| (Cyrillic) that might not be +available at every site.) + +There are, however, restrictions on the font-changing commands that will +work within the argument to such an accent command. These are \TeX{}nical in the sense that they follow from the way that \TeX{}'s |\accent| primitive works, allowing only a special class of commands between the accent and the accented character. @@ -1780,82 +1723,80 @@ arguments (|\textbf{...}| and friends); all the font size declarations (|\fontsize| and |\Large|, etc.); |\usefont| and declarations that depend on it, such as |\normalfont|; box commands (e.g.~|\mbox{...}|). -The lower-level font declarations that set the attributes family, -series and shape (such as |\fontshape{sl}\selectfont|) will produce -correct typesetting, as will the default declarations such as -|\bfseries|. - +The lower-level font declarations that set the attributes family, series +and shape (such as |\fontshape{sl}\selectfont|) will produce correct +typesetting, as will the default declarations such as |\bfseries|. \subsection{Naming conventions} - + \begin{itemize} \item -Math alphabet commands all start with |\math...|: examples are -|\mathbf|, |\mathcal|, etc. - + Math alphabet commands all start with |\math...|: examples are + |\mathbf|, |\mathcal|, etc. + \item -The text font changing commands with arguments all start with -|\text...|: e.g.~|\textbf| and |\textrm|. The exception to this is -|\emph|, since it occurs very commonly in author documents and so -deserves a shorter name. - + The text font changing commands with arguments all start with + |\text...|: e.g.~|\textbf| and |\textrm|. The exception to this is + |\emph|, since it occurs very commonly in author documents and so + deserves a shorter name. + \item -Names for encoding schemes are strings of up to three letters (all -upper case) plus digits. - -The \LaTeX3 project reserves the use of encodings starting with the -following letters: |T| (standard 256-long text encodings), |TS| -(symbols that are designed to extend a corresponding |T| encoding), -|X| (text encodings that do not conform to the strict requirements for -|T| encodings), |M| (standard 256-long math encodings), |S| (other -symbol encodings), |A| (other special applications), |OT| (standard -128-long text encodings) and |OM| (standard 128-long math encodings). - -Please do not use the above starting letters for non-portable -encodings. If new standard encodings emerge then we shall add them in -a later release of \LaTeX. - -Encoding schemes which are local to a site or a system should start -with |L|, experimental encodings intended for wide distribution will -start with |E|, whilst |U| is for Unknown or Unclassified encodings. - + Names for encoding schemes are strings of up to three letters (all + upper case) plus digits. + + The \LaTeX3 project reserves the use of encodings starting with the + following letters: |T| (standard 256-long text encodings), |TS| + (symbols that are designed to extend a corresponding |T| encoding), + |X| (text encodings that do not conform to the strict requirements for + |T| encodings), |M| (standard 256-long math encodings), |S| (other + symbol encodings), |A| (other special applications), |OT| (standard + 128-long text encodings) and |OM| (standard 128-long math encodings). + + Please do not use the above starting letters for non-portable + encodings. If new standard encodings emerge then we shall add them in + a later release of \LaTeX. + + Encoding schemes which are local to a site or a system should start + with |L|, experimental encodings intended for wide distribution will + start with |E|, whilst |U| is for Unknown or Unclassified encodings. + \item -\NEWdescription{2019/10/15} -Font family names should contain only upper and lower case letters and -hyphen characters. Where possible, these should conform to the -\emph{Filenames for fonts} font naming scheme of the scheme -implemented by \texttt{autoinst} with suffixes such as \texttt{-LF}, -\texttt{-OsF}, etc.\ to indicate different figure styles. - + \NEWdescription{2019/10/15} + Font family names should contain only upper and lower case letters and + hyphen characters. Where possible, these should conform to the + \emph{Filenames for fonts} font naming scheme of the scheme + implemented by \texttt{autoinst} with suffixes such as \texttt{-LF}, + \texttt{-OsF}, etc.\ to indicate different figure styles. + \item -\NEWdescription{2019/10/15} -Font series names should contain up to four lower case letters. If at -all possible standard names as suggested in -Section~\ref{sec:textfontattributes} should be used. Font specific -names such as \texttt{regular} or \texttt{black}, etc.\ should be at -least aliased to a corresponding standard name. - + \NEWdescription{2019/10/15} + Font series names should contain up to four lower case letters. If at + all possible standard names as suggested in + Section~\ref{sec:textfontattributes} should be used. Font specific + names such as \texttt{regular} or \texttt{black}, etc.\ should be at + least aliased to a corresponding standard name. + \item -\NEWdescription{2019/10/15} -Font shapes should contain up to four letters lower case. Use the -names suggested in Section~\ref{sec:textfontattributes}. - + \NEWdescription{2019/10/15} + Font shapes should contain up to four letters lower case. Use the + names suggested in Section~\ref{sec:textfontattributes}. + \item -Names for symbol fonts are built from lower and upper case letters -with no restriction. + Names for symbol fonts are built from lower and upper case letters + with no restriction. \end{itemize} - + Whenever possible, you should use the series and shape names suggested -in \emph{\LaTeXcomp} since this will make it easier to combine new -fonts with existing fonts. - +in \emph{\LaTeXcomp} since this will make it easier to combine new fonts +with existing fonts. + \NEWdescription{1994/12/01} - Where possible, text symbols should be named as |\text| followed by - the Adobe glyph name: for example |\textonequarter| or - |\textsterling|. Similarly, math symbols should be named as - |\math| followed by the glyph name, for example |\mathonequarter| - or |\mathsterling|. Commands which can be used in text or math can - then be defined using |\ifmmode|, for example: +Where possible, text symbols should be named as |\text| followed by the +Adobe glyph name: for example |\textonequarter| or |\textsterling|. +Similarly, math symbols should be named as |\math| followed by the glyph +name, for example |\mathonequarter| or |\mathsterling|. Commands which +can be used in text or math can then be defined using |\ifmmode|, for +example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareRobustCommand{\pounds}{% \ifmmode \mathsterling \else \textsterling \fi @@ -1864,103 +1805,95 @@ fonts with existing fonts. Note that commands defined in this way must be robust, in case they get put into a section title or other moving argument. - - \subsection{The order of declaration} - \NEWdescription{2019/10/15} -\NFSS{} forces you to give all declarations in a specific order so -that it can check whether you have specified all necessary -information. If you declare objects in the wrong order, it will -complain. Here are the dependencies that you have to obey: +\NFSS{} forces you to give all declarations in a specific order so that +it can check whether you have specified all necessary information. If +you declare objects in the wrong order, it will complain. Here are the +dependencies that you have to obey: \begin{itemize} \item -|\DeclareFontFamily| checks that the encoding scheme was previously -declared with |\DeclareFontEncoding|. + |\DeclareFontFamily| checks that the encoding scheme was previously + declared with |\DeclareFontEncoding|. \item -|\DeclareFontShape| checks that the font -family was declared to be available in the requested -encoding (|\DeclareFontFamily|). + |\DeclareFontShape| checks that the font family was declared to be + available in the requested encoding (|\DeclareFontFamily|). \item -|\DeclareSymbolFont| checks that the encoding scheme is valid. + |\DeclareSymbolFont| checks that the encoding scheme is valid. \item -|\SetSymbolFont| additionally ensures that the requested math -version was declared (|\DeclareMathVersion|) and that the requested -symbol font was declared (|\DeclareSymbolFont|). - + |\SetSymbolFont| additionally ensures that the requested math version + was declared (|\DeclareMathVersion|) and that the requested symbol + font was declared (|\DeclareSymbolFont|). \item -|\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet| checks that the command name for the -alphabet identifier can be used and that the symbol font was declared. + |\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet| checks that the command name for the + alphabet identifier can be used and that the symbol font was declared. \item -|\DeclareMathAlphabet| checks that the chosen command name can be -used and that the encoding scheme was declared. + |\DeclareMathAlphabet| checks that the chosen command name can be used + and that the encoding scheme was declared. \item -|\SetMathAlphabet| checks that the alphabet identifier was -previously declared with |\DeclareMathAlphabet| or -|\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet| and that the math version and the -encoding scheme are known. + |\SetMathAlphabet| checks that the alphabet identifier was previously + declared with |\DeclareMathAlphabet| or |\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet| + and that the math version and the encoding scheme are known. \item -|\DeclareMathSymbol| makes sure that the command name can be used -(i.e., is undefined or was previously declared to be a math symbol) -and that the symbol font was previously declared. + |\DeclareMathSymbol| makes sure that the command name can be used + (i.e., is undefined or was previously declared to be a math symbol) + and that the symbol font was previously declared. \item -When the |\begin{document}| command is reached, \NFSS{} makes -some additional checks---for example, verifying that substitution -defaults for every encoding scheme point to known font shape group -declarations. + When the |\begin{document}| command is reached, \NFSS{} makes some + additional checks---for example, verifying that substitution + defaults for every encoding scheme point to known font shape group + declarations. \end{itemize} - \section{If you need to know more \ldots} \NEWdescription{1996/06/01} The |tracefnt| package provides for tracing the actions concerned with -loading, substituting and using fonts. -The package accepts the following options: +loading, substituting and using fonts. The package accepts the +following options: \begin{description} -\item[errorshow] Write all information about font changes, etc.\ but +\item[errorshow] Write all information about font changes, etc.\ but only to the transcript file unless an error occurs. This means that - information about font substitution will not be shown on the - terminal. + information about font substitution will not be shown on the terminal. -\item[warningshow] Show all font warnings on the terminal. This - setting corresponds to the default behavior when this - \texttt{tracefnt} package is \emph{not} used! +\item[warningshow] Show all font warnings on the terminal. This setting + corresponds to the default behavior when this \texttt{tracefnt} + package is \emph{not} used! -\item[infoshow] Show all font warnings and all font info messages - (that are normally only written to the transcript file) also on the +\item[infoshow] Show all font warnings and all font info messages (that + are normally only written to the transcript file) also on the terminal. This is the default when this \texttt{tracefnt} package is loaded. -\item[debugshow] In addition to what is shown by \texttt{infoshow}, - show also changes of math fonts (as far as possible): beware, this - option can produce a large amount of output. +\item[debugshow] In addition to what is shown by \texttt{infoshow}, show + also changes of math fonts (as far as possible): beware, this option + can produce a large amount of output. -\item[loading] Show the names of external font files when they are +\item[loading] Show the names of external font files when they are loaded. This option shows only `newly loaded' fonts, not those already preloaded in the format or the class file before this \texttt{tracefnt} package becomes active. -\item[pausing] - Turn all font warnings into errors so that \LaTeX{} will stop. +\item[pausing] Turn all font warnings into errors so that \LaTeX{} will + stop. \end{description} \emph{Warning}: The actions of this package can change the layout of a -document and even, in rare cases, produce clearly wrong output, so -it should not be used in the final formatting of `real documents'. +document and even, in rare cases, produce clearly wrong output, so it +should not be used in the final formatting of `real documents'. \begin{thebibliography}{1} - + \bibitem{A-W:MG2004} Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens. \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}. @@ -1971,12 +1904,18 @@ Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens. Donald~E. Knuth. \newblock Typesetting concrete mathematics. \newblock {\em {TUG}boat}, 10(1):31--36, April 1989. - + \bibitem{A-W:LLa94} Leslie Lamport. \newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}. \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. - + \end{thebibliography} - + \end{document} + +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% fill-column: 72 +%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf Binary files differindex 54846e73947..82f8e6e8c7b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf Binary files differindex 616b1c350bb..d03b6c03797 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf Binary files differindex 23f26939d58..debc3867261 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf Binary files differindex ecaba431fe2..65db61aeb65 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex index 54ceb498fc0..c13f673b02f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex @@ -2,48 +2,48 @@ % % Copyright (C) 2015-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: latexchanges.tex - + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} - + \documentclass{ltxguide} - + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{url} \title{Changes to the \LaTeXe{} format} - -\author{\copyright~Copyright 2015--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\ + +\author{\copyright~Copyright 2015--2020, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\ All rights reserved.} - -\date{2019-10-01} -% a few commands from doc +\date{2020-02-02} + +% a few commands from doc \newcommand\Lpack[1]{\mbox{\textsf{#1}}} \newcommand\DescribeMacro[1]{\texttt{\string#1}} @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ \hbox{\check@mathfonts\fontsize\ssf@size\z@ \math@fontsfalse\selectfont,}\hidewidth}\egroup} \makeatother - + \ifx\href\undefined \newcommand\ghissue[1]{github #1} \newcommand\gnatsissue[1]{gnats #1} @@ -76,17 +76,17 @@ \fi \begin{document} - + \maketitle - + \tableofcontents \newpage - + \section{Introduction} - -This document describes changes that have been made to the -\LaTeX\ format since the 2014/05/01 \LaTeX\ release. + +This document describes changes that were made to the +\LaTeX\ format since the 2014-05-01 \LaTeX\ releases. As announced in \ltnewsissue{22}, the 2015 \LaTeX{} release adopts a new @@ -94,6 +94,27 @@ policy. Improvements and bug fixes will be made to the format sources, with the \Lpack{latexrelease} package being available to revert changes to use definitions from an earlier format. +As a summary of changes for a main release will always be available in +\LaTeX\ News, detailed changes are not repeated in this document, +but changes in any patch releases will be listed in more +detail here. + +More detailed change logs are available as +\texttt{changes.txt} in the base distribution, and full code + differences may be browsed via the code repository on GitHub +see for example +\url{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/commits/master}. + + +\section{Changes introduced in 2020-02-02} + +Major enhancements in this release include pre-loading \Lpack{expl3} +to improve startup times, especially with Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX, and +extra features in the font selection mechanism. Please see +\ltnewsissue{31} for an overview of the new features and the change +log in \texttt{changelog.txt} for a more detailed list of individual +changes. + \section{Changes introduced in 2019-10-01 patch~3} @@ -187,7 +208,7 @@ The default action of the file \texttt{nfssfont.tex} was set to produce a font table, so that one can simply hit enter instead of having to write \verb=\table\bye=. -The \LaTeX{} kernel now provides dummy (empty) definitions for the +The \LaTeX{} kernel now provides dummy (empty) definitions for the two commands \verb|\conditionally@traceoff| and \verb|\conditionally@traceon| from the \texttt{trace} package so they can be used by package developers without worrying about them being @@ -278,7 +299,7 @@ In parboxes and similar settings, \verb|\lineskiplimit| is now reset (to the existing default value, \verb|\normallineskiplimit|). See \sxanswer{359934}. - The code for verb|\newpage| has been adjusted to add a test on the value of + The code for \verb|\newpage| has been adjusted to add a test on the value of \verb|\prevdepth| so that the depth of the last line is preserved in forced page breaks. @@ -298,7 +319,7 @@ Fixes to TU encoding definitions for Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX. A new test is added during format making that e\TeX\ extensions are available. As noted in \LaTeX\ news, e\TeX\ will now be required to build \LaTeX. - + Further updates tracking changes for Lua\TeX~1.0. The definition of \verb|\showhyphens| is changed in formats built @@ -337,7 +358,7 @@ This release fixes the behaviour of the allocation mechanism if the switch from the standard to extended pool takes place within a group. \section{Changes introduced in 2015/10/01 patch~1} -This release allows \Lpack{latexrelease} to revert the +This release allows \Lpack{latexrelease} to revert the Lua\TeX{}-specific changes, in particular fixing an incorrect date in part of the mechanism and adding a method to disable callback management entirely. @@ -379,7 +400,7 @@ affecting bottom float positioning if the \Lpack{latexrelease} package was used. \section{Changes introduced in 2015/01/01 patch~1} This release re-introduces the ``Patch Level'' scheme for identifying releases between main ``dated'' releases. Early \LaTeXe\ releases -included a mechanism whereby updates could be provided by a +included a mechanism whereby updates could be provided by a \emph{patch file}. This was mainly intended to allow updates to be made without downloading the full sources again, which was an important @@ -454,7 +475,7 @@ Allocates commands to use the extended e-\TeX\ mark mechanism. \smallskip Xe-\TeX\ only, previously in the Xe-\LaTeX\ format, but added via -|xelatex.ini| not part of the core release. +|xelatex.ini| not part of the core release. Allocates commands to use the Xe-\TeX\ character class mechanism. @@ -698,7 +719,7 @@ macros robust: |\(|, |\)|, |\[|, |\]|, |\makebox|, |\savebox|, |\framebox|, |\parbox|, |\rule| and |\raisebox|. -\ldots TODO \ldots fleqn vesion of |\[\]| +\ldots TODO \ldots fleqn vesion of |\[\]| \subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash addpenalty} ruins flush-bottom (pr/3073)} @@ -853,5 +874,5 @@ which was supposed to be math-mode. We have decided upon 1) as is customary for regular robust commands in \LaTeX. - + \end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf Binary files differindex 7861985f573..95ff9ddb5c8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf Binary files differindex 0de636570d0..c3405a8383b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err index fa8694c5e26..47dc4010c23 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ \begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls} %% %% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007, 2014 Frank Mittelbach -%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; +%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; %% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl % % @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ % Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting % % hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for -% errata files of other books. +% errata files of other books. % % Changes: % @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ % some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands: -\let\u\underline +\let\u\underline \renewcommand\>{$\to$} %%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ \def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}% %%% also count secondary: -%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% +%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% } \renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{% @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp } - + \renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{% \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil \endgobble @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ } \renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{% - \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} + \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} \end{filecontents} @@ -242,12 +242,12 @@ \begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} % % -% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% Configuration file for the errata listing of % % Der LaTeX-Begleiter 2 Auflage % % -% \erratastartdate +% \erratastartdate % % Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed. % @@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ % listing. % % The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the second -% printing are typeset. -% +% printing are typeset. +% % \renewcommand\myprinting{2} @@ -385,10 +385,10 @@ speziellen Nachdruck oder ab einem gewünschten Datum angezeigt werden. \begin{center} - \Large \bfseries Irren ist menschlich -- Fehlerwettbewerb + \Large \bfseries Irren ist menschlich -- Fehlerwettbewerb \end{center} - + Jeder gefundene und mitgeteilte Fehler ist ein Gewinn für alle Leser und Käufer unseres Buches. Aus diesem Grund schreiben wir, Pearson Studium und die Autoren, einen Preis aus -- halbjährlich, später (mehr)jährlich -- den @@ -396,18 +396,18 @@ die Person erhält, die die meisten Fehler innerhalb dieser Zeit findet (im Falle einer Ãœberschneidung wird das Los zwischen den "`besten"' Fehlersuchern entscheiden). Eine Person kann nur einmal einen Preis bekommen; Fehler die durch die Autoren gefunden werden, zählen nicht. -\begin{center} -Ihr Preis: Ein Lehrbuch Ihrer Wahl! +\begin{center} +Ihr Preis: Ein Lehrbuch Ihrer Wahl! \end{center} Auswählen können Sie dieses unter \url{http://www.pearson-studium.de}. (Bundles und mehrbändige Bücher sind davon ausgenommen). - + Wie üblich behalten sich die Autoren und der Verlag das Recht vor, selbst zu entscheiden ob ein Fehler tatsächlich als Fehler anzusehen ist oder ob ein wiederholt vorkommender Fehler als ein oder mehrere Fehler gezählt wird. - -- Viel Erfolg - + +- Viel Erfolg - \begin{center} \begin{tabular}{clr@{ Eingaben}} @@ -439,9 +439,9 @@ Ende der Wettbewerbsperiode & Gewinner \\[4pt] \fi \erroronpage{}{}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{} - Einzelne Teile mehrgliedriger Abkürzungen werden im deutschsprachigen - Satz normalerweise durch einen kleinen Zwischenraum (Spatium) getrennt; nur in - englischsprachigen Texten wird zwischen den Abkürzungsteilen kein + Einzelne Teile mehrgliedriger Abkürzungen werden im deutschsprachigen + Satz normalerweise durch einen kleinen Zwischenraum (Spatium) getrennt; nur in + englischsprachigen Texten wird zwischen den Abkürzungsteilen kein Zwischenraum gesetzt. Beispiele: z.\,B., u.\,a.\ anstatt z.B., u.a. @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ should be ``Francis\u{c}o''. Das Kommando lautet \verb=\AskOption= (ohne ``s'') \erroronpage{26}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2} - Zur schließenden Klammer in Zeile 5 gibt es keine öffnende; es sollte wohl + Zur schließenden Klammer in Zeile 5 gibt es keine öffnende; es sollte wohl heißen: (zum Beispiel \ldots{} \erroronpage{29}{Abs. nach 2-2-3, Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2} @@ -493,11 +493,11 @@ Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. \erroronpage{56}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2} -Hier fehlt ein Buchstabe: ``Das Beispiel zeigt, das\u{s} es +Hier fehlt ein Buchstabe: ``Das Beispiel zeigt, das\u{s} es wahrscheinlich''. \erroronpage{59}{2.3.6 Abs.\ 4, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`Um das \textsf{minitoc}-System zu initialisieren, + Füge Komma ein: "`Um das \textsf{minitoc}-System zu initialisieren, muss ein \dots{}"' \erroronpage{60}{Tab.2.3, rechte Spalte, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2} @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Es muss ``Ein solcher Wechsel'' statt ``Eine solcher Wechsel'' heißen. \LaTeX-Trennfehler: Verzeichnis-eintr"age statt Verzeichni-seintr"age. \erroronpage{70}{Abs.-1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2} -Hier fehlt ein Komma am Ende der ersten Zeile und ein Punkt am Ende des +Hier fehlt ein Komma am Ende der ersten Zeile und ein Punkt am Ende des ersten Satzes. \erroronpage{73}{Abs.2, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2} @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. Hier fehlt ein Komma vor ``wenn sie durch''. \erroronpage{75}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2} -Es fehlen zwei Buchstaben: ``ohne daf"ur einen eigen\u{en} Abstand +Es fehlen zwei Buchstaben: ``ohne daf"ur einen eigen\u{en} Abstand einzuf"ugen''. @@ -540,12 +540,12 @@ Lösche s aus Grau\u{s}wertproblem Kein Komma vor und bei einer Aufzählung. \erroronpage{109}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} - Streiche Kommata: "`Möglich\_ und absolut nicht unwahrscheinlich\_ ist + Streiche Kommata: "`Möglich\_ und absolut nicht unwahrscheinlich\_ ist beispielsweise, \dots{}"' \erroronpage{114}{para 3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{2} Ersetze Absatz durch: "`Da es nicht empfehlenswert ist, die Einstellung von -|\baselineskip| +|\baselineskip| direkt zu ändern, verfügt \LaTeX{} über den Befehl |\lineskip|\,, mit dem sich |\baselineskip| global für alle Größen ändern lässt. Nach einer Anweisung wie etwa \verb!\linespread{1.5}\selectfont! tritt der neue @@ -558,22 +558,22 @@ Wert sofort in Kraft. [Fußnote: Die veraltete \LaTeX~2.09 Lösung \erroronpage{117}{3.2.1 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 7}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} - Trennung der Hauptsätze: "`\dots{} der Zähler \texttt{footnote} wird + Trennung der Hauptsätze: "`\dots{} der Zähler \texttt{footnote} wird weiter hochgesetzt, und die Darstellung erfolgt \dots{}"' \erroronpage{119}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} - Da die Beispiele unmittelbar folgen: "`\dots{} schematisch + Da die Beispiele unmittelbar folgen: "`\dots{} schematisch dargestellt \u{und bedeuten}:"' -%%Ebenfalls als Vorschlag zur Neuformulierung -- weil es um zwei -%%unterschiedliche Aspekte geht, sollte durch Punkt oder Semikolon +%%Ebenfalls als Vorschlag zur Neuformulierung -- weil es um zwei +%%unterschiedliche Aspekte geht, sollte durch Punkt oder Semikolon %%getrennt werden: % % -maybe differently \erroronpage{121}{3.2.3 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} - "`\u{Es wird ausreichend} Abstand zwischen -Fußnoten und Text gelassen -und die Fußnoten werden in einem kleineren Schriftgrad + "`\u{Es wird ausreichend} Abstand zwischen +Fußnoten und Text gelassen +und die Fußnoten werden in einem kleineren Schriftgrad gesetzt."' @@ -594,8 +594,8 @@ Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter sollte stets mit Bindestrich geschrieben werden. \erroronpage{149}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe/FMi}{2006/06/10}{2} -Ersetze: "`Bei vielen dieser Argumente wird der unten aufgeführte, voreingestellte -Wert verwendet, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird. +Ersetze: "`Bei vielen dieser Argumente wird der unten aufgeführte, voreingestellte +Wert verwendet, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird. \> "`Bei vielen dieser Argumente erhält man den unten aufgeführten voreingestellten Wert, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird."' @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Wert, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird."' -\erroronpage{149}{Argument \textit{kopf-nach-abstand}, Z.\ +\erroronpage{149}{Argument \textit{kopf-nach-abstand}, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} Streiche Anführungszeichen bei "`Interpunktion"'. @@ -617,11 +617,11 @@ Wert, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird."' leben muss. \erroronpage{159}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} - "`\dots{} unverändert, also "`wie über die Tastatur eingegeben"'\u{,} + "`\dots{} unverändert, also "`wie über die Tastatur eingegeben"'\u{,} darstellen."' \erroronpage{160}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} - Anstelle "`extensiv"': "`\dots{} in der Vergangenheit \emph{intensiv} + Anstelle "`extensiv"': "`\dots{} in der Vergangenheit \emph{intensiv} genutzt wurden, \dots{}"' \erroronpage{163}{Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2} @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ Streiche das zweite t aus setz\u{t}en. % - but also a national one, so could stay % % \erroronpage{204}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ -2}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{} -% Streiche "`DIN"' in "`DIN A4"', da A4 nationaler (DIN 476), +% Streiche "`DIN"' in "`DIN A4"', da A4 nationaler (DIN 476), % europ\"{a}ischer (EN 20 216) und internationaler (ISO 216) Standard ist. \erroronpage{205}{Tab.\ 4.2}{YiL}{2012/05/07}{} @@ -667,21 +667,21 @@ Streiche das zweite t aus setz\u{t}en. \erroronpage{205}{4.2, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht v\"{o}llig unm\"{o}glich ist\u, sie + F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht v\"{o}llig unm\"{o}glich ist\u, sie \dots{} zu \"{a}ndern, \dots{}"'. \erroronpage{208}{Z. 1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2} Fehlendes Komma: "`zwei Pakete\u, mit deren"' \erroronpage{210}{Abs.\ 5, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - Streiche Komma vor der Klammer: "`\dots{} von Listen Verwendung + Streiche Komma vor der Klammer: "`\dots{} von Listen Verwendung finden\_ (\dots{})."' \erroronpage{210}{Abs.6, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2} Fehlendes Komma: "`abliest), kann man"' \erroronpage{213}{Abs.\ 3, Z.\ -1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} kann es angebracht sein, ihn + F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} kann es angebracht sein, ihn einzubeziehen."' \erroronpage{213}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\-1}{FMi}{2006/09/25}{2} @@ -692,30 +692,30 @@ einzubeziehen."' Es sollte wohl "`die ein\u{e} oder andere Einstellung"' hei"sen. \erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 6}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} ist es jedoch besser, + F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} ist es jedoch besser, \texttt{ignorehead} \dots{} zu verwenden."' % Ãœber das nächste Infinitivproblem kann man sich durchaus streiten: \erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ -2}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} liegt es beim Anwender, + F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} liegt es beim Anwender, sicherzustellen, dass \dots{}"' \erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ -3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`Da diese Option Fonts skaliert, anstatt + F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`Da diese Option Fonts skaliert, anstatt Originalfonts \dots{} einzusetzen, \dots{}"' \erroronpage{219}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ -4ff}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge "`werden"' ein und streiche Komma vor dem letzten Abschnitt -der Aufz\"{a}hlung: "`Zun\"{a}chst wird das Paket geladen, alle -R\"{a}nder \u{werden} auf einen Zoll gesetzt\_ und die Kolumnentitel \dots{} + F\"{u}ge "`werden"' ein und streiche Komma vor dem letzten Abschnitt +der Aufz\"{a}hlung: "`Zun\"{a}chst wird das Paket geladen, alle +R\"{a}nder \u{werden} auf einen Zoll gesetzt\_ und die Kolumnentitel \dots{} festgelegt; \dots{}"' \erroronpage{220}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma zwischen den Haupts\"{a}tzen ein: "`\dots{} des + F\"{u}ge Komma zwischen den Haupts\"{a}tzen ein: "`\dots{} des Paketes wieder her, und bei \verb"pass" wird das Paket deaktiviert."' \erroronpage{221}{Aufz. cam, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} welche die Ma{\ss}e der Nettoseite + F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} welche die Ma{\ss}e der Nettoseite anzeigen, ohne sie zu ber\"{u}hren (\dots{})."' \erroronpage{221}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{2} @@ -727,23 +727,23 @@ anzeigen, ohne sie zu ber\"{u}hren (\dots{})."' \textsf{crop} erst \dots{} geladen werden sollte."' \erroronpage{221}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} normalerweise ist es n\"{u}tzlich, ihn + F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} normalerweise ist es n\"{u}tzlich, ihn beizubehalten."' \erroronpage{222}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2} - F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} versucht das Paket, den Druckertreiber + F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} versucht das Paket, den Druckertreiber \dots{} zu bestimmen."' \erroronpage{223}{4.3, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} sammelt genug Material, um gut eine Seite + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} sammelt genug Material, um gut eine Seite \dots{}"' \erroronpage{224}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} entspricht dem Inhalt von \verb"\thepage", + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} entspricht dem Inhalt von \verb"\thepage", wie er auf der \dots{}"' \erroronpage{225}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} mithilfe von \verb"\AtEndDocument", um + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} mithilfe von \verb"\AtEndDocument", um sicherzugehen, dass \dots{}"' \erroronpage{229}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 8,10,-1}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2} @@ -755,11 +755,11 @@ sicherzugehen, dass \dots{}"' \erroronpage{233}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} um Längenparameter, sondern um Befehle + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} um Längenparameter, sondern um Befehle \dots{}"' \erroronpage{234}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 7}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2} - Ersetze Semikolon durch Komma und füge Wort ein: "Der Seitentyp wird mit `\dots{} + Ersetze Semikolon durch Komma und füge Wort ein: "Der Seitentyp wird mit `\dots{} ausgewählt\u, der Bereich \u{dagegen} mit \dots{}"' @@ -768,11 +768,11 @@ ausgewählt\u, der Bereich \u{dagegen} mit \dots{}"' \erroronpage{247}{Abs.\ 3, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} dass sie fähig sein müssen, innerhalb des + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} dass sie fähig sein müssen, innerhalb des Textes \dots{}"' \erroronpage{249}{Abs.3 in 5.1.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2} -Dieser Satz steht schon am Ende des ersten Absatzes dieses +Dieser Satz steht schon am Ende des ersten Absatzes dieses Abschnitts. \erroronpage{251}{Abs.\ -1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{2} @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ Abschnitts. % -check \erroronpage{252}{Tabelle 5.2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2} - Ersetze alle amerikanischen Auslassungszeichen \{..\} durch deutsche + Ersetze alle amerikanischen Auslassungszeichen \{..\} durch deutsche \{\dots{}\}. \erroronpage{253}{Z. -2}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2} @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ Kein Komma vor "`erzeugt wurden"' Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} üblicher, Farben \dots{} einzusetzen"' \erroronpage{269}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2} -\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Standar-dumgebung. \> Standard-umgebung +\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Standar-dumgebung. \> Standard-umgebung \erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2} Ersetze Anfang durch: "`Eine der Schwierigkeiten, \LaTeX{}-Tabellen mit außergewöhnlich @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ großen Einträgen zu setzen, ist eine gute Raumverteilung um diese Einträge he \dots"' \erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} optionales Argument, ähnlich dem von + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} optionales Argument, ähnlich dem von \verb"\\"\u, erweitert."' \erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2} @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron. Es muss "`in den Abschnitte\u{n} 6.2.1 bzw. 6.2.2"' hei\ss{}en. \erroronpage{304}{Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2} -Es muss "`{}"uber ein zus"atzliche\u{s} obligatorisches Argument"' +Es muss "`{}"uber ein zus"atzliche\u{s} obligatorisches Argument"' hei\ss{}en. \erroronpage{306}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2} @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ Fehlendes Komma: "`einnimmt, ist der"' \erroronpage{358}{Abs.5, Z.6+7}{JS}{2006/11/08}{2} Ersetze: - "`Die \u{Computer Modern Typewriter und} Computer Modern Sans Fonts + "`Die \u{Computer Modern Typewriter und} Computer Modern Sans Fonts verfügen nicht über \u{breite} sondern nur über breitfette"' \> "`Die Computer Modern Sans Fonts @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ Fehlendes Komma: "`einnimmt, ist der"' \erroronpage{361}{Tab 7.4}{AFV}{2008/08/08}{s} Die Tabelle zeigt |\mathtt| als Sans Serif Typewriter Font. Dies ist -normalerweise nicht der Fall -- fast jede \LaTeX{} Installation verwendet +normalerweise nicht der Fall -- fast jede \LaTeX{} Installation verwendet Computer Modern Typewriter. \erroronpage{362}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2} @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ Streiche das n aus Name\u{n}. Fehlendes Komma: "`werden, normalerweise ohnehin"' \erroronpage{407}{Bsp. 7-7-21, 7-7-22}{TNdz}{2006/01/20}{2} - Fehlendes Komma: "`\ldots ist ein Blindtext, an dem sich + Fehlendes Komma: "`\ldots ist ein Blindtext, an dem sich verschiedene \ldots"´ \erroronpage{416}{Kapitel 7.8.6, Z.8}{RSi}{2005/12/07}{2} @@ -1027,19 +1027,19 @@ Die "`Tabellen"uberschrift"' ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format. Ersetze: "`gültigen US-Praxis"' \> "`vorherrschenden Praxis"' \erroronpage{494}{8.2.12 Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2} - Füge Kommata ein: "`Die Schwierigkeit\u{,} eine abgesetzte Formel + Füge Kommata ein: "`Die Schwierigkeit\u{,} eine abgesetzte Formel korrekt zu gestalten\u{,} kann \dots{}"' \erroronpage{496}{Abs.2, Z.1/2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2} Trennfehler: Mark-up sieht deutlich besser aus als Mar-kup. \erroronpage{496}{Abs.\ 3 (nach Bsp. 8-2-28), Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} allerdings \emph{nur}\u{,} wenn sie \dots{} + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} allerdings \emph{nur}\u{,} wenn sie \dots{} verschoben wurde."' \erroronpage{503}{8.4.4 Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2} - Lösche Komma (Regel §~72.2 "`gleichrangige Wortgruppen oder Wörter in -Aufzählungen (entweder -- oder)"'): "`\dots{} können entweder \dots{} + Lösche Komma (Regel §~72.2 "`gleichrangige Wortgruppen oder Wörter in +Aufzählungen (entweder -- oder)"'): "`\dots{} können entweder \dots{} positioniert werden\u{ } oder \dots{} rechts der Operatoren."' \erroronpage{504}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2} @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ Ersetze: "`Bei den \u{Hauptversionen} ($D'$,~$T'$~usw.{})"' \> Streiche ein "`die"'. \erroronpage{518}{8.7.5 Abs.\ 3 , Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} und verhält sich somit\u{,} als wären beide + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} und verhält sich somit\u{,} als wären beide Maße gleich null."' \erroronpage{535}{Abs. 1, Z. 5}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2} @@ -1073,11 +1073,11 @@ Ersetze: "`\ldots{} existierenden, neu belebten Mediävalschriften."' \erroronpage{544}{Tab. 8-10/11}{FMi}{2006/08/09}{2} Fehlende Symbole aus amssymb hinzugef"ugt: |\circledR|, |\yen|, - |\checkmark| und |\maltese|. + |\checkmark| und |\maltese|. \erroronpage{544}{Tab. 8.11}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{s} |\dag| und |\ddag| sind |\mathord|s und nicht |\mathbin| wie in Tabelle - 8.13 behauptet. + 8.13 behauptet. \erroronpage{546}{Tab. 8.13}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{s} |\dag| und |\ddag| sind keine |\mathbin|s. Sie geh"oren deshalb nicht in @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ Ersetze: "`\ldots{} existierenden, neu belebten Mediävalschriften."' und |\ddagger|. \erroronpage{552}{8.9.6 Abs.\ 1 , Z.\ 4}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht der Symbolklasse Punctuation\u{,} + Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht der Symbolklasse Punctuation\u{,} sondern Ordinary \dots{} zugeordnet sind."' \erroronpage{554}{Tab. 8-27}{DIs/FMi}{2006/08/09}{2} @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ Ersetze: "`Unterstützung für den Satz \ldots{}"' Und zudem die Seite eine Zeile zu lang. \erroronpage{560}{Z.\ -5}{RHe/FMi}{2006/09/21}{2} -Ersetze: "`der Ãœbersetzungen \u{für} Texte"' \> +Ersetze: "`der Ãœbersetzungen \u{für} Texte"' \> "`der Ãœbersetzungen generierter Texte"' @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von ein\u{en}. Streiche Komma: "Wie der Befehl \verb"\nombre"\_ verfügt er \dots{}"' \erroronpage{590}{Abs.1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2} -Wenn "`rumakeindex"' getrennt werden muss, sieht "`rumake-index"' deutlich +Wenn "`rumakeindex"' getrennt werden muss, sieht "`rumake-index"' deutlich besser aus. \erroronpage{599}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2} @@ -1172,11 +1172,11 @@ Es fehlt "`vtex"' als wichtiger Treiber; andererseits sind einige der aufgelisteten Treiber nur von historischer Bedeutung. \erroronpage{634}{Abs. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2} -Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} reelle Werte haben)\u{,} anstatt nach +Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} reelle Werte haben)\u{,} anstatt nach \dots{}"' \erroronpage{637}{Abs. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2} -Füge Komma ein: "`Lässt \LaTeX{} nach \dots{} suchen\u{,} anstatt nach +Füge Komma ein: "`Lässt \LaTeX{} nach \dots{} suchen\u{,} anstatt nach \dots{}"' \erroronpage{637}{viewport}{BMo/FMi}{2007/10/20}{s} @@ -1203,9 +1203,9 @@ Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von vertikale\u{r}. internal default. \erroronpage{651}{Abs. -1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2} -Ersetze: "`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt dem des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes +Ersetze: "`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt dem des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes \dots{}"' - \>"`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt der des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes + \>"`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt der des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes \dots{}"' \erroronpage{652}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{2} @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ Ersetze: BibTexMng \> \textsf{BibTexMng} Streiche das Komma nach \texttt{size}. \erroronpage{821}{Tab.13.4, Z.-4}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2} -F"uge ein Leerzeichen nach "`Fachzeitschriften"' ein. Ferner ist die +F"uge ein Leerzeichen nach "`Fachzeitschriften"' ein. Ferner ist die "'Tabellen"uberschrift"' nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format. \erroronpage{828}{Tab. 13.5, Z. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2} @@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten F"uge ein Leerzeichen vor "`hat"' ein. \erroronpage{842}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2} -Entweder fehlt hier eine "offnende Klammer -- oder die schlie\ss{}ende ist +Entweder fehlt hier eine "offnende Klammer -- oder die schlie\ss{}ende ist zu viel. @@ -1397,15 +1397,15 @@ Ersetze: "`so wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben."' Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten \erroronpage{888}{fig A.1, l.4}{FMi/JAn}{2005/09/09}{2} - ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' und entferne Komma nach "`Zoll"' + ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' und entferne Komma nach "`Zoll"' \erroronpage{891}{Tab.A.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2} F"uge ein Komma vor "`der eine feste oder"' ein. \erroronpage{899}{A.2.3 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2} - Füge Komma ein: "`Diese Struts sind sehr nützlich, um die Höhe oder + Füge Komma ein: "`Diese Struts sind sehr nützlich, um die Höhe oder \dots{}"' - + \erroronpage{903}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2} Füge Wort ein: "`nach der \u{letzten} Klammer \verb=}= und\ldots"' @@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ Ersetze Orleans \> Orl\'{e}ans \CHAPTER{Bibliographie} \erroronpage{1017}{[57]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2} -Ersetzte Erl\"auterung durch: "`Die +Ersetzte Erl\"auterung durch: "`Die \u{englische} erste Ausgabe dieses Buches."' \erroronpage{1017/1018}{[58]}{FMi}{2009/08/01}{s} @@ -1502,9 +1502,9 @@ Schreibe "`Sprachengetrennt"' getrennt. Füge ``Lars Hellstr\"om'' als Autor hinzu. Datum ``Dezember 2004'' \erroronpage{1025}{[116, Z.\ 2]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2} - Vergleich mit "`(eben)so \dots{} setzen kann, wie sonst \dots{}"' + Vergleich mit "`(eben)so \dots{} setzen kann, wie sonst \dots{}"' erfordert Komma - + \erroronpage{1026}{[127], Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2} F"uge ein Komma vor "`welche"' ein. @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden. \CHAPTER{Biographien} -\erroronpage{1129}{Abs. 2, Z.3}{SZi}{2005/11/24}{2} +\erroronpage{1129}{Abs. 2, Z.3}{SZi}{2005/11/24}{2} l"osche g aus Dok\u{g}umente \end{erratalist} @@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden. \contributor{RSi}{Roman Sigg} \contributor{SNe}{Stefan Neuhaus} \contributor{SZi}{Stefan Ziesemer} -\contributor{TNdz}{Timo Niedenzu} +\contributor{TNdz}{Timo Niedenzu} \contributor{VVo}{Vladimir Volovich} \contributor{YiL}{Yiannis Lazarides} \end{multicols} @@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ wenn möglich gleich in der für diese Datei benötigte Form, d.h. Hier ist ein Beispiel: \begin{verbatim} \erroronpage{5}{Abs.3, Z.1}{MOs}{2005/09/01}{} - Ersetze: "`LaTeX"' \> "`\LaTeX{}"' + Ersetze: "`LaTeX"' \> "`\LaTeX{}"' \end{verbatim} Die Verwendung von Babelkommandos (etwa |"`|) ist möglich, aber Umlaute sollten möglichst nicht als 8-bit Zeichen eingegeben werden (also besser |"a| diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf Binary files differindex a8636e9213d..9f7205d10af 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt index 8e7c8f43907..5e20be289d9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ LaTeX Copyright, Warranty and Distribution Restrictions - + 31 March 2016 @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License as specified in the file lppl.txt. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. The use of LaTeX is unrestricted. @@ -45,4 +45,3 @@ system must be distributed together with them. The list of all derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution and covered by LPPL is given in the file unpacked.txt. - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf Binary files differindex dfca14c9f98..19394daa70a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err index 043c56d7528..e9a1de4ea5a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ \begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls} %% %% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007 Frank Mittelbach -%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; +%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; %% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl % % @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ % Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting % % hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for -% errata files of other books. +% errata files of other books. % % Changes: % @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ % some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands: -\let\u\underline +\let\u\underline \renewcommand\>{$\to$} %%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ \def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}% %%% also count secondary: -%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% +%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% } \renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{% @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp } - + \renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{% \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil \endgobble @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ } \renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{% - \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} + \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} \end{filecontents} @@ -240,12 +240,12 @@ \begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} % % -% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% Configuration file for the errata listing of % % The LaTeX Graphics Companion, Second Edition % % -% \erratastartdate +% \erratastartdate % % Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed. % @@ -267,8 +267,8 @@ % listing. % % The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th -% printing are typeset. -% +% printing are typeset. +% % \renewcommand\myprinting{2} @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}. \end{center} Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book. -For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6 +For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6 periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice will be made between all those with the largest number of findings). @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers). As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or -multiple errors. --- +multiple errors. --- Good luck! \begin{center} @@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt] To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential for correctly understanding the book contents. - -\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2007/07/01}{} - + +\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2007/07/01}{} + Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book to book depending on how the paper was handled between print @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ There should be a bit more space in front of the code block \seriouserroronpage{152}{exa 4-1-15}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2} Output of example is missing! Oops \ldots\ it was there honest -\erroronpage{177}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{177}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Missing interword space: ``Flowcharts\u{ }are'' \CHAPTER{Chapter 5} @@ -451,11 +451,11 @@ Coding changed to: \end{pspicture} \end{verbatim} -\erroronpage{240}{para 4, l.8}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{240}{para 4, l.8}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Remove backslash in: ``keyword setting \verb/\showpoints=true/'' -\erroronpage{254}{Ex 5-9-1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{} +\erroronpage{254}{Ex 5-9-1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{} The blue circle shouldn't be visible behind the black circle. This is a problem due to the printing process used for the book---it does not show up on all books. @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ or curve (path). \CHAPTER{Chapter 6} \erroronpage{335}{para 5, l.4}{JMi}{2008/06/23}{2} -``\ldots{} summarized in \u{Table} 5.2 \ldots" \> ``\ldots{} summarized in +``\ldots{} summarized in \u{Table} 5.2 \ldots" \> ``\ldots{} summarized in \u{Figure} 5.2 \ldots'' \erroronpage{406}{margin}{hv}{2007/08/20}{2} @@ -492,17 +492,17 @@ but not ``Koaungli Un''. Sorry for the mistake. \CHAPTER{Chapter 8} -\erroronpage{514}{tab. 8.3}{FMi}{2008/012/21}{2} +\erroronpage{514}{tab. 8.3}{FMi}{2008/012/21}{2} Slightly increase spacing after hline. -\erroronpage{515}{tab. 8.4}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{515}{tab. 8.4}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} There should be vertical spacing in the first line (superscript $10^{24}$ touches top line) -\seriouserroronpage{579}{para 2, l.3}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\seriouserroronpage{579}{para 2, l.3}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} \verb=\ln= \> \verb=\nl= (this will also change the index entry) -\erroronpage{583}{para 4, l.9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{583}{para 4, l.9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Replace: ``of the voltage $V_C$'' \> ``of the voltage $v_C$'' \CHAPTER{Chapter 9} @@ -528,15 +528,15 @@ release of the package. \erroronpage{720}{6th item}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Replace: ``documentwide'' \> ``\u{D}ocumentwide'' -\erroronpage{726}{para 2, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{726}{para 2, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Extra space after parenthesis: ``( in practice'' -\erroronpage{740}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{740}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Replace: ``given by \textit{start\u{ row}}'' \> ``given by \textit{start} row'' -\seriouserroronpage{741}{Ex 11-3-5}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\seriouserroronpage{741}{Ex 11-3-5}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Usage of \verb=\cellcolor= might introduce extra space in the output (as one can see in the example). @@ -545,11 +545,11 @@ This can be argued as being a bug in the \texttt{colortbl} package. Given that t basic \verb=\color= command ignores spaces after it, \verb=\cellcolor= should behave similarly. -\seriouserroronpage{744}{line after Ex 11-3-9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\seriouserroronpage{744}{line after Ex 11-3-9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Replace: ``This does \u{not}, of course, affect'' \> ``This does, of course, \u{also} affect'' -\erroronpage{758}{para 3, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{758}{para 3, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Add small space between values and units in frame dimension \erroronpage{760}{fig. 11.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} @@ -561,15 +561,15 @@ Frank: because the author of this section used a real live example where he had used an optional argument to |\section| to make the toc have special text for some reason (should be mentioned in the source though). -\erroronpage{774}{2nd snytax box}{hv}{2009/05/8}{2} +\erroronpage{774}{2nd snytax box}{hv}{2009/05/8}{2} The |\transduration| command takes ``time in seconds'' as mandatory argument (and not ``key/vals'') -\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} ``in not shown''\> ``\u{is} not shown'' -\erroronpage{794}{exa 11--4-36}{hv}{2009/05/12}{2} +\erroronpage{794}{exa 11--4-36}{hv}{2009/05/12}{2} Replace ``pic2e'' \> ``pic\u{t}2e'' in output, corresponding input not displayed in the book. @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ the fonts. \CHAPTER{Bibliography} -\erroronpage{822}{entry [32]}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} +\erroronpage{822}{entry [32]}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science'' \erroronpage{823}{entry [35]}{JPFD}{2007/09/05}{2} @@ -602,27 +602,27 @@ Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science'' An updated version of the manual can be downloaded from \url{https://www.tug.org/docs/metapost/mpman.pdf} -\erroronpage{825}{entry [50]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} +\erroronpage{825}{entry [50]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science'' -\erroronpage{826}{entry [59]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} +\erroronpage{826}{entry [59]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} Add web url: \url{http://archiv.dante.de/DTK/PDF/komoedie_2002_1.pdf} -\erroronpage{826}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} +\erroronpage{826}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} Add web url: \url{http://archiv.dante.de/DTK/PDF/komoedie_2002_2.pdf} - \erroronpage{828}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} + \erroronpage{828}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} Add web url: ``Sample chapter at: \url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/}'' - \erroronpage{829/830}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} + \erroronpage{829/830}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} Page breaks changed due to other changes -\erroronpage{833}{entry [128]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} +\erroronpage{833}{entry [128]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} Url changed to: \url{obsolete/graphics/pstricks/doc/code/pst-code.pdf} -\erroronpage{833}{entry [129]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} +\erroronpage{833}{entry [129]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} Url changed to: \url{macros/generic/multido/} @@ -632,16 +632,16 @@ An ``s'' is missing in ``using'' (end of the first line of comment) \CHAPTER{Index} - \erroronpage{856/860/866}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} + \erroronpage{856/860/866}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} changed index entries due to changes above \erroronpage{886}{col.2, l.-7}{GTa}{2010/02/10}{} image(METAPOST) should also reference example on p.145 - \erroronpage{891}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} + \erroronpage{891}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} changed index entries due to changes above - \erroronpage{910/911}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} + \erroronpage{910/911}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} changed index entries due to changes above \erroronpage{925}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} @@ -671,8 +671,8 @@ An ``s'' is missing in ``using'' (end of the first line of comment) Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found. Thanks to all of you! -If you find -further +If you find +further errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g., \begin{quote}\ttfamily frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf Binary files differindex 9af35fe4e43..4f5c6900120 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt index 9425aab83cd..8b7b369ce2a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ LaTeX Project Public License ============================ - + LPPL Version 1.0 1999-03-01 Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Preamble The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the base LaTeX distribution is distributed. As described below you may use -this licence for any software that you wish to distribute. +this licence for any software that you wish to distribute. It may be particularly suitable if your software is TeX related (such as a LaTeX package file) but it may be used for any software, even if @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ A typical example would be Given such a notice in the file, the conditions of this document would apply, with: -`The Program' referring to the software `pig.sty' and +`The Program' referring to the software `pig.sty' and `The Copyright Holder' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'. To see a real example, see the file legal.txt which carries the @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ copyright notice for the base latex distribution. This license gives terms under which files of The Program may be distributed and modified. Individual files may have specific further constraints on modification, but no file should have restrictions on -distribution other than those specified below. +distribution other than those specified below. This is to ensure that a distributor wishing to distribute a complete unmodified copy of The Program need only check the conditions in this file, and does not need to check every file in The Program for extra @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ files, do not refer to this license, instead distribute The Program under a different license. You may use the parts of the text of LPPL as a model for your own license, but your license should not directly refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that The Program is -distributed under the LPPL. +distributed under the LPPL. @@ -109,14 +109,14 @@ under the following restrictions: * It is allowed only if the legal notice in the file does not expressly forbid it. See note below, under "Conditions on individual files". - + * You rename the file before you make any changes to it, unless the file explicitly says that renaming is not required. Any such changed files must be distributed under a license that forbids distribution of those files, and any files derived from them, under the names used by the original files in the distribution of The Program. - * You change any `identification string' in The Program to clearly + * You change any `identification string' in The Program to clearly indicate that the file is not part of the standard system. * If The Program includes an `error report address' so that errors @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ under the following restrictions: addresses, this address must be changed in any modified versions of The Program, so that reports for files not maintained by the original program maintainers are directed to the maintainers of the - changed files. + changed files. * You acknowledge the source and authorship of the original version in the modified file. @@ -142,23 +142,23 @@ under the following restrictions: then files with the following file extensions which have special meaning in LaTeX Software, have special modification rules under the license: - + - Files with extension `.ins' (installation files): these files may not be modified at all because they contain the legal notices that are placed in the generated files. - + - Files with extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definitions files): these files are allowed to be modified without changing the name, but only to enable use of all available fonts and to prevent attempts to access unavailable fonts. However, modified files are not allowed to be distributed in place of original files. - + - Files with extension `.cfg' (configuration files): these files can be created or modified to enable easy configuration of the system. The documentation in cfgguide.tex in the base LaTeX distribution describes when it makes sense to modify or generate such files. - + The above restrictions are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ modifications that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish, whilst maintaining the availability, integrity and reliability of The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal whilst adhering to these requirements then read the document cfgguide.tex -in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. +in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. Because of the portability and exchangeability aspects of systems like LaTeX, The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt index 09cfcc9dd44..a00b13dfa67 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of The Program that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of -The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while +The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. @@ -65,32 +65,32 @@ following eight conditions are met: distribution of a modified version of the file as described below in the subsection `Additional Conditions on Individual Files of The Program'. - + 2. If the file is a LaTeX software file, then you must meet any applicable additional conditions on the distribution of a modified version of the file that are described below in the subsection `Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files'. - + 3. You must not distribute the modified file with the filename of the original file. - + 4. In the modified file, you must acknowledge the authorship and name of the original file, and the name (if any) of the program which contains it. - + 5. You must change any identification string in the file to indicate clearly that the modified file is not part of The Program. - + 6. You must change any addresses in the modified file for the reporting of errors in the file or in The Program generally to ensure that reports for files no longer maintained by the original maintainers will be directed to the maintainers of the modified files. - + 7. You must distribute the modified file under a license that forbids distribution both of the modified file and of any files derived from the modified file with the filename of the original file. - + 8. You must do either (A) or (B): (A) distribute a copy of The Program (that is, a complete, @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ following eight conditions are met: (B) provide to those who receive the modified file information that is sufficient for them to obtain a copy of The Program; for example, you may provide a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) - for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of + for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of The Program free of charge (either the version from which your modification is derived, or perhaps a later version). @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it becomes identical to the latest version of that file of The Program. - + A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution ----------------------------------------------------- @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ above, apply to the file according to its filename extension: - You may not modify any file with filename extension `.ins' since these are installation files containing the legal notices that are placed in the files they generate. - + - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definition files) under the standard conditions of the LPPL as described above. You may also distribute @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ above, apply to the file according to its filename extension: extension `.cfg' (configuration files) with their original names. The Program may (and usually will) specify the range of commands that are allowed in a particular configuration file. - + Because of portability and exchangeability issues in LaTeX software, The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of modified versions of components of LaTeX or of generally available contributed code for them, @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Here is an example of such a notice and statement: % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - % and version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX + % and version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 1999/06/01 or later. % % This program consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Important Recommendations to comprise The Program. Noting Exceptional Files - + If The Program contains any files bearing additional conditions on modification, or on distribution of modified versions, of those files (other than those listed in `Additional Conditions on LaTeX @@ -309,6 +309,6 @@ Important Recommendations modification. LaTeX configuration files (with filename extension `.cfg') are examples of files bearing less restrictive conditions on the distribution of a modified version of the file. The - additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples + additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples of declaring a category of files bearing exceptional additional conditions. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt index afee9416afa..4295a097ee1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of The Program that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of -The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while +The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. @@ -65,32 +65,32 @@ following eight conditions are met: distribution of a modified version of the file as described below in the subsection `Additional Conditions on Individual Files of The Program'. - + 2. If the file is a LaTeX software file, then you must meet any applicable additional conditions on the distribution of a modified version of the file that are described below in the subsection `Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files'. - + 3. You must not distribute the modified file with the filename of the original file. - + 4. In the modified file, you must acknowledge the authorship and name of the original file, and the name (if any) of the program which contains it. - + 5. You must change any identification string in the file to indicate clearly that the modified file is not part of The Program. - + 6. You must change any addresses in the modified file for the reporting of errors in the file or in The Program generally to ensure that reports for files no longer maintained by the original maintainers will be directed to the maintainers of the modified files. - + 7. You must distribute the modified file under a license that forbids distribution both of the modified file and of any files derived from the modified file with the filename of the original file. - + 8. You must do either (A) or (B): (A) distribute a copy of The Program (that is, a complete, @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ following eight conditions are met: (B) provide to those who receive the modified file information that is sufficient for them to obtain a copy of The Program; for example, you may provide a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) - for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of + for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of The Program free of charge (either the version from which your modification is derived, or perhaps a later version). @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it becomes identical to the latest version of that file of The Program. - + A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution ----------------------------------------------------- @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ above, apply to the file according to its filename extension: - You may not modify any file with filename extension `.ins' since these are installation files containing the legal notices that are placed in the files they generate. - + - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definition files) under the standard conditions of the LPPL as described above. You may also distribute @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ above, apply to the file according to its filename extension: extension `.cfg' (configuration files) with their original names. The Program may (and usually will) specify the range of commands that are allowed in a particular configuration file. - + Because of portability and exchangeability issues in LaTeX software, The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of modified versions of components of LaTeX or of generally available contributed code for them, @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Here is an example of such a notice and statement: % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - % and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX + % and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 1999/12/01 or later. % % This program consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Important Recommendations to comprise The Program. Noting Exceptional Files - + If The Program contains any files bearing additional conditions on modification, or on distribution of modified versions, of those files (other than those listed in `Additional Conditions on LaTeX @@ -310,9 +310,6 @@ Important Recommendations modification. LaTeX configuration files (with filename extension `.cfg') are examples of files bearing less restrictive conditions on the distribution of a modified version of the file. The - additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples + additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples of declaring a category of files bearing exceptional additional conditions. - - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt index e8ad0953dc5..cd58edfc22f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed. You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly -suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but -it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is +suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but +it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is unrelated to TeX. The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE', @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ In this license document the following terms are used: `Work' Any work being distributed under this License. - + `Derived Work' Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work. - `Modification' + `Modification' Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable law -- for example, the production of a file containing an original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ In this license document the following terms are used: `Modify' To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable law. - + `Distribution' Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to) @@ -79,16 +79,16 @@ In this license document the following terms are used: no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under any applicable law. - `Base Interpreter' + `Base Interpreter' A program or process that is normally needed for running or - interpreting a part or the whole of the Work. + interpreting a part or the whole of the Work. A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a - `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the + `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'. @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ the Derived Work. distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only -the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption -to a component of the Work. +the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption +to a component of the Work. a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement for a component of the Work when that component is used with the @@ -140,13 +140,13 @@ to a component of the Work. clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version of this component to the user when used interactively with that Base Interpreter. - + b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log of the changes. - + c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons, including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to) @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ to a component of the Work. d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work: - 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; + 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; if your distribution of a modified component is made by offering access to copy the modified component from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy @@ -183,15 +183,15 @@ format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of applying that process. - + 10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have to honor the rest of the conditions in this license. - + b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of - itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the + itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work. 11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ the Work through the following steps: a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer to update their communication data within one month. - + b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce within the pertinent community your intention to take over @@ -270,17 +270,17 @@ the Work through the following steps: 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect immediately upon announcement. - + b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you, - then this takes effect immediately upon announcement. - + then this takes effect immediately upon announcement. + 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above and after three months your intention is challenged neither by the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer. - + 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes reachable once more within three months of a change completed under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Here is an example of such a notice and statement: % version 2005/12/01 or later. % % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. - % + % % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name. % % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and `Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'. If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your -Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'. +Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'. However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it @@ -407,10 +407,9 @@ Important Recommendations using a line such as: % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. - + in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise the Work. - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf Binary files differindex 1b9dde398ca..0f129b6b4f7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf Binary files differindex 4629bf3c6b2..47d9e0d99f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex index a771dc37634..13e283c535d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % % Copyright 2006, 2009, 2011, 2014 Heiko Oberdiek % Copyright (C) 2014-2020 The LaTeX3 Project -% +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- % @@ -28,11 +28,13 @@ % * LaTeX Project version % 2015/02/16 v1.4b: % * Fix TOC issue +% 2020/01/30 v1.4b: +% * Fix TOC issue more generally and add page numbers % \fi \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{ltnews.tex}% - [2020/01/09 v1.4c Master file for ltnews*.tex (LaTeX Project)] + [2020/01/30 v1.4c Master file for ltnews*.tex (LaTeX Project)] \providecommand*{\lastissue}{31} @@ -93,6 +95,16 @@ \number\value{issue}% } + +% show the page number on first page of issues: + +\renewcommand{\ps@titlepage}{% + \renewcommand{\@oddhead}{\hfill}% + \renewcommand{\@evenhead}{\hfill}% + \renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{\@indiciafont\@indicia\hfill --\thepage}% + \renewcommand{\@evenfoot}{\@indiciafont\@indicia\hfill --\thepage}% +} + \newcommand*{\MonthJanuary}{01} \newcommand*{\MonthFebruary}{02} \newcommand*{\MonthMarch}{03} @@ -159,6 +171,7 @@ \makeatother + \begin{document} %%% Title and Table of Contents @@ -208,6 +221,8 @@ }% \newcommand*{\gobbleopt}[1][]{}% \let\org@twocolumn\twocolumn + \renewcommand\NeedsTeXFormat[1]{\NeedsTeXFormatdate}% ignore that inside + \newcommand\NeedsTeXFormatdate[1][]{}% % inidividual issues \renewenvironment{document}{% \clearpage \ifnum\@issue=20 % @@ -222,7 +237,7 @@ \let\protect\l@paragraph\protect\l@subsection }% \fi - \ifnum\@issue=\lastissue\space + \ifnum\@issue >20\space \addtocontents{toc}{% \let\protect\l@paragraph\protect\saved@l@paragraph }% @@ -231,7 +246,7 @@ \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{4}}% \renewcommand*{\tableofcontents}{% \section*{\contentsname}% - \@starttoc{toc\lastissue}% + \@starttoc{toc\theissue}% }% \let\saved@addtocontents\addtocontents \renewcommand*{\addtocontents}[2]{% @@ -239,7 +254,7 @@ \def\temp@toc{toc}% \def\temp@param{##1}% \ifx\temp@toc\temp@param - \saved@addtocontents{toc\lastissue}{##2}% + \saved@addtocontents{toc\theissue}{##2}% \fi }% \let\l@subsubsection\l@subsection diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdf Binary files differindex 53568f1ab9c..7b5bbd0e302 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.tex index 9f0639b6db3..c5d66f003ed 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.tex @@ -2,62 +2,62 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews01.tex - + % This is issue 1 of LaTeX News. \documentclass % [type1fonts] {ltnews} - + \publicationmonth{June} \publicationyear{1994} \publicationissue{1} - + \begin{document} - + \maketitle - + \section{Welcome to \LaTeXNews} - -An issue of \emph{\LaTeXNews} will accompany every future release of -\LaTeX. It will tell you about important events, such as major bug + +An issue of \emph{\LaTeXNews} will accompany every future release of +\LaTeX. It will tell you about important events, such as major bug fixes, newly available packages, or any other \LaTeX{} news. - + \section{\LaTeXe---the new \LaTeX{} release} - + The most important news is the release of \LaTeXe, the new version of the \LaTeX{} software. This version has better support for fonts, graphics and colour, and will be actively maintained by the \LaTeX3 -project team. Upgrades will be issued every six months, in June and +project team. Upgrades will be issued every six months, in June and December. - + \section{Why a new \LaTeX?} - + Over the years many extensions have been developed for \LaTeX. This is, of course, a sure sign of its continuing popularity but it has had one unfortunate result: incompatible \LaTeX{} formats came into use at @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ different sites. Thus, to process documents from various places, a site maintainer was forced to keep \LaTeX{} (with and without \NFSS), \SLiTeX, \AmSLaTeX, and so on. In addition, when looking at a source file it was not always clear for which format the document was written. - + To put an end to this unsatisfactory situation a new release of \LaTeX{} was produced. It brings all such extensions back under a single format and thus @@ -73,15 +73,15 @@ prevents the proliferation of mutually incompatible dialects of \LaTeX~2.09. The new release was available for several months as a test version, and the final release of 1~June officially replaces the old version. - + \section{Processing documents with \LaTeXe} - + Documents written for \LaTeX~2.09 will still be read by \LaTeXe. Any such document is run in \emph{\LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode}. - -Unfortunately, compatibility mode comes with a price: it can run -up to 50\% slower than \LaTeX~2.09 did. If you want to run your document + +Unfortunately, compatibility mode comes with a price: it can run +up to 50\% slower than \LaTeX~2.09 did. If you want to run your document in the faster \emph{native mode}, you should try replacing the line: \begin{verbatim} \documentstyle[<options>,<packages>]{<class>} @@ -91,17 +91,17 @@ with: \documentclass[<options>]{<class>} \usepackage{latexsym,<packages>} \end{verbatim} -Unfortunately, this will not always work, because some \LaTeX~2.09 -packages will only work in \LaTeXe{} compatibility mode. You should find +Unfortunately, this will not always work, because some \LaTeX~2.09 +packages will only work in \LaTeXe{} compatibility mode. You should find out if there is a \LaTeXe{} version of the package available. - -\LaTeXe{} native mode also gives access to the new features of \LaTeXe, + +\LaTeXe{} native mode also gives access to the new features of \LaTeXe, described in \emph{\LaTeXe{} for authors}. - + \section{New packages} - -\LaTeXe{} has much better support for graphics, colour, fonts, and -multi-lingual typesetting. The following software should be available + +\LaTeXe{} has much better support for graphics, colour, fonts, and +multi-lingual typesetting. The following software should be available from the distributor who brought you \LaTeXe: \begin{citations} @@ -112,12 +112,12 @@ from the distributor who brought you \LaTeXe: \item[psnfss] for using Type~1 fonts. \item[tools] other packages by the \LaTeX3 team. \end{citations} -The packages come with full documentation, and are also described in -\emph{\LaTeX: A Document Processing System} or +The packages come with full documentation, and are also described in +\emph{\LaTeX: A Document Processing System} or \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}. - + \section{Further information} - + More information about \LaTeXe{} is to be found in: \begin{citations} @@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ More information about \LaTeXe{} is to be found in: \item[The \LaTeX{} Companion] Goossens, Mittelbach and Samarin, \AW, 1994. \end{citations} -The \LaTeX{} distribution comes with documentation on the new features of +The \LaTeX{} distribution comes with documentation on the new features of \LaTeX: \begin{citations} -\item[\LaTeXe{} for authors] +\item[\LaTeXe{} for authors] describes the new features of \LaTeX{} documents, in the file \verb|usrguide.tex|. \item[\LaTeXe{} for class and package writers] @@ -141,12 +141,9 @@ The \LaTeX{} distribution comes with documentation on the new features of class and package writers, in the file \verb|fntguide.tex|. \end{citations} -For more information on \TeX{} and \LaTeX, get in touch with your local -\TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group, -P.~O.~Box~869, Santa~Barbara, CA~93102-0869, USA, Fax:~+1~805~963~8358, +For more information on \TeX{} and \LaTeX, get in touch with your local +\TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group, +P.~O.~Box~869, Santa~Barbara, CA~93102-0869, USA, Fax:~+1~805~963~8358, EMail:~tug@tug.org. - -\end{document} - - +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdf Binary files differindex 2dd68c1783d..1f59a891d2c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.tex index 5b1c665282c..b0e3d15be86 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews02.tex @@ -99,28 +99,28 @@ be upwardly compatible with the test version. information structure and superior printed output for mathematical documents. - There are far too many features of AMS-\LaTeX{} to list here. + There are far too many features of AMS-\LaTeX{} to list here. AMS-\LaTeX{} is described in the accompanying documentation, and in \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}. Version 1.2beta of AMS-\LaTeX{} was released for testing by intrepid - users in October 1994. The full release of AMS-\LaTeX{}~1.2 is expected + users in October 1994. The full release of AMS-\LaTeX{}~1.2 is expected in early January 1995. - + It will be divided into two bundles: \begin{itemize} - + \item the \verb|amsfonts| packages, which give access to hundreds of new mathematical symbols, and new math fonts such as blackboard bold and fraktur. - - \item the \verb|amsmath| packages, which provide finer control over + + \item the \verb|amsmath| packages, which provide finer control over mathematical typesetting, such as multi-line subscripts, - enhanced theorem and proof environments, - and improved displayed equations, - + enhanced theorem and proof environments, + and improved displayed equations, + \end{itemize} - For compatibility with older documents, an \verb|amstex| package will be + For compatibility with older documents, an \verb|amstex| package will be provided. \section{\LaTeX{} on the internet} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdf Binary files differindex c13742cc6f8..10dbb998f7c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.tex index 46d1bdc52c6..0496843f0d7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews03.tex @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ June. In the last \emph{\LaTeXNews}, we said ``we don't expect so much activity in the next six months,'' which has turned out not to be -true! +true! \section{Additional input encodings} @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ One topic of discussion that has kept us busy is the distribution and modification conditions of \LaTeX. We are committed to keeping \LaTeX{} as free reliable software, and ensuring that (as far as possible) \LaTeX{} documents will produce the same results on all -systems. +systems. The modification conditions are currently under discussion, and we would like to hear from anyone interested. Please read diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdf Binary files differindex e29a80e4243..53427ab7560 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.tex index fe9cb35a9c3..d64d4cb7484 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews04.tex @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ This release of the dc fonts fixes many bugs (including the missing many other ways. It is strongly recommended that you upgrade as soon as possible if currently you are using the old dc fonts, release 1.1 or earlier. The new fonts are available from the CTAN archives, in -\texttt{tex-archive/fonts/dc}. +\texttt{tex-archive/fonts/dc}. The names of the font files are \emph{different}. This does not affect \LaTeX\ documents but \emph{does} affect the installation procedure as @@ -123,18 +123,18 @@ of input of accented and other characters. Three new input encodings are now supported. \begin{itemize} -\item \texttt{ansinew} the Windows ansi encoding, +\item \texttt{ansinew} the Windows ansi encoding, as used in Microsoft Windows 3.x. \item \texttt{cp437de} a variant of \texttt{cp437}, which uses \ss\ rather than $\beta$ in the appropriate slot. -\item \texttt{next} the encoding used on Next computers. +\item \texttt{next} the encoding used on Next computers. \end{itemize} \section{Further information} For more information on \TeX{} and \LaTeX, get in touch with your local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group, -1850 Union Street, \#1637, San Francisco, CA~94123, USA, +1850 Union Street, \#1637, San Francisco, CA~94123, USA, Fax:~+1~415~982~8559, EMail:~tug@tug.org. The \LaTeX{} home page is \verb|http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/latex/| diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdf Binary files differindex 5ac5daefe5a..06b6e6d115a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.tex index 4b31845f356..07b95287ef4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews05.tex @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Most \LaTeX\ sectioning commands are defined using For example, the \textsf{article} class defines: \begin{small} \begin{verbatim} -\newcommand\section{\@startsection +\newcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{0pt}{-3.5ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}% {2.3ex plus.2ex}{\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} \end{verbatim} @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ For example, one could use the \verb|\MakeUppercase| command to produce uppercase headings. A package or class file could contain: \begin{small} \begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand\section{\@startsection +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{0pt}{-3.5ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}% {2.3ex plus.2ex}{\normalfont\Large\MakeUppercase}} \end{verbatim} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdf Binary files differindex 483d8d82348..02cabdf06c9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.tex index a5134441f93..c296040047c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews06.tex @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ such as \texttt{T1cmr.fd} and \texttt{T1enc.def}. These file names cause problems on some systems (in particular they are illegal on the ISO 9660 CDROM format) and so in this release -all file names have been made lowercase (for example +all file names have been made lowercase (for example \texttt{t1cmr.fd} and \texttt{t1enc.def}). This change should \emph{not} affect any document. Within \LaTeX, @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ should still work with this new release. The change \emph{does} affect the configuration files that may be used to make the \LaTeX\ format with initex. For example, the file \texttt{fonttext.ltx} previously specified \verb|\input{T1cmr.fd}|. -It now has \verb|\input{t1cmr.fd}|. +It now has \verb|\input{t1cmr.fd}|. If you use a local file \texttt{fonttext.cfg} you will need to make similar changes, as \verb|\input{T1cmr.fd}| will not work as \texttt{T1cmr.fd} is no longer in the distribution. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ you can use to avoid this problem; it should be inserted as shown here: \end{verbatim} \section{Docstrip improvements} -The \textsf{docstrip} program that is used to unpack the \LaTeX\ +The \textsf{docstrip} program that is used to unpack the \LaTeX\ sources has undergone further development. The new version should be able to process all old `batchfiles' but it allows a simpler syntax in new `batchfiles' (no need to define \verb|\def\batchfile{|\ldots). @@ -146,4 +146,3 @@ font set. \end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdf Binary files differindex 32bd59914cc..a9e91ea855d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.tex index 0f0e1fa3851..020e8bd8a6a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews07.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdf Binary files differindex 31206f3f0a2..90c18f1291e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.tex index ce84df91252..ab9d26d48b0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews08.tex @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ some of the internal names for the characters have changed. These additions to the \textsf{inputenc} package are \texttt{decmulti} (the DEC Multinational -Character Set, contributed by M.~Y.~Chartoire) +Character Set, contributed by M.~Y.~Chartoire) and \texttt{cp1250} (an MS-Windows encoding for Central and Eastern Europe, contributed by Marcin Woli\'nski). There is also a \texttt{cp1252} encoding that is identical to \texttt{ansinew}. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ of syntax conventions and basic data-types that might form the basis for programming large scale projects in \TeX. They will be located in\\ this CTAN directory: -\begin{verbatim} +\begin{verbatim} CTAN:macros/latex/packages/expl3 \end{verbatim} The documentation of this material is as follows: individual package @@ -151,4 +151,3 @@ the following one line message: % information on how to subscribe to \texttt{LaTeX-L}. \end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdf Binary files differindex 29f6bd8e065..cec8b4ace89 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.tex index 975a69302cf..f0b396586f9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews09.tex @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ \section{New math font encodings} A joint working group of the \TeX{} Users Group and the \LaTeX3 -Project is developing a new 8-bit math font encoding for \TeX{}. +Project is developing a new 8-bit math font encoding for \TeX{}. It is designed to overcome several limitations and implementation problems of the old math font encodings and to simplify switching between different sets of math fonts, much as the \LaTeX{} font @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ integrate it into the main \LaTeX{} distribution for the next release. Documents using only standard \LaTeX{} commands for math symbols -should not be affected by switching to the new math font encodings +should not be affected by switching to the new math font encodings However, documents, classes or packages making specific assumptions about the encoding of math symbol fonts are likely to break. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ the World Wide Web at \texttt{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/}. \section{A new math accent} A new math accent, \verb|\mathring|, has been added. This is a math mode -version of the ring accent (\r{}) which is available in text +version of the ring accent (\r{}) which is available in text mode with the command \verb|\r|. \section{Extended \cs{DeclareMathDelimiter}} @@ -111,19 +111,19 @@ environment and the \verb|\rule| command. For many other standard \section{Support for Cyrillic encodings} - + We are very pleased that, after a lengthy period of development, a set of fonts, encodings and support files for using \LaTeX\ with Cyrillic characters will soon be available. - + Test versions of the `LH' fonts for these Cyrillic encodings, based on the Computer Modern design, are available from CTAN archives in the directory \texttt{fonts/cyrillic/lh-test}. The \LaTeX\ support files (by Werner Lemberg and Vladimir Volovich) are also available from CTAN archives in\\ \texttt{macros/latex/contrib/supported/t2} - - + + \section{Default docstrip header} Many \LaTeX\ users now distribute packages in documented source form diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdf Binary files differindex 8ddcc903a9b..c264db4542d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.tex index 49129ad71df..02ba863a381 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews10.tex 12/01/1998 @@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ quote (somewhat censored to protect the guilty) well reflects some of our feelings about working on \LaTeX{} over the years: \textit{the mere existence of \LaTeXe{} is a great miracle}. - + \section{Restructuring the \LaTeX{} distribution} - + Since the (once) `new' standard \LaTeX{} has reached such a venerable age, we are reviewing the way in which the system is presented to the world. - + An early intention is to define, given the wide variety of good packages now available, what now constitutes a useful installation of \LaTeX{}. We also hope that such a definition will help document @@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ existence of \LaTeXe{} is a great miracle}. designer can reasonably assume that a known list of facilities will be there for all users (so that each class need not supply them). - + As a first small step towards this definition, we shall replace the \texttt{latex/packages} subdirectory on \ctan{}. This directory was a curious mixture of the important, such as the \LaTeX{} \texttt{tools}, that any self-respecting \LaTeX{} installation ought to have, and the esoteric or experimental. - The esoterica from \texttt{packages} will be moved to + The esoterica from \texttt{packages} will be moved to new locations, as follows: \begin{quote} \texttt{expl3} to \texttt{latex/exptl/project}\\ @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ existence of \LaTeXe{} is a great miracle}. \section{\LaTeX\ Project on the Internet} A new \texttt{latex-project.org} domain has been registered. -The web site is not yet fully functional but the old \LaTeX\ pages from +The web site is not yet fully functional but the old \LaTeX\ pages from \ctan\ are available at \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org/} and the \LaTeX\ bug reporting address has been changed to \texttt{latex-bugs@latex-project.org}. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ including commonly used variants and Mongolian Cyrillic encodings). This provides platform independent and sophisticated basic support for high-quality typesetting in various Cyrillic-based languages. - + For further information see the file \texttt{cyrguide.tex}. \section{Tools distribution} @@ -150,4 +150,3 @@ private extensions, are described in the accompanying documentation. \end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdf Binary files differindex a0cd85920eb..f8983e522f6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.tex index 64715a0c264..40c1c120afc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews11.tex 01/06/1999 % This is issue 11 of LaTeX News. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ loaded, and with which options, do not work for the \pkg{fontenc} package. \section{New math font encodings} - + As we announced in \LaTeX{} News~9, a joint working group of the \TeX{} Users Group and the \LaTeX3 Project has developed a new \mbox{8-bit} math font encoding for \TeX{}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdf Binary files differindex 786c3fb8458..ced29319c87 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.tex index 360ed35de48..5bf095b4aa7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.tex @@ -2,31 +2,31 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi -% Filename: ltnews12.tex +% Filename: ltnews12.tex % % This is issue 12 of LaTeX News. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ on the list \texttt{LATEX-L}. You can join this list, which is intended solely for discussing ideas and concepts for future versions of \LaTeX, by sending mail to %\begin{quote} - \email{listserv@URZ.UNI-HEIDELBERG.DE} + \email{listserv@URZ.UNI-HEIDELBERG.DE} %\end{quote} containing the line \begin{quote} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdf Binary files differindex 1d86f2a1d9b..071b9fd9f4f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.tex index d84bd7824ff..f9241ead816 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.tex @@ -2,31 +2,31 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi -% Filename: ltnews13.tex +% Filename: ltnews13.tex % % This is issue 13 of LaTeX News. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\publicationmonth{June} +\publicationmonth{June} \publicationyear{2000} \publicationissue{13} @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ \maketitle -\raisefirstsection +\raisefirstsection \section{Yearly release cycle} We announced in \textit{\LaTeX{} News~11} that we intended to switch @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ to release patches as needed to fix significant bugs. \end{quote} \begin{latexonly} - \vspace{-\baselineskip} + \vspace{-\baselineskip} \end{latexonly} \noindent @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ and the distribution has been `cleaned up'. The file The documentation (in \file{psnfss2e.pdf}) has been completely rewritten to provide a comprehensive introduction to the use -of PostScript fonts. +of PostScript fonts. Notice that the new \PSNFSS{} needs updated files for font metrics, virtual fonts and font definitions. If you received the new @@ -163,16 +163,16 @@ these support higher quality \emph{automated}\footnote page-breaking and page make-up\latex{\\} for complex pages---the best yet achieved with \TeX{}! -A paper describing the new output routine is +A paper describing the new output routine is \begin{latexonly} at\\ \file{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf% \hspace*{-16pt}}\\ \end{latexonly} \begin{htmlonly} - at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf}. + at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf}. \end{htmlonly} -All code examples and documentation are available +All code examples and documentation are available \begin{latexonly} at\\ \file{http://www.latex-project.org/code/experimental/% @@ -197,5 +197,3 @@ This directory has been extended to contain \end{description} \end{document} - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdf Binary files differindex 2710da0d0a7..5ec47164ef9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.tex index f374800768b..22df643f751 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.tex @@ -2,32 +2,32 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi -% Filename: ltnews14.tex -% +% Filename: ltnews14.tex +% % This is issue 14 of LaTeX News. \documentclass @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\publicationmonth{June} +\publicationmonth{June} \publicationyear{2001} \publicationissue{14} @@ -128,10 +128,10 @@ page-breaking and page make-up\latex{\\} for complex pages---the best yet achieved with \TeX{}! More recently we have added material to handle the complex front -matter requirements of journal articles; this was presented at +matter requirements of journal articles; this was presented at Gutenberg\,2001 in Metz. -A paper describing the new output routine is +A paper describing the new output routine is \begin{latexonly} at\\ \begin{small} @@ -139,9 +139,9 @@ A paper describing the new output routine is \end{small} \end{latexonly} \begin{htmlonly} - at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf}. + at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf}. \end{htmlonly} -All code examples and documentation are available +All code examples and documentation are available \begin{latexonly} at\\ \begin{small} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdf Binary files differindex c59315e7a6b..9210f39c0b8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.tex index 487b3996130..cbf8f8840b5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.tex @@ -2,32 +2,32 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi -% Filename: ltnews15.tex -% +% Filename: ltnews15.tex +% % This is issue 15 of LaTeX News. \documentclass @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\publicationmonth{December} +\publicationmonth{December} \publicationyear{2003} \publicationissue{15} @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Jeff Licquia and Branden Robinson. The English has been corrected in \verb|\reftextbefore| (an incompatible change). There are other extensions -such as \verb|\labelformat|, \verb|\Ref|, \verb|\Vref| and \verb|\vpagerefnum|. +such as \verb|\labelformat|, \verb|\Ref|, \verb|\Vref| and \verb|\vpagerefnum|. Some Dutch text has also been changed and two\newline new options added: \package{slovak} and \package{slovene}. @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ A number of options have been added to the \package{textcomp} package, enabling only available glyphs to be used. Also, the `NFSS font families' are now divided into five different groups according to the subset of glyphs each provides from the full -collection of symbols in the TS1 encoding. -Given sufficient information about a font family +collection of symbols in the TS1 encoding. +Given sufficient information about a font family \package{textcomp} will use this in order to limit the\newline typesetting to those glyphs that are available. @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ tables in batch mode by providing a suitable input file. \section{New input encodings} -The \package{inputenc} package has been extended as follows: +The \package{inputenc} package has been extended as follows: \package{macce} input encoding (Apple Central European), thanks to Radek Tryc and Marcin Wolinski; \package{cp1257}\newline @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ of standard \LaTeX{} Latin encodings. \section{And finally \ldots\ pict2e} -The old, non-functional version of this package has been removed +The old, non-functional version of this package has been removed as there is now a fully working version from Hubert G\"a{\ss}lein and Rolf Niepraschk. It is described in \textit{The \LaTeX{} Manual}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdf Binary files differindex a00f7fc0589..c747254d61b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.tex index 49bddf84a22..75ee38c8150 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.tex @@ -2,32 +2,32 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi -% Filename: ltnews16.tex -% +% Filename: ltnews16.tex +% % This is issue 16 of LaTeX News. \documentclass @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\publicationmonth{December} +\publicationmonth{December} \publicationyear{2003} \publicationissue{16} @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ \section{Anniversary news} This anniversary \textit{Issue~16} takes a brief look into the future work of -the \LaTeX3 Project Team, both short and and longer range. Please let +the \LaTeX3 Project Team, both short and longer range. Please let us know if you want %\newline to get involved with us in any of this work (see below). @@ -72,16 +72,16 @@ and intellectual) by using it to discover masses of invaluable `insider information' about: \begin{itemize} \item the latest release of Standard \LaTeX{}; -\item over~200~extension packages; +\item over~200~extension packages; \item plus related software and systems. \end{itemize} For more information on this all new (??\ldots OK,\newline not \emph{all}, but over 90\%!!), all accurate (we hope!)\newline -10th~Anniversary Edition, check out\newline +10th~Anniversary Edition, check out\newline \mbox{\url{http://www.awprofessional.com/titles/0201362996}}. - - + + \section{Future maintenance} We are currently exploring how best to support the very large and @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ in getting involved. \section{LPPL certification} There are still some outstanding diplomatic tasks around the -\LaTeX{} Project Public Licence: these include +\LaTeX{} Project Public Licence: these include e.g.,~getting it `OSF certified' and ensuring that it gains more support and wider use, even in the FSF world\newline where it has long been tolerated. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ making a definite announcement yet. Although the current release does not \emph{require} \eTeX{} features, we certainly recommend using an extended \TeX{}, especially if you -need to debug macros. +need to debug macros. \section{End of `autoload' support} @@ -141,10 +141,10 @@ These can be found at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/} and \mbox{\url{http://www.latex-project.org/code/experimental/}}. -Since then a very large proportion of the The Team's efforts have been +Since then a very large proportion of The Team's efforts have been diverted to provide the core author team for TLC2, which provides over 1000 pages of carefully researched and tested documentation of -many aspects of the vast world of \LaTeX{} related software that +many aspects of the vast world of \LaTeX{} related software that was developed over that same time period and that continues to grow and improve prodigiously. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdf Binary files differindex bb44c484138..bda9ebe2919 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.tex index 42c4d8401b1..9abe4053e75 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews17.tex % @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ that. Note also that \package{fixltx2e} will make use of the facilities in \eTeX{} whenever these are present (see below). The \package{calc} package has also been given an update with a few -extra commands. +extra commands. The commands \verb|\maxof| and \verb|\minof|, each with two brace-delimited arguments, provide the usual numeric $\max$ and $\min$ operations. The commands \verb|\settototalheight| and @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ operations. The commands \verb|\settototalheight| and \verb|\ifcase|. The \package{varioref} package has acquired a few more default -strings but there are still a number of languages for +strings but there are still a number of languages for which good strings are still missing. The \package{showkeys} package has also been updated slightly to work @@ -140,21 +140,21 @@ command \verb|\textsubscript| has been added as a complement to the command \verb|\textsuperscript| in the kernel. Secondly, a new form of \verb|\DeclareMathSizes| that allows all of its arguments to have a dimension suffix. This means you can now use expressions such as -\verb|\DeclareMathSizes{9.5dd}{9.5dd}{7.4dd}{6.6dd}|. +\verb|\DeclareMathSizes{9.5dd}{9.5dd}{7.4dd}{6.6dd}|. The third new addition is the robust command \verb|\TextOrMath| which takes two arguments and executes one of them when typesetting in text or math mode respectively. This command also takes advantage of \eTeX{} -extensions if available; more specifically, +extensions if available; more specifically, %% %%\pagebreak %% when the \eTeX{} extensions are available, it does not -destroy kerning between previous letters and the text to be typeset. +destroy kerning between previous letters and the text to be typeset. The command is also used internally in \package{fixltx2e} to resolve a problem with -\verb|\fnsymbol|. +\verb|\fnsymbol|. Also, further work has been done on reimplementing the command \verb|\addpenalty|, which is used internally in several @@ -166,23 +166,23 @@ The \package{graphics} bundle now supports the \package{dvipdfmx} post-processor and Jonathan Kew's XE\TeX\ program. By support we mean that the graphics packages recognize the new options \texttt{xetex} and \texttt{dvipdfmx} but we do not -distribute the respective driver files. +distribute the respective driver files. -This leads elegantly to a description of the +This leads elegantly to a description of the new policy concerning such driver files in the \package{graphics} bundle. Most driver files for our graphics packages are maintained by the -developers of the associated post-processor or \TeX\ programs. +developers of the associated post-processor or \TeX\ programs. The teams developing these packages are working very hard: their rapid development offers a stark contrast to the current schedule of \LaTeX\ releases. It is therefore no longer practical for the \LaTeX\ Team to be responsible for distributing the -latest versions of these driver files. +latest versions of these driver files. Therefore the installation files for \package{graphics} have been split: there is now \file{graphics.ins} to install the package files and \file{graphics-drivers.ins} for the driver files (located in -\file{drivers.dtx}). -There is no need +\file{drivers.dtx}). +There is no need to install all those provided in the file \file{drivers.dtx}. Please also note that, as requested by the maintainers of @@ -203,28 +203,27 @@ programming environment. These packages have been lying dormant for some time while the \LaTeX\ Project Team were preoccupied by other things such as developing the experimental packages \package{xor}, \package{template}, etc., (and also writing that indispensable -and encyclopaedic volume,\\ +and encyclopaedic volume,\\ The \LaTeX{} Companion -- 2nd edition). In October 2004 work on this code base was resumed with the goal of some day turning it into a kernel for \LaTeX3. This work can now also make full use of the widely accepted \eTeX\ extensions. Currently -two areas are central to this work. +two areas are central to this work. -\begin{itemize} +\begin{itemize} \item Extending the - kernel code of \LaTeX3. + kernel code of \LaTeX3. \item Converting the experimental packages such as \package{xor}, \package{template} to use the new - syntax internally. -\end{itemize} + syntax internally. +\end{itemize} Beware! Development of \package{expl3} is happening so fast that the descriptions above might be out of date when you read this! If you wish to see what's going on then go to \url{http://www.latex-project.org/code.html} where you can download - fully working code (we hope!). + fully working code (we hope!). \end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdf Binary files differindex 13a4e7cc33c..89653d0bbb5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.tex index bf41992fe5c..3a99f8501b3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews18.tex % @@ -48,4 +48,3 @@ \noindent This news never existed. \end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdf Binary files differindex 21961f0012b..016ceb0f22a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdf Binary files differindex a2d03ead661..50d112c5d99 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdf Binary files differindex 8b01fdf4859..13ff048a5fd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.tex index f9416b58e18..d94df28b480 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.tex @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ % This is issue 21 of LaTeX News. \documentclass{ltnews} -\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX\kern-.0333emt} +\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX\kern-.0333emt} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo} @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ For this release we made the following changes to this package: single and double-column floats (as they are placed independently of each other). This was corrected in \textsf{fixltx2e} a few years ago but the fix was not perfect as one situation using - \verb=\enlargethispage= generated a low-level \TeX{} error. + \verb=\enlargethispage= generated a low-level \TeX{} error. This behaviour of the package is now improved. \end{itemize} @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ at the start of list items, and to work if brace groups (\verb|{| and \paragraph{\textsf{color} updates} -The \verb|\nopagecolor| command suggested by Heiko Oberdiek, +The \verb|\nopagecolor| command suggested by Heiko Oberdiek, available for some years in the \textsf{pdftex} option, has been added to the core package as suggested in graphics/3873. Currently this is supported in the driver files for \textsf{dvips} and @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ this is supported in the driver files for \textsf{dvips} and \paragraph{\textsf{graphicx} updates} -The \textsf{graphicx} version of \verb|\rotatebox| now allows +The \textsf{graphicx} version of \verb|\rotatebox| now allows \verb|\par| (and blank lines) in values, to match the change made to the \textsf{graphics} version some years ago. See graphics/4296. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdf Binary files differindex 1bbc82c1fd1..0095e5a5c55 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.tex index cef9497a192..c6cfec6c452 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.tex @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ For some years we have supplied bug fixes to the \LaTeXe\ kernel via the \textsf{fixltx2e} package. This kept the kernel stable, but at the expense of meaning that most users did not -benefit from bug fixes, and that some compromises +benefit from bug fixes, and that some compromises which were made to save space in the machines of the time are still affecting most users today. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ then in a document using a format dated 2015/06/01 or later, the ``new code'' will be used, and for documents being processed with an older format, the ``original'' code will be used. Note the format date here may be the original format date as shown at the start of every \LaTeX\ run, or a format date -specified as a package option to the \textsf{latexrelease} package. +specified as a package option to the \textsf{latexrelease} package. So if the document has \begin{verbatim} @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ The new allocation mechanism in this release incorporates a new command \verb|\extrafloats|. If you get the error: \mbox{\texttt{Too many unprocessed floats.}} then you can add (say) \verb|\extrafloats{500}| to the document preamble to -make many more boxes available to hold floats. +make many more boxes available to hold floats. \subsection{Built-in support for Unicode engines} @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ make many more boxes available to hold floats. The kernel sources now detect the engine being used and adjust definitions accordingly, this reduces the need for the ``\texttt{.ini}'' files used to make the formats to patch definitions defined in \texttt{latex.ltx}. - + As noted above the format now includes extended allocation routines. The distribution includes a file \textsf{unicode-letters.def} derived from the diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdf Binary files differindex 4b84e393a4d..97872e751e2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.tex index 38a500531c6..e14a0697b07 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.tex @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ at the start of the document. For detailed descriptions of the new allocation commands see the documented sources in \textsf{ltluatex.dtx} or chapter N of \textsf{source2e}; however, the following new allocation commands are -defined by default in \hologo{LuaTeX}: +defined by default in \hologo{LuaTeX}: \verb|\newattribute|, \verb|\newcatcodetable|, \verb|\newluafunction| and @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ defined by default in \hologo{LuaTeX}: In addition, the commands \verb|\setattribute| and \verb|\unsetattribute| are defined to set and unset Lua attributes (integer values similar to counters, but attached to nodes). Finally -several catcode tables are predefined: +several catcode tables are predefined: \verb|\catcodetable@initex|, \verb|\catcodetable@string|, \verb|\catcodetable@latex|, @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ the registering of Lua callback functions. \subsection{Support for older releases and plain \TeX} The \hologo{LuaTeX} allocation functionality made available in this -release is also available in plain \TeX\ and older \LaTeX\ releases +release is also available in plain \TeX\ and older \LaTeX\ releases in the files \textsf{ltluatex.tex} and \textsf{ltluatex.lua} which may be used simply by including the \TeX\ file: \verb|\input{ltluatex}|. An alternative for old \LaTeX\ releases is to use:\\ @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ been regenerated using the data files from Unicode~8.0.0. \section{Support for Comma Accent} The command \verb|\textcommabelow| has been added to the format. -This is mainly used for the Romanian letters +This is mainly used for the Romanian letters \textcommabelow{S}\textcommabelow{s}\textcommabelow{T}\textcommabelow{t}. This was requested in latex/4414 in the \LaTeX\ bug tracker. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdf Binary files differindex aae89aa0a35..bbc76b17f47 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.tex index a3893ad4096..6371ffa0a31 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.tex @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ as \package{graphics}, \package{color}, \package{hyperref}, etc.). Until all contributed packages are updated to the new syntax users may need to add aliases for the old \hologo{pdfTeX} commands. A new \package{luapdftexalias} package has been contributed to CTAN (not part of the -core \LaTeX\ release) that may be used for this purpose. +core \LaTeX\ release) that may be used for this purpose. See also the sections below for related changes in the \textsf{tools} and \textsf{graphics} bundles. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ being used; however the \package{color} and \package{graphics} (and so The \package{trig} package has been updated so that pre-computed values such as $\sin(90)$ now expand to digits (\texttt{1} rather than the internal token \verb|\@one| in this case). This allows them to be used -directly in PDF literal strings. +directly in PDF literal strings. \section{Changes in Tools} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdf Binary files differindex f78b08eaf7f..104437cf6af 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.tex index 5d4450b430c..1500da5c07d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.tex @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ to \verb|\mathchardef| in Lua\TeX. Since the launch of \LaTeXe\ in 1993, the \textsf{amsmath} bundle has been part of the \emph{required} packages in the core \LaTeX\ -distribution, with bug reports handled by the \LaTeX\ bug database at +distribution, with bug reports handled by the \LaTeX\ bug database at \url{https://latex-project.org/bugs-upload.html}. The \textsf{amsmath} packages and the \textsf{amscls} classes have diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdf Binary files differindex 52bdd00dc32..ec7f98808d4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.tex index 3147bcf1a7a..134859ad63e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.tex @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ The \textsf{amsmath} package has two updates at this release. \texttt{gathered} environments has been fixed: the spurious thin space is no longer added by default. Package options control this to revert to the original behaviour where required; see the - \textsf{amsldoc} guide for further details. + \textsf{amsldoc} guide for further details. \item The large delimiters around generalised fractions (for example in the \cs{binom} construct) did not work in previous releases if using \hologo{LuaTeX} or \hologo{XeTeX} with OpenType math fonts. This is diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdf Binary files differindex 64721b96d7f..4a47b30b073 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.tex index 14c4e4adac3..6b550bf0cd4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.tex @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ in many Operating Systems and applications From this release, \LaTeX\ will accept ISO format date strings in the date argument of \verb|\ProvidesPackage|, \verb|\usepackage|, etc. Currently we recommend that you do not use this format in any packages -that need to work with older \LaTeX\ releases; +that need to work with older \LaTeX\ releases; the \textsf{latexrelease} package may be used with older releases to add this functionality. This change is handled in a special way by \textsf{latexrelease}: The package always adds support for ISO dates @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The existing \LaTeX\ code for \verb|\verb| and \verb|verbatim| had some issues when used with fonts that were not loaded with hyphenation disabled via setting \verb|\hyphenchar| to $-1$. In this release these verbatim environments use a \verb|\language| setting, -\verb|\l@nohyphenation|, that has no hyphenation patterns associated. +\verb|\l@nohyphenation|, that has no hyphenation patterns associated. The format ensures that a language has been allocated with this name. For most users this will in fact be no change as the standard @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ In order that page breaks in \texttt{verbatim} do not influence the language used in the page head and foot, the format now normalises the language used in the output routine to a default language as described below. - + \section{Discretionary hyphenation} The \LaTeX\ definition of \verb|\-| has been adjusted so that it will insert the current font's \verb|\hyphenchar|, as would the @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ language packages such as \textsf{babel} may set this if the default behaviour is not suitable. \section{Line spacing in parboxes} -Inside a \verb|\parbox| +Inside a \verb|\parbox| \LaTeX\ normalises the baseline spacing. However it has not previously reset \verb|\lineskiplimit|. This meant that lines of a paragraph that have ascenders or descenders could be set @@ -131,5 +131,5 @@ happen if you use a \verb|\parbox| in an AMS alignment, as they use a relatively large value of \verb|\lineskiplimit|. As usual, the \textsf{latexrelease} package may be used to force the older behavior. - + \end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdf Binary files differindex 0645fc54712..757c0941d92 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.tex index 09a8da88744..71bdfc47111 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.tex @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ With this release, the default encoding for \LaTeX\ files has been changed from the ``fall through raw'' encoding to UTF-8 if used with classic \TeX\ or \hologo{pdfTeX}. The implementation is essentially the same as the existing UTF-8 support from -\verb|\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}|. +\verb|\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}|. The \hologo{LuaTeX} and \hologo{XeTeX} engines always supported the UTF-8 encoding as their native (and only) input encoding, so with @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ up. software (which more or less didn't happen for nearly two decades) while continuing to maintain backward compatibility to the highest degree. - + In this release we have now extended this concept to the world of packages and classes which was not covered initially. As the classes and the extension packages have different @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ up. \section[Integration of \pkg{remreset} and \pkg{chngcntr} packages] - {Integration of \pkg{remreset} and \pkg{chngcntr} packages + {Integration of \pkg{remreset} and \pkg{chngcntr} packages into the kernel} With the optional argument to \cs{newcounter} \LaTeX{} offers to @@ -331,30 +331,30 @@ between 2016 and 2018. \begin{thebibliography}{9} - + \bibitem{Mittelbach:TB39-1} Frank Mittelbach: - \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}. + \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}. In: TUGboat, 39\#1, 2018. \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/} \bibitem{Mittelbach:Brno95} Frank Mittelbach: - \emph{\LaTeXe{} Encoding Interface --- Purpose, concepts, and - Open Problems}. + \emph{\LaTeXe{} Encoding Interface --- Purpose, concepts, and + Open Problems}. Talk given in Brno June 1995. \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/} \bibitem{Mittelbach:TB39-2} Frank Mittelbach: - \emph{A rollback concept for packages and classes}. + \emph{A rollback concept for packages and classes}. Submitted to TUGboat. \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/} \bibitem{Mittelbach:TB38-2-213} Frank Mittelbach: - \emph{\LaTeX{} table columns with fixed widths}. + \emph{\LaTeX{} table columns with fixed widths}. In: TUGboat, 38\#2, 2017. \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/} \bibitem{amsldoc} American Mathematical Society and The \LaTeX3 Project: - \emph{User's Guide for the \texttt{amsmath} package} (Version 2.1). + \emph{User's Guide for the \texttt{amsmath} package} (Version 2.1). April 2018. Available from \url{https://www.ctan.org} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdf Binary files differindex 269a64dcdee..7bf9da5c9c8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.tex index 045a692c221..c707c653422 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.tex @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ These include: \enquote{\guillemotright} in all encoding files. These correct names are in addition to the old (but wrong) Adobe names: Adobe mistakenly called them Guillemot, which is a sea bird. -% +% \githubissue{65} % \item @@ -225,14 +225,14 @@ for example \DeclareRobustCommand\verbvisiblespace {\textvisiblespace} \end{verbatim} -will select the the ``official'' visible space character of the +will select the ``official'' visible space character of the current font. This may look like the natural default, but it wasn't chosen as our default because many fonts just don't have that Unicode character, or they have one with a strange shape. % \githubissue[s]{69 and 70} - + \subsection{Error message corrected} Trying to redefine an undefined command could in a few cases generate an error message with a missing space, e.g., @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ This is now fixed. % \githubissue{41} - + \subsection{Fixed fatal link error with \pkg{hyperref}} If an \cs{href} link text gets broken across pages, \pdfTeX{} and @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ major data structures. As a result, many things are internally modeled as paragraphs even if they are not conceptually ``text paragraphs'' in -the traditional sense. +the traditional sense. In a few cases this has some surprising effects that are not always for the better. One example is @@ -347,21 +347,21 @@ corrected, and a corresponding update has been made to the \pkg{amsmath} package, in which these commands are also defined. % \githubissue[s]{49 and 50} - - + + \subsection{Guarding \cs{pfill} in \pkg{doc}} For presenting index entries pointing to code fragments and the like, the \pkg{doc} package has a \cs{pfill} command that -generates within the index a line of dots leading from +generates within the index a line of dots leading from the command name to the page or code line numbers. If necessary it would automatically split the entry over two lines. That worked well enough for a quarter century, but we -discovered recently that it is broken inside +discovered recently that it is broken inside the \cls{ltugboat} class, -where it sometimes produces +where it sometimes produces bad spacing within continuation lines. The reason turned out to be a redefinition of the \LaTeX{} command @@ -375,10 +375,10 @@ removal of space. % \githubissue[s]{25 and 75} - - + + \section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{tools} category} \subsection{Sometimes the \pkg{trace} package turned off too much} @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ The \cs{docolaction} command can be used to carry out actions depending on the column you are currently in, i.e., first, any inner one (if more than two) or last. However, if the action generates text then there is the question: is this text part of the current column or -the one after? That is, on the next run, do we test before or after it, +the one after? That is, on the next run, do we test before or after it, to determine in which column we are? This is now resolved as follows: if you use \cs{docolaction*} any @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ topics~\cite{29:site-pub}. Feel free to take a look. Yukitoshi Fujimura has kindly translated into Japanese two documents that are distributed with standard \LaTeX{}. -These are: +These are: \begin{itemize} \item \LaTeXe{} for authors; @@ -491,30 +491,30 @@ You will now also find there a typeset version of the full \LaTeXe{} source code (with index etc.\@) and a number of other goodies. - + \begin{thebibliography}{9} - + \bibitem{29:Mittelbach:TB39-1} Frank Mittelbach: - \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}. + \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}. In: TUGboat, 39\#1, 2018. \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/} \bibitem{29:ltnews28} - \emph{\LaTeX{} News, Issue 28}. + \emph{\LaTeX{} News, Issue 28}. In: TUGboat, 39\#1, 2018.\\ \rlap{\url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/}} -\bibitem{29:site-doc} - \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\ +\bibitem{29:site-doc} + \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\ \url{https://latex-project.org/documentation/} -\bibitem{29:site-pub} +\bibitem{29:site-pub} \emph{\LaTeX{} Project publications on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\ \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/} \bibitem{29:amsldoc} American Mathematical Society and The \LaTeX3 Project: - \emph{User's Guide for the \texttt{amsmath} Package} (Version 2.1). + \emph{User's Guide for the \texttt{amsmath} Package} (Version 2.1). April 2018. Available from \url{https://www.ctan.org} @@ -523,4 +523,3 @@ source code (with index etc.\@) and a number of other goodies. \end{thebibliography} \end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdf Binary files differindex 0704a966662..a24e2404f8a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.tex index cfc1430fb8b..d09e1fe2b02 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.tex @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ then you will be greeted on the screen with something like \texttt{LaTeX2e <2019-10-01> pre-release-2} (identifying the pre-release format) instead of the normal \texttt{LaTeX2e <2018-12-01>}. In this pre-release you will find the latest new features that we have -developed. +developed. \subsection{Our hopes} @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ the process are available in an upcoming \textsl{TUGboat} article: \enquote{The \subsection{Setting up menu items} -While the command line call works out of the box if you have a recent +While the command line call works out of the box if you have a recent \TL{} or \MiKTeX{} installation, its use within an integrated editing environment doesn’t at this point in time (maybe the developers of these editors will include it in the future). However, @@ -230,13 +230,13 @@ better support for \acro{utf}-8 characters when using \pdfTeX{}.\footnote{The yet as they don't support the primitive \cs{ifincsname}. Work is under way to resolve this in the engines.} -When using a \enquote{Unicode engine}, -any Unicode character (that is not acting as a command, -i.e., is not \enquote{active}) +When using a \enquote{Unicode engine}, +any Unicode character (that is not acting as a command, +i.e., is not \enquote{active}) can be used as part of the \cs{label}/\cs{ref} mechanism or can be displayed in a message or written to a file. In 8-bit engines, however, this was severely -restricted: +restricted: essentially you had to limit yourself to using \acro{ascii} letters, digits and a few punctuation symbols. With the new release, most of these restrictions have been removed and you now @@ -247,17 +247,17 @@ can write labels such as or use accented characters, etc., as part of a \cs{typeout} message. The only requirement remaining is that only those \acro{utf}-8 characters that are also available for typesetting can be used, i.e., only those -characters for +characters for which adequate font support is loaded. Otherwise you will get an -error message stating that -the +error message stating that +the particular Unicode character is not set up for use with \LaTeX{}. -Note, however, that the restrictions on what characters can be -used in the names of commands have not changed. +Note, however, that the restrictions on what characters can be +used in the names of commands have not changed. -What is not possible when using +What is not possible when using an 8-bit engine such as \pdfTeX{} is to use characters other than \acro{ascii} letters as part of a command name. This is due to the fact that all other characters in such @@ -267,12 +267,12 @@ sequence of bytes and this is not supported in command names. \section{Improving file name handling in \pdfTeX{}} A related change is that file names used as part of \cs{input}, -\cs{includegraphics}, etc., commands -can now contain any -Unicode characters allowed by the file system in use, -including spaces. -In this case, - even characters that can't be typeset +\cs{includegraphics}, etc., commands +can now contain any +Unicode characters allowed by the file system in use, +including spaces. +In this case, + even characters that can't be typeset (due to lack of font support) can be used. @@ -280,31 +280,31 @@ In this case, The \env{filecontents} environment now supports an optional argument in which you can specify that it is allowed to \option{overwrite} an -already existing file; - by default nothing is written if a file with the given name +already existing file; + by default nothing is written if a file with the given name exists anywhere in the search tree. An alternative name for this -option is \texttt{force}. +option is \texttt{force}. Even then the environment will refuse to write to \cs{jobname}\texttt{.tex} to avoid clobbering its own input file. However, if you use a different extension on your input file you could still overwrite it (there is no way to test for that). There is also an -option -\option{nosearch}, +option +\option{nosearch}, which specifies that only the current directory is -examined for an existing file, not the whole \TeX{} inputs tree. +examined for an existing file, not the whole \TeX{} inputs tree. This is useful if you want to write a local copy of a standard system file. -Finally, \option{noheader} prevents writing a preamble to the file -(this +Finally, \option{noheader} prevents writing a preamble to the file +(this is the same as using the star form of the environment). -Another change is that this -environment is -now allowed anywhere in the document, +Another change is that this +environment is +now allowed anywhere in the document, which means -it provides everything (and more) of what the now obsolete +it provides everything (and more) of what the now obsolete \pkg{filecontents} package provided. @@ -313,13 +313,13 @@ it provides everything (and more) of what the now obsolete In the early days of \LaTeX{} many commands were fragile, i.e., they needed \cs{protect} in front of them when used in places such as -section headings and other \enquote{moving arguments}, etc. -In \LaTeXe{} many of these commands were made robust, +section headings and other \enquote{moving arguments}, etc. +In \LaTeXe{} many of these commands were made robust, but still a fairly large number remained unnecessarily fragile. -In this release of \LaTeX{} we have now +In this release of \LaTeX{} we have now made a lot more commands robust. -There is a very small collection of commands that must stay fragile +There is a very small collection of commands that must stay fragile because their expansion (maybe partially) at just the right time is critical. Yet others are unlikely to ever be needed in a \enquote{moving argument}. @@ -335,15 +335,15 @@ in the end we overcame that hurdle too, so now environments are automatically robust if used in places like headings or \verb=\typeout= and so forth. -%%CCC do we need to say something about possible problems if other packages +%%CCC do we need to say something about possible problems if other packages %% or documents have redefined commands whose robustness has changed? -What hasn't been tackled yet is the redefinitions in \pkg{amsmath}: +What hasn't been tackled yet is the redefinitions in \pkg{amsmath}: this package redefines a number of basic math constructs -that are now robust, so that +that are now robust, so that they become fragile again -once the package is loaded. +once the package is loaded. This area will be addressed in a followup release. % \githubissue{123} @@ -354,13 +354,13 @@ This area will be addressed in a followup release. \subsection{Guard against \cs{unskip} in tabular cells} -If a \env{tabular} or \env{array} cell started with a -command that started with an -\cs{unskip} -then centering the column broke - because the stretching glue - on the left got removed. The fix for this was to add - a minuscule, and hence unnoticeable, additional space after the stretching space: +If a \env{tabular} or \env{array} cell started with a +command that started with an +\cs{unskip} +then centering the column broke + because the stretching glue + on the left got removed. The fix for this was to add + a minuscule, and hence unnoticeable, additional space after the stretching space: removing this extra space causes no problems. This change was also applied in the \pkg{array} package. @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ This change was also applied in the \pkg{array} package. \githubissue{102} -\subsection{Fix Unicode table data} +\subsection{Fix Unicode table data} \texttt{U+012F} which is \enquote{i with ogonek} produced a \enquote{dotless i with ogonek} by mistake. This has been corrected. @@ -384,15 +384,15 @@ In the past they raised a \githubissue{110} When doing cut-and-paste from other documents or websites, f-ligatures and others ligatures -might end up as +might end up as single Unicode characters in your file. In the past those got rejected by \LaTeX{}. - We + We now define those Unicode slots and map them back to the sequence of individual characters constituting the ligature. If supported by the current font (which is normally the case) they -are then reconstructed as ligatures and thus get typeset -as desired. +are then reconstructed as ligatures and thus get typeset +as desired. Otherwise they will come out as individual characters which is still better than an error message. @@ -419,17 +419,17 @@ The packages \pkg{fncylab} and \pkg{varioref} provided a slightly improved definition of \cs{refstepcounter} which allowed the internal -\cs{p@..} commands to receive the counter value as an argument, -instead of -acting as a simple prefix. This supports -more complex -formatting of the value in the reference. +\cs{p@..} commands to receive the counter value as an argument, +instead of +acting as a simple prefix. This supports +more complex +formatting of the value in the reference. These packages also provided the command \cs{labelformat} to help in the specification of such formatting in an easy way. For -example, \verb=\labelformat{equation}{eq.~(#1)}= specifies that +example, \verb=\labelformat{equation}{eq.~(#1)}= specifies that references to equations automatically come out as \enquote{eq.~(5)} or similar. As such a \cs{labelformat} declaration @@ -438,8 +438,8 @@ longer be successfully used at the start of a sentence, the packages also provided \cs{Ref} for such scenarios. Both of these commands, \cs{labelformat} and \cs{Ref}, -are now removed from the packages and instead made available in -the kernel so there is no +are now removed from the packages and instead made available in +the kernel so there is no need to load additional packages. @@ -454,19 +454,19 @@ messages to match style of similar messages. \githubissue{107} -\subsection{Avoid bad side-effects of \cs{DeclareErrorFont}} +\subsection{Avoid bad side-effects of \cs{DeclareErrorFont}} As a side effect of setting up the error font for \acro{nfss}, this declaration also changed the current font size back to 10pt. In most circumstances that doesn't matter, because that declaration was meant -to be used only during the format generation and not during -a \LaTeX{} run. +to be used only during the format generation and not during +a \LaTeX{} run. However, it has turned out to be used by some developers in other places (incorrectly in fact: -e.g., inside some \texttt{.fd} files) where -resetting the size causes +e.g., inside some \texttt{.fd} files) where +resetting the size causes havoc seemingly at random. The command has now changed to not produce such side effects. @@ -478,11 +478,11 @@ The command has now changed to not produce such side effects. \subsection{\pkg{nfssfont}: Make font table generation the default action} With the small file \texttt{nfssfont.tex} it is possible to produce -font tables and other font tests -in the style set up by Don Knuth. -In nearly all cases -a font table is wanted, -so this action has been made the default. +font tables and other font tests +in the style set up by Don Knuth. +In nearly all cases +a font table is wanted, +so this action has been made the default. Now one can simply hit enter instead of having to write \verb=\table\bye=. @@ -490,12 +490,12 @@ instead of having to write \verb=\table\bye=. \subsection{\pkg{trace}: Add package support in the kernel} The \pkg{trace} package implements the commands \cs{traceon} -and \cs{traceoff} that work like +and \cs{traceoff} that work like \cs{tracingall} but skip certain code blocks that produce a lot of tracing output. %%CCC being of no interest to anyone!! -- FMi I love your encouragement -This is useful when debugging, to suppress uninteresting tracing -from, for example, loading a font. +This is useful when debugging, to suppress uninteresting tracing +from, for example, loading a font. Code blocks that should not be traced need to be surrounded by the commands \cs{conditionally@traceoff} and \cs{conditionally@traceon}. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ regardless of \pkg{trace} being loaded or not. - + \section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{tools} category} \subsection{\pkg{array}: Warn if primitive column specifiers are overwritten} @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ With \cs{newcolumntype} it is possible to define your own column specifiers for a \texttt{tabular} preamble; it is also possible to change existing ones. However, doing that for a primitive column specifier, such as \texttt{c}, is seldom a good idea, since then its -functionality becomes unavailable. +functionality becomes unavailable. The package was therefore supposed to warn the user in this case, but due to a missing \cs{expandafter} in the code it never did---now it does. @@ -526,19 +526,19 @@ in the code it never did---now it does. \subsection{\pkg{multicol}: Introduce \texttt{minrows} counter for balancing} When there are only a few lines of text on a page at the end of a -\env{multicols} environment, -balancing the columns often looks rather odd: such as +\env{multicols} environment, +balancing the columns often looks rather odd: such as three columns each containing a single line. The balancing behavior -can now be controlled through the counter \texttt{minrows} -(default is~1) which specifies that, -after balancing, there must be at least that many lines in the first column. +can now be controlled through the counter \texttt{minrows} +(default is~1) which specifies that, +after balancing, there must be at least that many lines in the first column. Thus, if you set \texttt{minrows} -to \texttt{2} then you +to \texttt{2} then you would get a -distribution of \texttt{2+1+0} lines and if set +distribution of \texttt{2+1+0} lines and if set to three, the result -would be -\texttt{3+0+0} instead of the default \texttt{1+1+1}. +would be +\texttt{3+0+0} instead of the default \texttt{1+1+1}. What is most appropriate really depends on the circumstances, but this now gives you the tools to make local or global adjustments. @@ -550,13 +550,13 @@ The \pkg{varioref} package has been internally updated to provide better interfaces for packages such as \pkg{hyperref} and \pkg{cleveref}. -It also +It also has a new package option \option{nospace} that stops \pkg{varioref} from meddling with space in front of its commands. The original behavior was always somewhat problematical and it is -suggested that -all new documents +suggested that +all new documents use this option (which should really have been the default). @@ -565,15 +565,15 @@ Support was also added for the Arabic language through the option - + \subsection[\pkg{xr}: Support citations to bibliographies in\\ external documents] {\pkg{xr}: Support citations to bibliographies in external documents} -The \pkg{xr} package can be used to cross-reference an external \LaTeX{} -document. +The \pkg{xr} package can be used to cross-reference an external \LaTeX{} +document. This means that even when a work is split over different documents (that -need to be processed separately), \cs{ref} or \cs{pageref} can use labels from -any document, creating links between them. This facility has now been extended +need to be processed separately), \cs{ref} or \cs{pageref} can use labels from +any document, creating links between them. This facility has now been extended so that \cs{cite} commands and their cousins can now also reference bibliographies in external documents; this feature was first provided in the package @@ -588,10 +588,10 @@ package. \subsection{\pkg{amsmath}: Introduce \cs{overunderset} command} -The \pkg{amsmath} package has always offered +The \pkg{amsmath} package has always offered the commands \cs{overset} and \cs{underset} to produce binary operators with something set above or -below. But sometimes one needs to put something above and something below: +below. But sometimes one needs to put something above and something below: The newly added \cs{overunderset} makes this easily possible. @@ -601,10 +601,10 @@ easily possible. There are a number of %small -documentation updates in files +documentation updates in files on the documentation page of the project website~\cite{30:site-doc}. -\subsection{Highlighting the standard \texorpdfstring{\acro{nfss}}{NFSS} codes for series} +\subsection{Highlighting the standard \texorpdfstring{\acro{nfss}}{NFSS} codes for series} The \emph{Font Selection Guide}~\cite{fntguide} has been updated to strongly recommend that the standard codes should be used @@ -619,14 +619,14 @@ etc. Over the years people came up with a number of other creative short codes like \texttt{k}, \texttt{j}, \texttt{t} and others with the result that changing a font family required different codes and thus prevented users from easily mixing and matching different -families. +families. Some work has been undertaken to get back to a coherent scheme and all the font families supported through the program \texttt{autoinst} -are now producing the standard codes again. +are now producing the standard codes again. \subsection{\LaTeX{} \texttt{base} and \texttt{doc} distribution reunited} - + For a long time the \LaTeX{} distribution available from \CTAN{} was split into several parts to allow them to be uploaded or downloaded separately. As this is these days more confusing than helpful we have @@ -641,25 +641,25 @@ is no longer separately available from \CTAN{} but contained in the %\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont \bibitem{30:Mittelbach:TB39-1} Frank Mittelbach: - \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}. + \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}. In: TUGboat, 39\#1, 2018. \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/} \bibitem{devformat} Frank Mittelbach: \emph{The - \LaTeX{} release workflow and the \LaTeX{} dev formats}. + \LaTeX{} release workflow and the \LaTeX{} dev formats}. In: TUGboat, 40\#2, 2019. \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/} \bibitem{fntguide} \LaTeX{} Project Team: - \emph{\LaTeXe{} font selection}.\\ + \emph{\LaTeXe{} font selection}.\\ \url{https://latex-project.org/documentation/} -\bibitem{30:site-doc} - \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\ +\bibitem{30:site-doc} + \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\ \url{https://latex-project.org/documentation/} -%\bibitem{30:site-pub} +%\bibitem{30:site-pub} % \emph{\LaTeX{} Project publications on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\ % \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdf Binary files differindex bdd68335ccf..86c77304300 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.tex index c365e527c00..5622ea103f5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.tex @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ % % This is issue 31 of LaTeX News. +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020-02-02] + \documentclass{ltnews} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} @@ -38,7 +40,6 @@ \usepackage{csquotes} \usepackage{multicol} -\providecommand\acro[1]{\textsc{#1}} \providecommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$} \providecommand\option[1]{\texttt{#1}} \providecommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}} @@ -76,6 +77,9 @@ \let\cls\pkg \providecommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\vbadness=1400 % accept slightly empty columns + + %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \iffalse % only for TUB production \usepackage{graphicx} @@ -123,98 +127,107 @@ %\addtolength\textheight{4.2pc} % only for TUB \maketitle -\tableofcontents +{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \spaceskip=3.33pt \hbadness=10000 \tableofcontents} \setlength\rightskip{0pt plus 3em} -%\newpage \medskip -\section{Introduction} - -This document is under construction \ldots +%\section{Introduction} +% +%This document is under construction \ldots -\section{Experiences with the \LaTeX\texttt{-dev} formats} +\section{Experiences with the \LaTeX\ \texttt{-dev} formats} As reported in the previous \emph{\LaTeX{} News}, we have made a pre-release version of the \LaTeX{} kernel available as \LaTeX\texttt{-dev}. Overall, the approach of having an explicit testing release has been positive: it is now -readily-available in \TeX{} systems and is getting real use beyond the team. +readily available in \TeX{} systems and is getting real use\\ +beyond the team. The current -release has been tested by a number of users, and we have had useful feedback -on a range of new ideas. This has allowed us to fix issues in several of the -new features described below. We thank the dedicated users who have been -trying out the development formats, and encourage others to do so. Pre-testing -in this way does mean that for the vast majority of users, problems are solved +release has been tested by a number of people, and we have had valuable feedback +on a range of the new ideas. This has allowed us to fix issues in several of the +new features, as described below. + + +We wish to thank all the dedicated users who have been +trying out the development formats, and we encourage others to do so. Pre-testing +in this way does mean that, for the vast majority of users, problems are solved before they even appear! -\section{Concerning this pre-release \ldots} -In \TeX{}Live 2020 the Lua\LaTeX{} format will use the new LuaHB\TeX{} -engine, which is Lua\TeX{} with an embedded HarfBuzz library. +\section{Concerning this release \ldots (Lua\LaTeX{} engine)} + +The new LuaHB\TeX{} engine is Lua\TeX{} with an embedded HarfBuzz library. HarfBuzz can be used by setting a suitable renderer in the font declaration. A basic interface for that is provided by \pkg{fontspec}. This additional font renderer will greatly improve the shaping of -various scripts, which are currently handled correctly only by -\XeTeX{}. To simplify the testing of the new engine, binaries have -been already added to MiK\TeX{} and \TeX{}Live 2019 and both have changed +various scripts when using Lua\LaTeX{}, many of which are currently handled correctly only by +\XeTeX{}, which always uses HarfBuzz. + +To simplify testing of the new engine, binaries have +already been added to MiK\TeX{} and \TeX{}~Live 2019 and both distributions have already now changed the Lua\LaTeX-dev format to use it. +Going forward, Lua\LaTeX\ (and Lua\LaTeX-dev) will both use the LuaHB\TeX{} +engine. +The timing of the switch to the LuaHB\TeX{} engine +depends on the distribution you use +(for \TeX{}~Live this will be with \TeX{}~Live 2020). + + \section{Improved load-times for \pkg{expl3}} The \LaTeX3 programming layer, \pkg{expl3}, has over the past decade moved from being largely experimental to broadly stable. It is now used in a significant -number of third-party packages, most notably \pkg{xparse} for defining +number of third-party packages, most notably \pkg{xparse}, for defining interfaces in cases where no \pkg{expl3} code is \enquote{visible}. In addition, most \LaTeX{} documents compiled using \XeTeX{} or \LuaTeX{} load \pkg{fontspec}, which is written using \pkg{expl3}. The \pkg{expl3} layer contains a non-trivial number of macros, and when used -with the \XeTeX{} and \LuaTeX{} engines, it loads a large body of Unicode data. -This means that even on a fast computer, there is a relatively large load time for +with the \XeTeX{} and \LuaTeX{} engines, it also loads a large body of Unicode data. +This means that even on a fast computer, there is a relatively large load time when using \pkg{expl3}. For this release, the team have made adjustments in the \LaTeXe{} kernel to -pre-load a significant portion of \pkg{expl3} as the format is built. This is -transparent at the user level, other than the significant decrease in document -processing time: there will be no \enquote{pause} for loading Unicode data -files. Loading of \pkg{expl3} in documents and packages can be done as usual; +pre-load a significant portion of \pkg{expl3} when the format is built. This is +transparent to the user, other than the significant decrease in document +processing time: there will be no \enquote{pause} whilst loading the Unicode data +files. Loading \pkg{expl3} in documents and packages can continue to be done as usual; eventually, it will be possible to omit \begin{verbatim} \RequirePackage{expl3} \end{verbatim} -entirely, but to support older formats, this is still recommended at present. - +entirely but, to support older formats, this is still recommended at present. - - - -\section[Improvements to \LaTeX{}'s font selection\\ mechanism (NFSS)] +\section[Improvements to \LaTeX{} font selection: NFSS] {Improvements to \LaTeX{}'s font selection\\ mechanism (NFSS)} -\subsection{Extending the shape management of NFSS} +\subsection{Extending the shape management in NFSS} -Over time more and more fonts have become available for use with -\LaTeX{}. Many such font families offer additional shapes, e.g., small -caps italics (\texttt{scit}), small caps slanted (\texttt{scsl} or -swash letters (\texttt{sw}). By using \cs{fontshape} those shapes can -be explicitly selected and for the swash letter shapes there is also +Over time, more and more fonts have become available for use with +\LaTeX{}. Many such font families offer additional shapes such as small +caps italic (\texttt{scit}), small caps slanted (\texttt{scsl}) or +swash (\texttt{sw}). +By using \cs{fontshape} those shapes can +be explicitly selected. For the swash shapes there is also \cs{swshape} and \cs{textsw} available. In the original font selection implementation a request to select a new shape always overrode the current shape. With the 2020 release of \LaTeX{} this has changed and \cs{fontshape} can now be used to combine small -capitals with italics, slanted or swash letters, either by explicitly +capitals with italic, slanted or swash letters, either by explicitly asking for \texttt{scit}, etc., or by asking for italics when typesetting -already in small caps and so forth. +already in small caps, and so forth. Using \cs{upshape} will still change italics or slanted back to an upright shape but will not any longer alter the small caps setting. To @@ -226,103 +239,104 @@ There is one exception: for compatibility reasons \cs{upshape} will change small capitals back to upright (\texttt{n} shape), if the current shape is \texttt{sc}. This is done so that something like \cs{scshape}\allowbreak\texttt{...}\allowbreak\cs{upshape} continues -to work, but we suggest that you don't use that deprecated method in +to work as before, but we suggest that you don't use that deprecated method in new documents. + Finally, if you want to reset the shape back to normal you can use \cs{normalshape} which is a shorthand for \cs{upshape}\cs{ulcshape}. -The way that shapes combine with each other is not hardwired but is -customizable and extensible if there is ever a need for it. The -mappings are defined through \cs{DeclareFontShapeChangeRule} and the +The way that shapes combine with each other is not hardwired; it is +customizable and extensible if there is ever a need for this. The +mappings +are defined through \cs{DeclareFontShapeChangeRule} and the details for developers are documented in \texttt{source2e.pdf}. The ideas for this interface extension have been pioneered in -\pkg{fontspec} by Will Robertson for Unicode engines and in -\pkg{fontaxes} by Andreas Bühmann and Michael Ummels for \pdfTeX{} and -used in many font support packages. +\pkg{fontspec} by Will Robertson for Unicode engines, and in +\pkg{fontaxes} by Andreas Bühmann and Michael Ummels for \pdfTeX{}; +they are by now used in many font support packages. +\subsection{Extending the font series management in NFSS} -\subsection{Extending the series management of NFSS} +Many of the newer font families also come provided with additional +weights (thin, semi-bold, ultra-bold, etc.)\ or several running widths, +such as condensed or extra-condensed. In some cases the number of +different values for series (weight plus width) is really impressive: +for example, Noto Sans +offers 36 fonts, from ultra-light extra condensed to ultra-bold medium width. -Many of the the newer font families also come provided with additional -weights (thin, semi-bold, ultra-bold, etc.\@) or several running lengths -such a condensed or extra-condensed. In some cases the number of -different series values is really impressive, for example, Noto Sans -offers 36 fonts from ultra-light extra condensed to ultra-bold medium width. - -Already in its original design, NFSS supported 9 weight levels from -ultra-light (\texttt{ul}) to ultra-bold (\texttt{ub}) and also 9 width -levels from ultra-condensed (\texttt{uc}) to ultra-expanded -(\texttt{ux}) so more than enough even for a font family like Noto +Already in its original design, NFSS supported 9 weight levels, from +ultra-light (\texttt{ul}) to ultra-bold (\texttt{ub}), and also 9 width +levels, from ultra-condensed (\texttt{uc}) to ultra-expanded +(\texttt{ux}): more than enough, even for a font family like Noto Sans. Unfortunately, some font support packages nevertheless invented -their own names so in recent years you could find all kinds of -non-standard series names like \texttt{k}, \texttt{i}, \texttt{j} and -others making it impossible to combine different fonts successfully +their own names, so in recent years you have been able to find all kinds of +non-standard series names (\texttt{k}, \texttt{i}, \texttt{j} and +others), making it impossible to combine different fonts successfully using the standard NFSS mechanisms. Over the course of the last year a small number of individuals, -notably, Bob Tennent, Michael Sharpe and Marc Penninga worked hard to -bring this unsatisfying situation back under control and today we are +notably, Bob Tennent, Michael Sharpe and Marc Penninga, have worked hard to +bring this unsatisfactory situation back under control; so today we are happy to report that the internal font support files for more than a -hundred font families are back to following the standard NFSS conventions -so that combining them is now again rather nice and easy (of course, +hundred font families are all back to following the standard NFSS conventions. +Combining them is now again rather nice and easy, and from a technical +perspective they can now be easily matched; but, of course, there is still the task of choosing combinations that visually work -well together, but from a technical perspective they can now easily -matched). - +well together. In the original font selection implementation, a request to select a new series always overrode the current one. This was reasonable because there were nearly no fonts available that offered anything other than a medium or a bold series. Now that this has changed and families such as Noto Sans are available, combining weight and width into a single -attribute is no longer appropriate. With the 2020 release of \LaTeX{} -the series management therefore changed to allow for independently -setting the weight and the width attribute of the series. +attribute is no longer appropriate. With the 2020 release of \LaTeX{}, +the management of series therefore changed to allow independent +settings of the weight and the width attributes of the series. For most users this change will be largely transparent as \LaTeX{} offers only \cs{textbf} or \cs{bfseries} to select a bolder face (and -\cs{textmd} and \cs{mdseries} to return to a medium series) but no -high-level command for selecting a condensed face, etc. However, with -the NFSS low-level interface, it is now possible to ask for, say, -\verb=\fontseries{c}\selectfont= in a marginal note to get a condensed -face and that would still allow using \cs{textbf} inside. This then would -select a bold condensed face and not a rather odd-looking -bold-extended face in the middle of condensed type. - -The expectation is that this functionality is largely used by class and package -designers, but given that the low-level NFSS commands are usable on -the document level and not really difficult to apply, there are -probably also a number of users who will enjoy using the new -possibilities that bring \LaTeX{} back into the front league when it -comes to font usage. - -The way different series values combine with each other is not +\cs{textmd} and \cs{mdseries} to return to a medium series): there is no +high-level command for selecting a condensed face, etc. However, using +the NFSS low-level interface it is now possible to ask for, say, +\verb=\fontseries{c}\selectfont= to get a condensed +face (suitable for a marginal note) and that would still allow +the use of \cs{textbf} inside the note, which would +select a bold-condensed face (and not a rather odd-looking +bold-extended face in the middle of condensed type). + +The expectation is that this functionality will be used largely by +class and package designers but, given that the low-level NFSS +commands are usable on the document level and that they are not really +difficult to apply, there are probably also a number of users who will +enjoy using these new possibilities that bring \LaTeX{} back into the +premier league for font usage. + +The ways in which the different series values combine with each other is not hardwired but is again customizable and extensible. The mappings are defined through \cs{DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule} and the details for developers are documented in \texttt{source2e.pdf}. - \subsection{Font series defaults per document family} -With additional weights and widths available in many font families it -becomes more likely that somebody wants to match, say, a medium weight -serif family with a semi-light sans serif family or that with one -family one wants to use the bold-extend face when \cs{textbf} is used -while with another it should be bold (not extended) or semibold, etc. +With additional weights and widths now being available in +many font families, it is more likely that somebody will want to +match, say, a medium weight serif family with a semi-light sans serif +family, or that with one family one wants to use the bold-extended +face when \cs{textbf} is used, while with another it should be bold +(not extended) or semibold, etc. -In the past this kind of extension was made available with the -\pkg{mweights} package by Bob Tennent which has been used in many font +In the past this kind of extension was provided by Bob Tennent's +\pkg{mweights} package, which has been used in many font support packages. - With the 2020 release of \LaTeX{} this feature is now available out of the box. In addition we also offer a document-level interface to adjust the -behavior of the high-level series commands \cs{textbf}, \cs{textmd} and their -declaration forms \cs{bfseries} and \cs{mdseries} so that they can +behavior of the high-level series commands \cs{textbf}, \cs{textmd}, and of their +declaration forms \cs{bfseries} and \cs{mdseries}, so that they can have different effects for the serif, sans serif and typewriter families used in a document. @@ -332,8 +346,9 @@ For example, specifying \DeclareFontSeriesDefault[tt]{md}{lc} \end{verbatim} in the document preamble would result in \cs{textbf} producing -semi-bold (\texttt{sb}) when typesetting in roman typeface and -that typewriter is by default (medium series \texttt{md}) using +semi-bold (\texttt{sb}) when typesetting in a roman typeface. +The second line says that the +typewriter default face (i.e., the medium series \texttt{md}) should be a light-condensed face. The optional argument here can be either \texttt{rm}, \texttt{sf} or \texttt{tt} to indicate one of the three main font families in a document; if omitted you will change the @@ -342,11 +357,11 @@ specify either \texttt{md} or \texttt{bf} and the second mandatory argument then gives the desired series value in NFSS nomenclature. -\subsection{Emphasis handling generalized} +\subsection{Handling of nested emphasis} -With previous releases of \LaTeX{} nested \cs{emph} commands +In previous releases of \LaTeX{}, nested \cs{emph} commands automatically alternated between italics and upright. This mechanism -has now been generalized and you can now specify for arbitrary nesting +has now been generalised so that you can now specify for arbitrary nesting levels how emphasis should be handled. The declaration \cs{DeclareEmphSequence} expects a comma separated @@ -358,35 +373,34 @@ emphasis. For example, \end{verbatim} uses italics for the first, small capitals for the second, and italic small capitals for the third level (provided you use a font that -supports these shapes). If there are a more nesting levels than +supports these shapes). If there are more nesting levels than provided, \LaTeX{} uses the declarations stored in \cs{emreset} (by default \cs{ulcshape}\cs{upshape}) for the next level and then restarts the list. -The mechanism tries to be \enquote{smart} and verifies that the given -declarations actually alter the current font. If not it continues and +The mechanism tries to be \enquote{smart} by verifying that the given +declarations actually alter the current font. If not, it continues and tries the next level---the assumption being that there was already a manual font change in the document to the font that is now supposed to be used for emphasis. % -Of course, this only works if the declarations in the list entries +Of course, this only works if the declarations in the list's entries actually change the font and not, for example, just the color. In such -a scenario one has to add \cs{emforce} to the entry which directs the -mechanism to use the level, even if the font attributes appear to be +a scenario one has to add \cs{emforce} to the entry, which directs the +mechanism to use the entry, even if the font attributes appear to be unchanged. - \subsection{Providing font family substitutions} -Given that \pdfTeX{} can only handle fonts with up to 256 glyphs a +Given that \pdfTeX{} can only handle fonts with up to 256 glyphs, a single font encoding can only support a few languages. The \texttt{T1} -encoding, for example, does support many of the Latin based scripts, -but if you want to write in Greek or Russian you need to switch +encoding, for example, does support many Latin-based scripts, +but if you want to write in Greek or Cyrillic then you will need to switch encodings to \texttt{LGR} or \texttt{T2A}. Given that not every font family offers glyphs in such encodings, you may end up with some default family (e.g., Computer Modern) that doesn’t blend in well -chosen document font. For such cases NFSS now offers +with the chosen document font. For such cases NFSS now offers \cs{DeclareFontFamilySubstitution}, for example: \begin{verbatim} \DeclareFontFamilySubstitution{LGR} @@ -394,45 +408,52 @@ chosen document font. For such cases NFSS now offers \end{verbatim} tells \LaTeX{} that if you are typesetting in the sans serif font \texttt{Montserrat-LF} and the Greek encoding \texttt{LGR} is asked -for, then \LaTeX{} should use \texttt{IBMPlexSans-TLF} to fulfill the -encoding request. +for, then \LaTeX{} should use \texttt{IBMPlexSans-TLF} to fulfill +the encoding request. The code is based on ideas from the \pkg{substitutefont} -package by Günter Milde, but implemented differently. +package by Günter Milde, but the implementation is different. \subsection{Providing all text companion symbols by default} The text companion encoding \texttt{TS1} was originally not available by default, but only when the \pkg{textcomp} package was loaded. The -main reason for this was limited availability in fonts other than -Computer Modern and memory restrictions back in the nineties. These -days neither limitation exists any more so with the 2020 release all +main reason for this was limited availability of fonts with this encoding other than +Computer Modern; another was the memory restrictions back in the nineties. +These days neither limitation remains, so with the 2020 release all the symbols provided with the \pkg{textcomp} package are available out of the box. Furthermore, an intelligent substitution mechanism has been -implemented so that missing glyphs are automatically substituted with -defaults that are sans serif if you typeset in \cs{textsf} and -monospaced if you typeset using \cs{texttt} and not always serifed. +implemented so that glyphs missing in some fonts are automatically +substituted with default glyphs that are sans serif if you typeset in +\cs{textsf} and monospaced if you typeset using \cs{texttt}. In the +past they were always taken from Computer Modern Roman if substitution +was necessary. + +\typeout{^^J^^J***************************************} +\typeout{** This example needs LaTeX 2020-02-02} +\typeout{** to come out correctly !!} +\typeout{***************************************^^J^^J} \textsf{This is most noticeable with \cs{oldstylenums} which are now taken from \texttt{TS1} so that you no longer get - \textrm{\oldstylenums{123}} but \oldstylenums{123} when typesetting - in sans serif fonts}\texttt{ and \oldstylenums{123} when using + \textrm{\oldstylenums{1234}} but \oldstylenums{1234} when typesetting + in sans serif fonts}\texttt{ and \oldstylenums{1234} when using typewriter fonts.} If there ever is a need to use the original (inferior) definition, -then that remains available as \cs{legacyoldstylenums} and to fully +then that remains available as \cs{legacyoldstylenums}; and to fully revert to the old behavior there is also -\cs{UseLegacyTextSymbols}. That declaration reverts \cs{oldstylenums} +\cs{UseLegacyTextSymbols}. The latter declaration reverts \cs{oldstylenums} and also changes the footnote symbols, such as \cs{textdagger}, -\cs{textparagraph}, etc.\ pick up their glyphs again from the math +\cs{textparagraph}, etc., to pick up their glyphs from the math fonts instead of the current text font (this means they always keep the same shape and do not nicely blend in with the text font). -With the text companion symbols as part of the kernel it is normally +With the text companion symbols as part of the kernel, it is normally no longer necessary to load the \pkg{textcomp} package, but for backwards compatibility this package will remain available. There is, however, one use case where it remains useful: if you load the package @@ -440,97 +461,135 @@ with the option \texttt{error} or \texttt{warn} then substitutions will change their behavior and result in a \LaTeX{} error or a \LaTeX{} warning (on the terminal), respectively. Without the package the substitution information only appears in the \texttt{.log} -file. If you use the option \texttt{quit}, then even the information in +file. If you use the option \texttt{quiet}, then even the information in the transcript is suppressed (which is not really recommended). -\section{Other changes to the \LaTeX{} kernel} + \subsection{New \texttt{alias} size function for use in \texttt{.fd} files} +% These are really called ``size functions'' in NFSS, a bit weird I know + Most of the newer fonts supported in \TeX{} have been set up with the -\texttt{autoinst} tool by Marc Penninga. In the past this program did -set up the font faces using the face names chosen by its designer, -e.g., \enquote{\texttt{regular}}, \enquote{\texttt{bold}}, etc., and -then mapped those via substitution to the standard NFSS shape names, -i.e., \enquote{\texttt{m}} or \enquote{\texttt{b}}. As a result one -got unnecessary substitution warnings such as \enquote{\texttt{Font - T1/abc/bold/n not found using T1/abc/b/n instead}}. +\texttt{autoinst} tool by Marc Penninga. In the past, this program +set up each font using the face name chosen by that font's designer, +e.g., \enquote{\texttt{regular}}, \enquote{\texttt{bold}}, etc. +These face names were then mapped by substitution to +the standard NFSS series names, i.e., \enquote{\texttt{m}} +or \enquote{\texttt{b}}. +As a result one got unnecessary substitution warnings such as +\enquote{\texttt{Font T1/abc/bold/n not found, using T1/abc/b/n instead}}. -We now provide a new NFSS \texttt{alias} size function that can and will be -used by \texttt{autoinst} in the future. It provides the same -functionality as the \texttt{subst} function but is less vocal about -its actions, such that only relevant font substitutions show up as -warnings. +%FMi the message above is actually different and longer but ... +We now provide a new NFSS size function, \texttt{alias}, that can +and will be used by \texttt{autoinst} in the future. It provides the +same functionality as the \texttt{subst} function but is less vocal +about its actions, so that only significant font substitutions show +up as warnings. +\subsection{Suppress unnecessary font substitution warnings} +Many sans serif fonts do not have real italics but usually only +oblique/slanted shapes, so the substitution of slanted for italics is +natural and in fact many designers talk about italic sans serif faces +even if in reality they are oblique. + +With nearly all sans serif font families, the \LaTeX{} support files +therefore silently substitute slanted if you ask for \cs{itshape} or +\cs{textit}. This is also true for Computer Modern in \texttt{T1} +encoding but in \texttt{OT1} you got a warning on the terminal even +though there is nothing you can do about it. This has now been changed +to an information message only, written to the \texttt{.log} file. % +\githubissue{172} -\subsection{UTF-8 characters in package descriptions} +\vspace{-\smallskipamount} +\pagebreak -In 2018 we made UTF-8 the default input encoding for \LaTeX{} but we -overlooked the case of package descriptions in declarations such as -\cs{ProvidesPackage} which worked (sometimes) before but now died -always. This has been corrected. -\githubissue{52} +\section{Other changes to the \LaTeX{} kernel} -\subsection{Suppress unnecessary font substitution warnings} +\subsection{UTF-8 characters in package descriptions} -Many sans serif fonts do not have real italics but usually only -oblique/slanted shapes, so the substitution of slanted for italics is -natural and in fact many designers talk about italic sans serif faces -even if in reality they are oblique. With nearly all sans serif font -family the \LaTeX{} support files therefore silently substitute -slanted if you ask for \cs{itshape} or \cs{textit}. This is also true -for Computer Modern in \texttt{T1} encoding but in \texttt{OT1} you -got a warning on the terminal even though there is nothing you can do -about it. This has now been changed to an information message only -written to the \texttt{.log} file. +In 2018 we made UTF-8 the default input encoding for \LaTeX{} but we +overlooked the case of non-ASCII characters in the short +package descriptions used in declarations, e.g., in the optional argument to +\cs{ProvidesPackage}. +They worked (sometimes) before, but the switch to UTF-8 made them always +generate an error. +This has been corrected. % -\githubissue{172} +\githubissue{52} -\subsection{Fix inconsistent hook setting when loading packages} +\subsection[Fix inconsistent hook setting when\texorpdfstring{\\}{} loading packages]% + {Fix inconsistent hook setting when loading packages} -When a package is loaded -\texttt{\textbackslash}\textit{package}\texttt{.sty-h@@k} is set, but -it was loaded several times it was unset again. Relevant only to -package developers. +As part of loading a package, the command +\texttt{\textbackslash}\textit{package}\texttt{.sty-h@@k} gets +defined. However, attempting to load a package a second time resulted +in this hook becoming undefined again. Now the hook remains defined +so that extra loading attempts do not change the state of +\LaTeX{} (relevant only to package developers). % \githubissue{198} \subsection{Avoid spurious warning if \texttt{LY1} is made the default encoding} -Making \texttt{LY1} the default encoding as done by some font support -packages gave a spurious warning even if \cs{rmdefault} was changed -first. This was corrected. +Making \texttt{LY1} the default encoding, as is done by some font support +packages, gave a spurious warning even if \cs{rmdefault} was changed first. +This was corrected. % \githubissue{199} - +\enlargethispage{-\smallskipamount} +\vspace{-\medskipamount} \subsection{Ensure that \cs{\textbackslash} remains robust} In the last release we made most document-level commands robust, but -\cs{\textbackslash} became fragile again if \cs{raggedright} -typesetting was used. +\cs{\textbackslash} became fragile again\\ +whenever \cs{raggedright} or similar typesetting\\ +was used. This has been fixed. % \githubissue{203} +\subsection{Make math delimiters robust in a different way} + +Making math delimiters robust caused an issue in some situations. This +has been corrected. This also involved a correction to \pkg{amsmath}. +% +\githubissue{251} + + \subsection{Allow more write streams with \texttt{filecontents} in \LuaTeX} Most \TeX{} engines only support a maximum of sixteen concurrently -open write streams and if those have been used up, then -\texttt{filecontents} or any other code trying to open another one -will fail. In \LuaTeX{} more write streams are available and those can -now be utilized as well. +open write streams, and when those have been used up, then +\texttt{filecontents} or any other code trying to open one +will fail. +In \LuaTeX{} more write streams are available and those can +also now be utilised. % \githubissue{238} +\subsection{Allow spaces in \texttt{filecontents} option list} + +Leaving spaces or newlines in the option list prevented the options +from being correctly recognized. This\\ +has been corrected. +% +\githubissue{256} + +\subsection{New \texttt{reverselist} Lua callback type} + +A new callback type, \texttt{reverselist}, was added:\\ +\texttt{post\_mlist\_to\_hlist\_filter} and \texttt{post\_linebreak\_filter} +are now of this type. \section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{graphics} category} @@ -538,52 +597,53 @@ now be utilized as well. \subsection[Make \pkg{color}/\pkg{graphics} user-level commands robust] {Make \pkg{color} \& \pkg{graphics} user-level commands robust} -Some of the user-level commands of \pkg{color}, \pkg{graphics} and -\pkg{graphicx} such as \cs{textcolor} or \cs{includegraphics} were -still fragile, so didn't work in moving arguments without extra -protection. All of them have now been made robust. +Some of the user-level commands in \pkg{color}, \pkg{graphics} and +\pkg{graphicx}, +%\pagebreak +such as \cs{textcolor} or \cs{includegraphics}, were +still fragile so didn't work in moving arguments.\\ +All of these are now robust. % \githubissue{208} - - \section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{tools} category} \subsection{Fixed column depth in boxed \texttt{multicols}} The \texttt{multicols} environment was setting \cs{maxdepth} when -splitting boxes but the way the internal interfaces of \LaTeX{} are -designed it should have used \cs{@maxdepth} instead. As a result -balanced boxed multicols sometimes ended up having different height +splitting boxes; but, due to the way the internal interfaces of \LaTeX{} are +designed, it should have used \cs{@maxdepth} instead. As a result, +balanced boxed multicols sometimes ended up having different heights even if they had exactly the same content. % \githubissue{190} -\subsection{Ensure that \texttt{multicols} is not losing text} +\subsection{Ensure that \texttt{multicols} does not lose text} -The \texttt{multicols} environment needs a set of consecutive boxes to +The \texttt{multicols} environment needs a set of consecutively numbered boxes to collect column material. The way those got allocated could result in -disaster if other packages allocated most boxes below box 255 (which +disaster if other packages allocated most boxes below box~255 (which \TeX{} always uses for the output page). In the original -implementation that problem was identified because one could only -allocate boxes below 255, but nowadays the \LaTeX{} allocation routine -allows allocating boxes below and above 255. So the assumption that -asking for, say 20 boxes you get a consecutive sequence of box -registers was no longer true and so some of the column material could -end in box 255 and be overwritten. This has now been corrected by -allocating all necessary boxes above 255 if there aren't enough -registers available. +implementation that problem was avoided because one could only +allocate box numbers below~255, but nowadays the \LaTeX{} allocation routine +allows allocating box numbers both below and above~255. So the assumption that +when asking for, say, 20~boxes you always get a consecutive sequence of~20 box +register numbers became no longer true: +some of the column material could +end up in box~255, where it would get overwritten. This has now been corrected by +allocating all necessary boxes with numbers above~255 whenever there aren't enough +lower-numbered registers available. % \githubissue{237} \subsection{Allow spaces in \cs{hhline} arguments} -The verb \verb|\hhline| command which allows -specification of rule segments in \texttt{tabular} environments now -allows (and ignores) spaces between its tokens so -\verb|\hhline{: = : =}| is now allowed and equivalent to +The \verb|\hhline| command, which allows the +specification of rule segments in \texttt{tabular} environments, now +allows (but ignores) spaces between its tokens: so +\verb|\hhline{: = : =}| is now allowed and is equivalent to \verb|\hhline{:=:=}|. This matches similar token arguments in \LaTeX{} such as the \verb|[h t p]| argument on floats. A similar change has been made to the extended \verb|\hhline| command in the @@ -593,23 +653,25 @@ been made to the extended \verb|\hhline| command in the -\section{Primitive requirements} +\section{\LaTeX{} requirements on engine primitives} Since the finalization of \eTeX{} in 1999, a number of additional `utility' primitives have been added to \pdfTeX{}. Several of these are broadly useful -and have been requirements for \pkg{expl3} for some time, most notably +and have been required by \pkg{expl3} for some time, most notably \cs{pdfstrcmp}. Over time, a common set of these `post-\eTeX{}' primitives have -been incorporated into \XeTeX{} and (u)p-\TeX{}; they were available in -\LuaTeX{} already. - -A number of the additional primitives are needed to support new or improved -functionality in \LaTeX{}. This is seen for example in improved UTF-8 handling, -which uses \cs{ifincsname}. The following primitive functionality (which in -\LuaTeX{} may be achieved using Lua code) will therefore be \emph{required} by -the \LaTeX{} kernel from the start of 2021: +been incorporated into \XeTeX{} and (u)p-\TeX{}; they were already available in +\LuaTeX{}. + +A number of these additional primitives are needed to support new or improved +functionality in \LaTeX{}. This is seen for example in the improved UTF-8 handling, +which uses \cs{ifincsname}. The following primitive +functionality (which in \LuaTeX{} may be achieved using Lua code) +will therefore be \emph{required} by the \LaTeX{} kernel and core\\ +packages from the start of 2021: % \begingroup\setlength\columnsep{0pt} \begin{multicols}{2} +\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont \begin{itemize} \item \cs{expanded} \item \cs{ifincsname} @@ -625,6 +687,14 @@ the \LaTeX{} kernel from the start of 2021: \item \cs{pdfnormaldeviate} \item \cs{pdfpageheight} \item \cs{pdfpagewidth} +%\end{itemize} +%\end{multicols} +% +% very manual! multicol needs update to detect that it is used +% inside twocolumn! +% +%\begin{multicols}{2} +%\begin{itemize} \item \cs{pdfprimitive} \item \cs{pdfrandomseed} \item \cs{pdfresettimer} @@ -636,40 +706,47 @@ the \LaTeX{} kernel from the start of 2021: \end{itemize} \end{multicols} \endgroup +For ease of reference, these primitives will be referred to as the +`\pdfTeX{} utilities'. With the exception of \cs{expanded}, these have been +present in \pdfTeX{} since the release of version 1.40.0 in 2007; \cs{expanded} +was added for \TeX{}~Live 2019. Similarly, the full set of these utility primitives +has been available in \XeTeX{} from the 2019 \TeX{}~Live release, and has +always been available in \LuaTeX{} (some by Lua emulation). % -For ease of reference, these primitives will be referred to -as the `\pdfTeX{} utilities'. With the exception of \cs{expanded}, -these have been present in \pdfTeX{} since the release of version -1.40.0 in 2007; \cs{expanded} was added for \TeX{}~Live -2019. Similarly, the full set of utility primitives have been -available in \XeTeX{} from the 2019 \TeX{}~Live release, and have -always been available in \LuaTeX{} (some by Lua emulation). p\TeX{} -and up\TeX{} gained all of the above bar \cs{ifincsname} for -\TeX{}~Live 2019, and will have that primitive from the 2020 release. - -At the same time, engines which are fully Unicode-capable must all -provide the following primitives -% +The Japanese p\TeX{} and +up\TeX{} gained all of the above (except \cs{ifincsname}) for \TeX{}~Live +2019 and will both have that primitive also from the 2020 release onward. + +At the same time, engines which are fully Unicode-capable must provide +the following three primitives: + +\vspace{-\smallskipamount} \begingroup\setlength\columnsep{0pt} \begin{multicols}{2} +\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont \begin{itemize} \item \cs{Uchar} - \item \cs{Ucharcat} + \quad \textbullet{}\hspace{\labelsep}\cs{Ucharcat} \item \cs{Umathcode} \end{itemize} \end{multicols} +\vspace{-\smallskipamount} \endgroup % -Note that it has become standard practice to check for Unicode-aware -engines with the existence of the \cs{Umathcode} primitive. As such, -this is already a requirement: engines lacking these primitives cannot -access Unicode features of the \LaTeXe{} kernel or of -\pkg{expl3}. Note that up\TeX{} has facilities for handling Unicode -but is not classed as a Unicode engine by the base LaTeX code. +Note that it has become standard practice to check for Unicode-aware engines +by using the existence of the \cs{Umathcode} primitive. As such, this is already +a requirement: engines lacking these primitives cannot use Unicode features +of the \LaTeXe{} kernel or \pkg{expl3}. Note also that up\TeX{} can +handling Unicode but it is not classed as a Unicode engine by the +base \LaTeX\ code. + +\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip} +\vspace{3.9pt} % manual adjustment to align the bottom + \begin{thebibliography}{9} -%\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont +\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont \bibitem{31:devformat} Frank Mittelbach: \emph{The @@ -679,12 +756,13 @@ but is not classed as a Unicode engine by the base LaTeX code. \bibitem{31:fntguide} \LaTeX{} Project Team: \emph{\LaTeXe{} font selection}.\\ - \url{https://latex-project.org/documentation/} + \url{https://latex-project.org/help/documentation/fntguide.pdf} \bibitem{31:site-doc} \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\ - \url{https://latex-project.org/documentation/} + \url{https://latex-project.org/help/documentation/} \end{thebibliography} + \end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf Binary files differindex 6ee7ae05092..b7f7ae4bc42 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex index 00ad96401b7..ccb4e0ed99c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi \documentclass[a4paper]{article} @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ \title{\Large The \LaTeX3 Project} -\author{\copyright 1995--1999 \ +\author{\copyright 1995--1999 \ Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley} @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Chris Rowley} \item The printed documentation of CD-ROM collections that contain \LaTeX. \item On-line collections that include a significant proportion of - documents encoded in \LaTeX. + documents encoded in \LaTeX. \end{itemize} \end{abstract} @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ The purposes of the \LaTeX3 system can be summarized thus: it will greatly increase the range of documents which can be processed; and it will provide a flexible interface for typographic designers to easily specify the formatting of a class of documents. - + The \LaTeX3 Project Team is a small group of volunteers whose aim is to produce this major new document processing system based on the principles pioneered by Leslie Lamport in the current \LaTeX. @@ -122,11 +122,11 @@ enhanced by extensions to that core system. They will continue to develop and maintain this system, releasing updated versions every six months and recording these activities in the \LaTeX{} bugs database (see below). - + Although \LaTeX{} may be distributed freely, the production and maintenance of the system does require expenditure of reasonably large sums of money. The \LaTeX3 Project Fund has therefore been set up to -channel money into this work. We know that some users are +channel money into this work. We know that some users are aware of this fund as they have already contributed to it---many thanks to all of them! If you want to know more about how you can help the project, see Page \pageref{fund}---and thanks in advance for @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ described as a world-wide de facto standard for high quality typesetting. Its use is particularly common in specialized areas, such as technical documents of various kinds, and for multi-lingual requirements. - + The \TeX{} system is fully programmable. This allows the development of high-level user interfaces whose input is processed by \TeX{}'s interpreter to produce low-level typesetting instructions; these are @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ long documents such as textbooks and manuals. It separates content and form as much as possible by providing the user with a generic (\ie logical rather than visual) mark-up interface; this is combined with style sheets which specify the formatting. - + Recent years have shown that the concepts and approach of \LaTeX{} are now widely accepted. Indeed, \LaTeX{} has become the standard method of communicating and publishing documents in many academic @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ considered a powerful combination of great importance to such areas as corporate documentation and publishing. This has also extended to on-line publishing using, for example, \PDF{} output incorporating hypertext and other active areas. - + With the spreading use of \SGML{}-compliant systems (\eg Web-based publishing using \HTML{} or \XML{}) \TeX{} again is a common choice as the formatting engine for high quality typeset output: a widely used @@ -210,9 +210,9 @@ necessary in, at least, the following areas: the extendibility (package interface); \item the layout specification of tabular material; - \item + \item the specification and inclusion of graphical material; - \item + \item the positioning of floating material, and other aspects of page layout; \item @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ necessary in, at least, the following areas: \item Font declaration and selection; \item Font and glyph handling within mathematical formulas; \item Handling multiple font glyph encodings within a document; -\item Allowing multiple input character encodings within a document; +\item Allowing multiple input character encodings within a document; \item A uniform interface for graphics inclusion; \item Support for coloured text; \item Building and interfacing new classes and extension packages. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ necessary in, at least, the following areas: The strengths of the present version of \LaTeX{} are as follows: \begin{itemize} - \item excellent standard of typesetting for text, technical + \item excellent standard of typesetting for text, technical formulas\\ and tabular material; \item separation of generic mark-up from visual formatting; @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ and tabular material; \begin{itemize} \item It will provide a syntax that allows highly automated translation - from popular \SGML{} DTDs into \LaTeX{} document classes (these + from popular \SGML{} DTDs into \LaTeX{} document classes (these will be provided as standard with the new version). The syntax of the new \LaTeX{} user-interface will, for example, @@ -287,14 +287,14 @@ and tabular material; could easily be interfaced to a visually-oriented, menu-driven specification system. - This interface will also support \DSSSL{} specifications and + This interface will also support \DSSSL{} specifications and style-sheet concepts such as those used with \HTML{} and \XML{}. - + \item It will provide an enhanced user-interface that allows expression of the typesetting requirements from a large range of subject areas. Some examples are listed here. - + \begin{itemize} \item The requirements of technical documentation (\eg offset layout,\\ change bars, etc). @@ -306,19 +306,19 @@ and tabular material; within text. \item the integration of hypertext and other links in on-line documents using systems such as \HTML{}, \XML{} and \PDF{}. - + \end{itemize} Special care will be taken to ensure that this interface is extensible: this will be achieved by use of modular designs. - - + + \item It will provide a more robust author-interface. For example, artificial restrictions on the nesting of commands will be removed. Error handling will be improved by adding a more effective, interactive help system. - + \item It will provide access to arbitrary fonts from any family (such as the \PS{} and TrueType fonts) including a wide range of fonts for @@ -330,17 +330,17 @@ and tabular material; system will provide extensive catalogues of examples, carefully designed to make the learning time for new users (both designers and authors) as short as possible. - + \item The code itself will be thoroughly documented and it will be designed on modular principles. Thus the system will be easy to maintain and to enhance. \end{itemize} - + The resulting new \LaTeX{} will, like the present version, be usable with any standard \TeX{} system (or whatever replaces it) and so will be freely available on a wide range of platforms. - + \section{\LaTeX{} documentation} @@ -363,10 +363,10 @@ project is: \end{citations} This \LaTeX{} distribution comes with documentation on several aspects -of of the system. The newer features of the system are described in +of the system. The newer features of the system are described in the following documents: \begin{citations} -\item[\LaTeXe{} for authors] +\item[\LaTeXe{} for authors] describes the new features of \LaTeX{} documents, in the file \texttt{usrguide.tex}; \item[\LaTeXe{} for class and package writers] @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ sums of money. There are many necessities that need substantial financing: examples are new or enhanced computing equipment and travel to team meetings (the volunteers come from many different countries, so getting together occasionally is a non-trivial exercise). - + This is why we are appealing to you for contributions to the fund. Any sum will be much appreciated; the amount need not be large as small contributions add up to very useful amounts. Contributions of @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Contributions should be sent to one of the following addresses: \begin{quote}\small\label{addrs} \TeX{} Users Group, P.O. Box 2311, Portland, OR~97208-2311 USA\\ Fax:~+1~503~223~3960 \ Email: \texttt{tug@tug.org} - + \noindent UK TUG, 1 Eymore Close, Selly Oak, Birmingham B29~4LB UK\\ Fax: +44 121 476 2159 \ Email: \texttt{uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk} @@ -469,6 +469,3 @@ For more information, see the \LaTeX{} home page. \end{document} - - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf Binary files differindex 4bd469ec333..8a1ac9fc2a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf Binary files differindex e8efa6e3d31..fc3b7487d76 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt index ec747100572..6d5462aeb98 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt @@ -12,19 +12,19 @@ % manifest.txt -- This file. % % tex2.txt -- Extras for installing LaTeX on TeX2. -% +% % texpert.txt -- Documentation for TeX experts. % patches.txt -- Explains the patch mechanism. -% +% % legal.txt -- Copyright notice; warranty; copying conditions. % lppl.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (current version). % lppl-1-0.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (version 1.0). % lppl-1-1.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (version 1.1). % lppl-1-2.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (version 1.2). % lppl.tex -- The LaTeX Project Public License (current as .tex). -% +% % bugs.txt -- How to submit a bug report for LaTeX. -% +% % source2e.tex -- File to produce kernel documentation. % changes.txt -- List of changes in reverse chronological order. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err index e78b18de9f6..c6ea889ed38 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Please report any additional errors to The \LaTeX\ Project at Replace \verb|{\em all\/}| by \verb|\emph{all}|. \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994} -\erratum{page 28, first paragraph} +\erratum{page 28, first paragraph} Not an error, but it would be helpful to add the following sentence to the end of that paragraph: ``(If a declaration has arguments, they become additional @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Change \verb|{\em ...}| to \verb|\emph{...}| \erratum{page 101} This is not an error, but some readers will find it helpful if, in the descriptions of \verb|\setlength| and \verb|\addtolength|, -\verb|\gnat| were replaced by \verb|\parskip|. +\verb|\gnat| were replaced by \verb|\parskip|. \reportedby{Ellen Gilkerson}{9 Aug 1994} \erratum{page 108, lines 7 and 10} @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Change ``\verb|\resettime|'' to ``\verb|\settime|''. \erratum{page 84, after line $11$} Add the following sentence: ``The \hbox{\verb|\onlyslides|} and \hbox{\verb|\onlynotes|} commands may not work right if a \texttt{slide}, \texttt{overlay}, or \texttt{note} -environment appears in the argument of any command.'' +environment appears in the argument of any command.'' \reportedby{Eike Ritter}{May 1996} \erratum{page 153, line 1} @@ -163,11 +163,11 @@ Add ``or subentry'' after ``entry''. Add the following before line $-4$: \begin{description} \item[\mytt \bs columnwidth] -Normal width +Normal width \cindex{columnwidth}% of a column; -% \index{column!width}% - \index{width!of column}% +% \index{column!width}% + \index{width!of column}% equals \verb|\textwidth| except for multiple-column styles. Its value should not be changed with the length-setting commands. \end{description} @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Also, in line $-4$, change \verb|\textwidth| to \verb|\columnwidth|. %\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmav}{20 Jan 1995} \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{9 Sep 1994} -\erratum{page 180, lines 15--19} +\erratum{page 180, lines 15--19} % Replace these five lines (which begin ``These commands are overridden'') with: @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ command immediately after the sectioning command. \end{itemize} \reportedby{Jerome Breitenbach}{14 Dec 1995} -\erratum{page 182} +\erratum{page 182} The dimensions \verb|\pageheight| and \verb|\pagewidth| should be \verb|\paperheight| and \verb|\paperwidth|, @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ These declarations may not be used in math mode. Replace lines 16-19 (beginning ``None of these commands'') with \begin{quote} When these commands are used in math mode, the \emph{text} -argument is processed in LR mode. +argument is processed in LR mode. These commands and declarations are robust. Words typeset in typewriter style are not hyphenated except where permitted by \verb|\-| @@ -253,21 +253,21 @@ Change ``through a symbol'' by ``through a relation symbol''. \erratum{page 137} This is not an error, but it would be better to change lines 23 and 24 to: \begin{quote} -\LaTeX\ +\LaTeX\ \index{file!not found error}% \index{file!nonexistent}% is trying to read a file that apparently doesn't exist. If the missing file has the extension \texttt{tex}, then \LaTeX\ is trying to \index{input)@\verb+\input+!of nonexistent file}% \index{include)@\verb+\include+!of nonexistent file}% -\verb|\input| or \verb|\include| it; if it +\verb|\input| or \verb|\include| it; if it \end{quote} \erratum{page 171, line 19} Change the description of \verb|\indent| to: \begin{description} \item[\mytt \bs indent] -Produces a +Produces a % \cindex{indent}% % \index{paragraph!indentation}% horizontal space whose width equals the width of the @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ try typing \verb|\indent\indent|.) Robust. \erratum{page 179, line 19} % -Change to: +Change to: \begin{quote} page style for the \texttt{article} and \texttt{report} document classes. \end{quote} @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ with ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_2$ are numbers''. \erratum{page 196, line $-5$} Change \verb|\newboolean{|\emph{name}\verb|}| to -\verb|\newboolean{|\emph{nam}\verb|}|. +\verb|\newboolean{|\emph{nam}\verb|}|. \reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000} @@ -321,14 +321,14 @@ Add a space after ``bibliography''. \reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003} \subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-First Printing} -\erratum{page 198, line $-11$} +\erratum{page 198, line $-11$} The sentence beginning ``The last three rules'' is hard to read. Better would be: \begin{quote} -\noindent The last three rules are suspended when a +\noindent The last three rules are suspended when a \verb|\clearpage|,\linebreak \verb|\cleardoublepage|, or - \verb|\end{document}| command occurs, + \verb|\end{document}| command occurs, at which point all unprocessed figures and tables are allowed a \hbox{\mytt p} option and printed. \end{quote} @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ at which point all unprocessed figures and tables are allowed a \subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-Second Printing} -\erratum{page 253, column 2, lines $-5$ and $-6$} +\erratum{page 253, column 2, lines $-5$ and $-6$} The two index entries for \verb|\ldots| should be combined. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf Binary files differindex b86b5408b8d..0ac58cda397 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf Binary files differindex aa8f4b5c572..1622d06d4f7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex index ac035644702..33af973d29b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex @@ -2,34 +2,34 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: modguide.tex \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] - + \documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28] \newcommand{\reasonsection}[1]{\subsubsection*{\it #1}} @@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ \setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1} \title{Modifying \LaTeX} - + \author{\copyright~Copyright 1995, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\ All rights reserved.} - + \date{12 December 1995} - + \begin{document} - + \maketitle - + \tableofcontents \begin{abstract} @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ and wide-ranging uses of the \LaTeX{} system. \item The packages that we maintain define a particular document interface and, in some cases, particular formatting of parts of a - document. - + document. + \item The interfaces between different parts of the \LaTeX{} system are very complex and it is therefore very difficult to check that a change to one file does not affect the functionality of both that @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ line: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage{array}[1994/10/16] \end{verbatim} - + By supplying the optional argument, the document author is indicating that a version of the file \texttt{array.sty} dated no earlier than that date is required to run this document without error. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ of a later date, but without the new feature. If the document were processed using this `alternative array' then it would certainly produce `undefined command' errors and would probably not be processable at all. - + \reasonsection{What's in a file-name?} \label{sec:jb} @@ -273,13 +273,13 @@ of the system's many advantages. The simplest way to achieve this is to replace \begin{quote} \verb|\documentclass{article}|\quad by\quad -\verb|\documentclass{myart}| +\verb|\documentclass{myart}| \end{quote} Nor do we wish to discourage the production of new packages improving on the functionality or implementation of those we distribute. All we ask is that, in the best interests of all \LaTeX{} users, you give -your superbly improved class or package file some other name. +your superbly improved class or package file some other name. \section{Configuration possibilities} \label{sec:conposs} @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ from Standard \LaTeX{} in every possible way, including the following. \item Ensure that it contains no file with a name the same as that of a file in the standard distribution but with different contents. - (If this is not possible then you must: + (If this is not possible then you must: \begin{itemize} \item ensure that files from the non-\LaTeX{} system cannot be @@ -375,14 +375,14 @@ from Standard \LaTeX{} in every possible way, including the following. whatever means is appropriate. \item Ensure that what is written at the beginning of the log file - clearly shows that your system has been used, and that it is + clearly shows that your system has been used, and that it is not Standard \LaTeX{}. See the file \texttt{cfgguide.tex} for how to achieve this. \item - Clearly explain to users that bug reports concerning your + Clearly explain to users that bug reports concerning your system should not be sent to the maintainers of Standard - \LaTeX{}. + \LaTeX{}. \end{enumerate} \subsection*{Note to system administrators} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf Binary files differindex 0bddd16d05e..02055e940fb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf Binary files differindex 7b57b7168d2..1b54594a943 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf Binary files differindex 759248c8157..d1ad811718b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf Binary files differindex cd581e14d3b..21d9d42ec93 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf Binary files differindex 8933047b64c..8b90395efe5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex index e9bacbfc454..ccb19a8b2e7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % This document will typeset the LaTeX sources as a single document. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ % % Some notes on processing this document are contained at the end % of this document, after \end{document} -% +% % DPC 1997/11/17 % % First a special index style for makeindex @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ page_precedence "rnaA" \DocInclude{ltfssbas} % NFSS Base macros - \DocInclude{ltfssbas} % NFSS Axes handling (new in 2020) + \DocInclude{ltfssaxes}% NFSS Axes handling (new in 2020) \DocInclude{ltfsstrc} % NFSS Tracing (and tracefnt.sty) @@ -281,9 +281,9 @@ page_precedence "rnaA" \DocInclude{preload} % preload.ltx \DocInclude{ltfntcmd} % \textrm etc - + \DocInclude{lttextcomp} % companion symbols (new 2020) - + \DocInclude{ltpageno} % Page numbering \DocInclude{ltxref} % Cross referencing @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ or whatever... rm -f source2e.gls source2e.ind source2e.toc -# First run: +# First run: # Create new standard ltxdoc.cfg file # Pass the (possibly empty) list of arguments supplied on the # command line to article class. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ pdflatex source2e.tex # Running this script will process all the dtx fdd and *guide.tex # and ltnews*.tex files in the LaTeX distribution, except the dtx -# files included in source2e.tex. +# files included in source2e.tex. # (The shell first script in the comments of source2e.tex will # process those.) @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ then echo In source2e: $i else echo pdflatex $i - if (pdflatex $i > /dev/null) + if (pdflatex $i > /dev/null) then echo pdflatex $i pdflatex $i > /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf Binary files differindex 5b34a7bab0b..4a60e512be6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt index 9380a677fef..8215f952a7d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ LaTeX installation TeX expert information - + 1 June 1997 - - + + SUMMARY ======= - -This document contains information about the LaTeX installation for + +This document contains information about the LaTeX installation for TeX experts. In particular it describes: - + * The checks performed by ltxcheck.tex - + * How to print the LaTeX source. - + For more general information, see install.txt. - -For information on configuring LaTeX see cfgguide.tex. + +For information on configuring LaTeX see cfgguide.tex. THE LTXCHECK.TEX CHECKS ======================= - + Here is a description of the checks run by ltxcheck. - + 1) The \@currdir check. It is useful for LaTeX to know the syntax for the `current directory (or folder)', or `default directory', if the operating system has such a concept. - + For example, file abc.tex in this directory, or folder, is specified by: ./abc.tex on Unix and most DOS/OS2 TeX's, @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ Here is a description of the checks run by ltxcheck. installation. However, if none of these syntaxes works on your system then the internal macro \@currdir will be set to be empty and ltxcheck will report this. - + If your system does have a notion of a current directory, you can define \@currdir in the file texsys.cfg. - + You could also report this to the latex-bug address, so that later releases can automatically cope with your system. @@ -63,19 +63,19 @@ Here is a description of the checks run by ltxcheck. name, including the directory. On these systems LaTeX needs to be given a list of directories in which to look for files; the internal macro \input@path holds this information. - + When run, ltxcheck will try to locate the file article.cls. If it fails to find this file (and you have placed it in the `standard input directory') then you must define \input@path in the file texsys.cfg. - + The files texsys.cfg and ltdirchk.dtx contain examples of how to do this but only you know the directories and syntax that should be used for your installation. - + We hope to build up a better collection of examples in future releases of LaTeX, as it is tested on more TeX systems. - + 4) TeX version check. The next check tests that you are running a recent version of TeX. @@ -85,12 +85,12 @@ Here is a description of the checks run by ltxcheck. not be able to use the new (8-bit) font families that are now available. If you must stick with TeX2, please read the extra information in the file tex2.txt. - + If ltxcheck reports that your TeX version is older than 3.141, you will see some strange messages during the installation. This is because earlier versions of TeX printed certain line-breaks in messages on the terminal as `^^J' rather than starting a new line. - + LaTeX will work round this bug and thus avoid `^^J' appearing in error messages, but you should upgrade your TeX as soon as possible, as other bugs have been fixed, not just line breaks in @@ -111,11 +111,11 @@ Here is a description of the checks run by ltxcheck. b) The `extra Computer Modern' fonts. The American Mathematical Society has extended the range of sizes available in the Computer Modern fonts. LaTeX now assumes that these extra cm - fonts are available. + fonts are available. The fonts are available from a CTAN archive, in the directory ctan:macros/latex/fonts or alternatively as part of the AMS fonts collection, which also includes many useful - mathematical fonts. + mathematical fonts. c) The `T1 encoded Computer Modern' fonts. This is the ec or dc font collection. The new (1995) release 1.2 of the dc fonts changed most of the file names. For this reason the fd files such as @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Here is a description of the checks run by ltxcheck. newdc.ins (version 1.2 and 1.3). As the T1 fd files will have been used when making the format, you must re-run initex latex.ltx to remake the format if you - update the fd files in this way. + update the fd files in this way. Running ltxcheck will produce a ! BAD LaTeX2e system!! error message if it detects that the `new' fd files are loaded into the format, but only the old dc fonts are available, and vice @@ -159,21 +159,21 @@ on it. The file source2e.tex is a master file which produces the documented code for the whole LaTeX kernel (but not the standard packages, classes, or compatibility mode). You need to have LaTeX2e installed before doing this. - -To configure the appearance of this documentation, you can use a -ltxdoc.cfg file. For example, putting the following line into this + +To configure the appearance of this documentation, you can use a +ltxdoc.cfg file. For example, putting the following line into this file will format the documentation for A4 paper: - + \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} - + The doc package, which is used by the documentation files, writes index files and change-history files that can be processed by the program MakeIndex. If this program is part of your TeX installation, you can get an index and history listing for a documentation file by running the .idx and .glo files through this program. - + For example, in Unix MakeIndex, you should say: - + makeindex -s gind.ist FILENAME makeindex -s gglo.ist -o FILENAME.gls FILENAME.glo @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Running makeindex will produce some warning messages about ignored style specifiers; these can be safely ignored. See the comments at the end of source2e.tex for more information. - + CONFIGURING LaTeX ================= @@ -206,5 +206,5 @@ You will find further information about various aspects of LaTeX in the distributed files with names <*>guide.tex. You will need to install the new version before you can typeset these files. - + --- Copyright 1995-2019 the LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved --- diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err index 57b3c857153..7f4e2817c80 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ \begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls} %% %% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007, 2014 Frank Mittelbach -%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; +%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; %% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl % % @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ % Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting % % hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for -% errata files of other books. +% errata files of other books. % % Changes: % @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ % some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands: -\let\u\underline +\let\u\underline \renewcommand\>{$\to$} %%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ \def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}% %%% also count secondary: -%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% +%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% } \renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{% @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp } - + \renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{% \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil \endgobble @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ } \renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{% - \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} + \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} \end{filecontents} @@ -242,12 +242,12 @@ \begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} % % -% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% Configuration file for the errata listing of % % The LaTeX Companion, Second Edition % % -% \erratastartdate +% \erratastartdate % % Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed. % @@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ % listing. % % The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th -% printing are typeset. -% +% printing are typeset. +% % \renewcommand\myprinting{1} @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}. \end{center} Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book. -For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6 +For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6 periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice will be made between all those with the largest number of findings). @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers). As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or -multiple errors. --- +multiple errors. --- Good luck! \begin{center} @@ -402,9 +402,9 @@ Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt] To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential for correctly understanding the book contents. - -\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{} - + +\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{} + Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book to book depending on how the paper was handled between print @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt] -\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{} +\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{} Slightly updated examples matching the second printing will be made available at CTAN: \texttt{info/examples/tlc2}. The book CD will have the original examples from the first printing. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt] Each time a space is missing between package names in parentheses. \erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.-2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} - Add: ``Thorsten Hansen (\textsf{bibunits}\u{, \textsf{multibib}}) + Add: ``Thorsten Hansen (\textsf{bibunits}\u{, \textsf{multibib}}) \erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{NBe}{2004/04/23}{2} Replace ``Wai Wing'' with ``Wai Wong'' (very sorry for this typo). @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt] \erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{MHCL/CAR}{2004/06/09}{2} Kai Tek airport is correctly named Kai Tak airport but the photo was actually taken at Hong Kong International Airport - + \erroronpage{xxvii}{after para 4}{FMi}{2004/06/09}{2} Add following paragraph: ``Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ the standard classes (file \texttt{classes.dtx}).'' \thesection\par \centering#2\par}% % and number \@afterheading % prepare indentation handling \sectionmark{#1}% % add to running header - \addvspace{\baselineskip}} % space after heading + \addvspace{\baselineskip}} % space after heading \newcommand\sAppendix[1]{% % Simplified (starred) form {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\par \centering#1\par}% @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ the standard classes (file \texttt{classes.dtx}).'' % not really a bug but ... \erroronpage{35}{para 1}{hajk}{2005/09/29}{} - Package fncychap also makes unwanted ``Chapter 0'' heading for + Package fncychap also makes unwanted ``Chapter 0'' heading for |\chapter{Preface}| in |\frontmatter| of book. Comment: I don't really consider this a bug (as it is not surprising @@ -669,14 +669,14 @@ the standard classes (file \texttt{classes.dtx}).'' The lines of the ``heading text'' are wrapped at a place different from that indicated by the \verb=|<- \@tocrmarg ->|=. -\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of +\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of \texttt{\textbackslash @pnumwidth}}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4} Needs changing with |\renewcommand|! -\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of +\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of \texttt{\textbackslash @tocrmarg}}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2} - Add additional sentence: + Add additional sentence: ``It can be set to a rubber length, which results in the TOC being set unjustified.'' @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ Remove: ``\ldots are limited to three characters, like MS-DOS \u{or Windows}.'' \erroronpage{58}{exa 2-3-8}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} km2 appears two times in the code and in the printed output; - it should be \verb=km\textsuperscript={2} in the code + it should be \verb=km\textsuperscript={2} in the code and km\textsuperscript{2} in the output. \erroronpage{62}{l.-11}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ Remove: ``\ldots are limited to three characters, like MS-DOS \u{or Windows}.'' \erroronpage{75}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/10/17}{4} Change: ``provided the \textit{keys}'' \> - ``provided the \textit{key}\u{s}'' + ``provided the \textit{key}\u{s}'' \seriouserroronpage{76}{para -2, l.5--8}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/24}{2} Change marginal to ``{\itshape Unnumbered sections get moving @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ moving arguments, \ldots'' Add: ``In addition, no \u{unrelated} |\addcontentsline| command is allowed to intervene between heading and label.'' -\erroronpage{78}{\S 2.4.5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} +\erroronpage{78}{\S 2.4.5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} Add: ``Sebastian Rahtz \u{(with contributions by Heiko Oberdiek and David Carlisle)} has developed\ldots'' @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ allowed to intervene between heading and label.'' \erroronpage{84}{}{DAr}{2004/07/23}{2} Change: ``For example, if the current size is \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash Large} then -\verb=\relsize{-2}= would change to \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash normalsize}\,. +\verb=\relsize{-2}= would change to \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash normalsize}\,. \seriouserroronpage{84}{exa 3-1-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} To avoid extra space in the output, second line should read:\\ @@ -791,9 +791,9 @@ Change: ``For example, if the current size is \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash Large} \erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-16}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2} The solid band produced by |\xout| is actually supposed to come - out as a series of separated ``/'' symbols. With the + out as a series of separated ``/'' symbols. With the \texttt{ulem} package used for the first printing that works well - for most text fonts, but + for most text fonts, but with Times Roman (used in the example) you get the result shown. The new package version fixes this defect. @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ highlighting color\u{ as demonstrated below}: \erroronpage{117}{para 3, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2} Tense correction: ``\ldots they did not change when the text font - \u{was} modified''. + \u{was} modified''. \erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-3}{FMi}{2004/05/31}{2} Change: ``your list consist of'' \> ``your list\u{s} consist of''. @@ -874,11 +874,11 @@ highlighting color\u{ as demonstrated below}: \erroronpage{124}{middle para, ll. -3/-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} Missing word: ``It is even possible \u{to} use \ldots'' -\iffalse +\iffalse %% only do if real error on page \erroronpage{125}{para 3 of \S 3.2.7, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{} Word position: ``\ldots\ whenever |\endnote| or |\endnotemark| - \u{is used} without an optional argument.'' + \u{is used} without an optional argument.'' \fi \erroronpage{127}{para 3, l.last}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2} @@ -941,11 +941,11 @@ similar after the |\\| to prevent an underfull hbox-warning. \erroronpage{156}{para -1, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2} Change: ``There is also the possibility to operate'' \> ``It is also - possible to operate''. + possible to operate''. \erroronpage{157}{para 2, l.-4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2} Change: ``\ldots discussed below) are potentially'' \> ``\ldots - discussed below) \u{is} potentially''. + discussed below) \u{is} potentially''. \erroronpage{158}{para3, l.3}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2} Change word: ``tiny white rules \u{behind} the lines'' \> ``tiny white @@ -1042,11 +1042,11 @@ similar after the |\\| to prevent an underfull hbox-warning. \CHAPTER{Chapter 4} \erroronpage{196}{table 4.2}{YiL}{2012/05/07}{} - The values shown in the table aren't any quite correct. These days - some of them are calculated depending on the chosen paper size option + The values shown in the table aren't any quite correct. These days + some of them are calculated depending on the chosen paper size option and so have slightly different values from what is listed in the table. The values listed are those that have been used in 2.09 (i.e., they - would be fully correct in compatibility mode, that is for documents + would be fully correct in compatibility mode, that is for documents starting with |\documentstyle|). \erroronpage{199}{code block}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2} @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ similar after the |\\| to prevent an underfull hbox-warning. \erroronpage{205}{para 4, l.4}{CAR}{2004/06/06}{2} Delete word: ``\ldots taken up by the binding\u{ method}. For - example,\ldots'' + example,\ldots'' \erroronpage{205}{para 5, l.2}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2} Omitted word: ``one can \u{perform} the parameter calculations''. @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ Add a comment line: ``\verb=% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}='' \erroronpage{209}{para 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} Replace: ``\ldots and does not leave sufficient space for marginal notes - that fall outside the page.'' + that fall outside the page.'' \> ``\ldots but does not adjust the size of the marginal boxes to fit in the remaining margin.'' @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ Add a comment line: ``\verb=% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}='' ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.2.1}'' (or omit section refence completely) -\erroronpage{223}{tab 4.3}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2} +\erroronpage{223}{tab 4.3}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2} Spurious space after superscript \textsuperscript{a} in footnote. \erroronpage{226}{para. 5, l.2}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2} @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ Add a comment line: ``\verb=% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}='' \erroronpage{229}{2.-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2} Change: ``if the first B-head\ldots would have already been'' \> ``if - the first B-head\ldots had already been''. + the first B-head\ldots had already been''. \erroronpage{229}{para -2,l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} Replace: @@ -1192,13 +1192,13 @@ Add a comment line: ``\verb=% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}='' \seriouserroronpage{234}{First boxed command}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2} Change: ``\verb=\enlargethispage*{=size\verb=}='' \> - ``\verb=\enlargethispage{=size\verb=}=''. + ``\verb=\enlargethispage{=size\verb=}=''. \erroronpage{237}{para 1, l.3}{MKo}{2004/08/06}{2} Change: ``\textsf{scrpage}'' \> ``\textsf{scrpage2}'' \erroronpage{237}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4} - Change: ``also works as \u{an} replacement'' \> ``also works as + Change: ``also works as \u{an} replacement'' \> ``also works as \u{a} replacement'' \erroronpage{237}{para 5, l.2}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ the \verb|\kill| command. \erroronpage{242}{para -2}{DSch/FMi}{2005/09/19}{4} Replace para with: ``The \texttt{tabular*} environment has an additional width argument that -specifies the required total width of the table. +specifies the required total width of the table. It needs stretchable spaces between columns, that have to be added using |\extracolsep| (see page~246).'' @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ It needs stretchable spaces between columns, that have to be added using environments. If all the cells of the row are smaller than the strut the effect is more or less similar to an enlargement of the inter-row space, while if at least one cell in the row is larger than the strut no spreading apart takes - place other than that required by the largest cell. + place other than that required by the largest cell. @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ It needs stretchable spaces between columns, that have to be added using Replace: ``the sum of its value, added to the product |\baselineskip|${}\times{}$|\arraystretch}|'' - \> + \> `` $|\arraystretch| \times (|\extrarowheight| + 0.7 |\baselineskip|)$'' @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ It needs stretchable spaces between columns, that have to be added using Replace para with: ``A common use of |@{}| is to remove the space equal to the value of |\tabcolsep| (for \texttt{tabular}) that, by default, -appears on each side of the table, +appears on each side of the table, except when the column specification starts or ends in a \verb=|=.'' @@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ Replace with: ``We then continue by explaining how you can define and use your own floating environments (Section~6.3.1), or, conversely, how captioning commands can be used to enter information into the list of figures and tables for nonfloating - material (Section~6.3.2). + material (Section~6.3.2). Then methods for rotating the content of a float are described (Section~6.3.3). @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ Replace with: ``We then continue by \erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{FMi}{2005/02/13}{4} Use typewriter: ``the default is \texttt{12pt} - \texttt{plus} \texttt{2pt} \u{\texttt{minus}} + \texttt{plus} \texttt{2pt} \u{\texttt{minus}} \texttt{2pt} for 10\,pt'' \erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{HjG}{2005/02/06}{4} @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ Replace with: ``We then continue by ``However, by itself this option forces all floats to appear \emph{before} the next section material is typeset, since the |\FloatBarrier| prevents a float from a current - section from appearing below + section from appearing below the start of the new section, even if some material of the current section is present on the same page. '' @@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@ The Runaway error may be explained in a better way: the \fi \erroronpage{309}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4} - Missing comma: ``\ldots you will get a typical ``standard \LaTeX'' + Missing comma: ``\ldots you will get a typical ``standard \LaTeX'' format\u{,} that is, \ldots'' \erroronpage{312}{\texttt{position} option}{JS/FMi}{2005/09/14}{4} @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ The Runaway error may be explained in a better way: the \erroronpage{312}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4} Word in wrong position: ``for example, ``above'' the caption if - caption is \u{the} placed at the bottom.'' + caption is \u{the} placed at the bottom.'' \> ``for example, ``above'' the caption if \u{the} caption is \ldots'' @@ -1508,9 +1508,9 @@ Remove: ``approach is to \u{to} specify\ldots'' \CHAPTER{Chapter 7} -\erroronpage{332}{para -2,l.2}{THa}{2004/07/21}{2} +\erroronpage{332}{para -2,l.2}{THa}{2004/07/21}{2} SinCE SEriFS arE noT alwayS horizonTaL: ``Serifs are the tiny - horizontal strokes\dots'' \> ``Serifs are the tiny strokes\dots'' + horizontal strokes\dots'' \> ``Serifs are the tiny strokes\dots'' \erroronpage{338}{para -1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2} Missing word: ``command \u{and} declarative forms'' @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ Modern Typewriter. Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column. \erroronpage{391}{tab. 7.15}{FMi}{2004/07/09}{2} - Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too + Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too wide (printing problem). \erroronpage{391}{tab 7.15, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4} @@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ Modern Typewriter. ``local guide''; I believe this is an obsolete concept, dating back to the times when \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ were used on multitasking mainframes; commercial distributions might still have a ``local guide'', but I have never - seen one. + seen one. \erroronpage{414}{footnote}{hv}{2008/10/30}{} @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ These days the package |pst-char| has been integrated into |pst-text|. \erroronpage{428}{item 6}{CKr}{2005/01/18}{4} Replace: ``Specified the quad width'' \> ``Specifie\u{s} the quad - width'' + width'' \erroronpage{432}{para 4, l.9}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2} Not plural: ``\ldots: the outer text size\u{s} and the three math @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ These days the package |pst-char| has been integrated into |pst-text|. ``\u{a}nd are usually placed in an \texttt{.fd} file.'' \erroronpage{441}{para 5, l.1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} - Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 \erroronpage{442}{footnote, l.2}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} Sentence begins with lowercase 's'. @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ produce a straight double quote, i.e., ")'' \u{such a} way that \ldots'' \erroronpage{444}{para 2, l.4}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4} - Missing word: ``\ldots associates the number 224 \u{with} the + Missing word: ``\ldots associates the number 224 \u{with} the command |\alpha|.'' \erroronpage{445}{para 4, ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} @@ -1814,14 +1814,14 @@ command |\alpha|.'' math glyph---comprehensible? \erroronpage{447}{Heading}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} - Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 \erroronpage{451}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} Wrong number: ``\texttt{\u{'240}} octal'' \> ``\texttt{\u{'344}} octal'' \erroronpage{453}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4} - Missing word : ``\ldots an \emph{LICR-object} that is \u{to} be + Missing word : ``\ldots an \emph{LICR-object} that is \u{to} be used whenever\ldots'' \erroronpage{455}{para 3, l.-1}{JCh}{2004/07/17}{2} @@ -1833,13 +1833,13 @@ used whenever\ldots'' |\OE| $\leftrightarrow$ |\O| -- cf.\ |\o| and |\oe| on p.459 \erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} - Entry |\`i|: ``(\u{avail})'' \> ``(\u{alias})'' + Entry |\`i|: ``(\u{avail})'' \> ``(\u{alias})'' \erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\copyright}}{FMi/usw}{2005/01/11}{4} Natively available in LY1 encoding \seriouserroronpage{458}{l. 27--30}{JLV}{2005/05/31}{4} - Unfortunately |\guillemotleft|, |\guillemotright|, |\guilsinglleft|, and + Unfortunately |\guillemotleft|, |\guillemotright|, |\guilsinglleft|, and |\guilsinglright| have no ``default'' and only function in |OT1| if \textsf{babel} is loaded @@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ used whenever\ldots'' \erroronpage{463}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2} Change: ``\ldots integrated in \u{1993})'' \> - ``\ldots integrated in \u{1994})'' + ``\ldots integrated in \u{1994})'' \CHAPTER{Chapter 8} @@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ Poor Maxwell's equations! No doubt there are mathematical \erroronpage{500}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. \fi - + \erroronpage{501}{exa 8-6-4}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2} Surplus word (in source comment):\\ ``\texttt{\% the old \u{the} definition of \textbackslash csc}'' @@ -2120,7 +2120,7 @@ Poor Maxwell's equations! No doubt there are mathematical The |fleqn| option is used, but in the output, the two equations seem to be right aligned rather than left aligned!\\ Indeed true: this is because in \textsf{amsmath} the |\mathindent| - added on the left is + added on the left is actually a rubber length (see page 471) that is automatically shortend if there is not enough space. @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. \fi - \erroronpage{527}{table 8.10}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2} + \erroronpage{527}{table 8.10}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2} This table would be better if reordered, in particular so that the first row contains: \verb=\aleph \beth \gimmel \daleth=. This would @@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic \erroronpage{527,528}{table 8-10/11}{FMi}{2006/08/09}{s} Added the missing symbol from amssymb: |\circledR|, |\yen|, - |\checkmark|, and |\maltese|. + |\checkmark|, and |\maltese|. The general distribution of symbols between the two tables is a bit questionable, but this will stay as it is. @@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic \erroronpage{528}{table 8.11}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{} |\dag| and |\ddag| are |\mathord|s not |\mathbin| as claimed in table - 8.13. + 8.13. \seriouserroronpage{529}{table 8.12, l.3}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2} @@ -2281,12 +2281,12 @@ Plural: ``Clearly, 8 bits \u{are} not sufficient\ldots'' newzealand})'' Add footnote: ``\textit{The option \texttt{\upshape english} - combines American hyphenation patterns - with a British date format.}'' + combines American hyphenation patterns + with a British date format.}'' \erroronpage{545}{exa 9-2-1}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4} - The quotes surrounding R\'ef\'erences and Chapitre + The quotes surrounding R\'ef\'erences and Chapitre should be the french ones: use |\og| and |\fg{}|. And similar those around German words should use |"`| and |"'|. @@ -2351,7 +2351,7 @@ to show the differences between |"-|, |\-|, and no hyphen. and ``|~N~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~N|'' \erroronpage{554}{exa 9-3-11}{UFi/MGo}{2004/06/03}{2} - Replace body with: + Replace body with: ``|En fran\c{c}ais on doit mettre un \fg petit espace\fg\| |devant la ponctuation double: comme cela!| \ldots'' @@ -2541,8 +2541,8 @@ The line:\\ Replace ``\textsf{bang}'' with ``\textsf{bengali}''. This package is available on CTAN in the \textsf{languages/bengali/pandey}. -\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.4 }{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2} - Replace ``\textsf{denag}'' with ``\textsf{devnag}''. +\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.4 }{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2} + Replace ``\textsf{denag}'' with ``\textsf{devnag}''. This package is on CTAN \texttt{languages/devanagari/velthuis}. \erroronpage{592}{para 5, l.1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4} @@ -2550,7 +2550,7 @@ The line:\\ \erroronpage{592}{general remarks}{PPn}{2004/05/25}{} Additional remarks not for inclusion in the book: For \TeX{}, \LaTeX{} -in languages of India, +in languages of India, there are several nice packages. An overview can be found in the following {\sc TUGboat} Articles; @@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@ some of the listed drivers are only of historical interest. \erroronpage{620}{para 5, l.2}{FMi}{2005/04/27}{4} Replace: ``\ldots in the \u{optional arguments}.'' \> - ``\ldots in the \textit{key/val-list}.'' + ``\ldots in the \textit{key/val-list}.'' %\erroronpage{621}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} % Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. @@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@ some of the listed drivers are only of historical interest. The variable parts do not show the right fonts. \erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.1}{ReSt}{2005/04/17}{4} - Remove: ``The |\Curve| command\u{s} is similar\ldots'' + Remove: ``The |\Curve| command\u{s} is similar\ldots'' \erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} Second occurrence of mandatory argument should use the same font as @@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ some of the listed drivers are only of historical interest. \erroronpage{643}{para 4, l.5}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} Add: ``\ldots can be converted to PDF by ImageMagick's \texttt{convert} utility\u{, \texttt{eps2pdf}} (\u{both -of} which call \texttt{ghostscript} +of} which call \texttt{ghostscript} internally), \texttt{Acrobat Distiller}, or\ldots'' \erroronpage{646}{l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/08}{2} @@ -2853,7 +2853,7 @@ page several output files are generated.)'' \seriouserroronpage{654}{para 2 l.7}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} Missing |}|: ``like |\index{\texttt{|\emph{key}|}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}} and'' - + %That's a nice one: somehow the copy-editor has but the output is one @@ -2895,7 +2895,7 @@ The source has now been edited to match the printed output. \erroronpage{656}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{s} - How horrible the page rotated counterclockwise! + How horrible the page rotated counterclockwise! \erroronpage{657}{\texttt{-p} item, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} Add word: ``\ldots the three \u{special} cases \ldots'' @@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ The source has now been edited to match the printed output. Swap the words ``single'' and ``double'' \iffalse -% not a bug make it look nicer +% not a bug make it look nicer \erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, right col.}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{} Inter-line spacing in multiple-line entries ???\\(Keywords: |headings_flag|, |item_x1|, |delim_0|, |page_precedence|) @@ -2937,7 +2937,7 @@ page 666 changed to reflect rnaRA:\\ `` \ldots\ assumes that pages numbered with lowercase Roman numerals precede those numbered with Arabic numerals, which in turn precede those numbered with the lowercase alphabet, uppercase Roman -numerals and finally the uppercase alphabet. +numerals and finally the uppercase alphabet. \seriouserroronpage{661/664-5}{}{FMi}{2005/08/14}{4} @@ -2953,8 +2953,8 @@ numerals and finally the uppercase alphabet. \seriouserroronpage{666}{para 4 l.5 and l.6}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} - Add extra visual space in second index: ``Likewise, - \verb*=\index{a space}= and + Add extra visual space in second index: ``Likewise, + \verb*=\index{a space}= and \verb*=\index{a space}= produce\ldots'' \erroronpage{668}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} @@ -2979,15 +2979,15 @@ numerals and finally the uppercase alphabet. Section~11.3.4. Be aware that producing index entries in arguments of commands has - its own pitfalls, e.g., in - \verb=\command{Properties of \Prog\index{\Prog}}=. + its own pitfalls, e.g., in + \verb=\command{Properties of \Prog\index{\Prog}}=. Then \LaTeX{} commands might be expanded before they are written to the \texttt{idx} file and the placement in the index will depend on the expansion of \verb=\Prog=.'' \erroronpage{669}{para -2, l.3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/07/01}{2}% already done by fmi Add: ``\ldots \verb|\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}| to all her - documents \u{(or on recent Linux distributions the + documents \u{(or on recent Linux distributions the option \texttt{utf8})}, while\ldots'' \erroronpage{669}{section 11.3.2, para 2, L.3}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4} @@ -3055,7 +3055,7 @@ order to have the desired effect. \CHAPTER{Chapter 12} -\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{HVo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{} +\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{HVo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{} The German word ``Schuldrecht'' is incorrectly hyphenated as ``Schul\-drecht'' in several examples due to the fact that English hyphenation patterns are used unless the language is @@ -3144,7 +3144,7 @@ it may result in \u{a normal space,} some extra space\u, or in starting a new li Add: ``when using \u{the} \texttt{chicago} \u{\BibTeX\ style}.'' \seriouserroronpage{710}{para 4, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} - Replace: + Replace: ``locate the printed version.'' \> ``locate the article within the journal.'' @@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@ Add word: ``If you \u{only} want to specify an \textit{annotator}, Extra word: ``the \u{the} journal'' \\ Correct explanation: ``\ldots the journal name\u{, volume number,} and year of publication, which is why we got ``TUGboat \u{10 - [}1989\u]''.'' + [}1989\u]''.'' \seriouserroronpage{719}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2} Order of optional arguments are like |\cite| (i.e., swapped):\\ @@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ Add word: ``If you \u{only} want to specify an \textit{annotator}, \seriouserroronpage{727}{para 3, l.-3}{JBe}{2004/06/01}{2} Replace: \texttt{\textbackslash jbnovarioref} \> - \texttt{\textbackslash jbignorevarioref} + \texttt{\textbackslash jbignorevarioref} \erroronpage{727}{examples 12-5-21/22}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2} Not wrong, but it looks funny: due to the chosen example height the @@ -3206,9 +3206,9 @@ Add word: ``If you \u{only} want to specify an \textit{annotator}, was changed to contain a slightly different set of citations (same change was made to example 12-5-27): \begin{verbatim} - Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur} + Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur} not shown on the left! -\newpage +\newpage text \cite[\S\,7]{aschur} text \cite[\S\,8]{aschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo} text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur} @@ -3220,7 +3220,7 @@ And the text above the example was changed as follows: explicitly), then the following happens: the first citation of a publication automatically displays the full entry (citation~5 in the next example). In case of repeated citations to unambiguous works -only the name of the author(s) are shown (citation~8). For ambiguous citations +only the name of the author(s) are shown (citation~8). For ambiguous citations this will be done only for immediately following citations (citation~4). However, if there are intervening citations, then the name(s) and short titles are shown @@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ Replace: ``in which case \u{the first} cross-reference \ldots'' \seriouserroronpage{743}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} Equal sign missing: \texttt{sortkey\u{ = }"Bismarck, Otto von"}. - + \erroronpage{744}{exa 12-5-48/49}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{} There's a spurious space before all occurrences of ``\textsc{D. E. Knuth}''! \\ This is (partly, ie in the footnote) @@ -3267,19 +3267,19 @@ Replace: ``in which case \u{the first} cross-reference \ldots'' Replace (`bibtopic' column, row 4; `multibib' column, row 7):\\ ``no'' \> ``No'' -\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} +\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} Change ``Requires tailored .bib files'' \> ``Works with standard - .bib files'' + .bib files'' (and change matching row entries) -\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} +\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} Change: ``Above typeset together somewhere'' \> ``Group bibliographies together'' -\erroronpage{749}{para -1, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2} +\erroronpage{749}{para -1, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2} Missing accents: ``Jose Alberto Fernandez'' \> ``Jos\'e Alberto - Fern\'andez'' - + Fern\'andez'' + \erroronpage{750}{para -3, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/03/31}{4} Delete surplus word: ``\ldots as \u{the} the auxiliary files would be overwritten.'' @@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@ Replace: ``in which case \u{the first} cross-reference \ldots'' \erroronpage{753}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2} Replace: ``|\bibliography|'' \> ``|\bibliographystyle|'' -\seriouserroronpage{755/756}{}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} +\seriouserroronpage{755/756}{}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} Wrong limitation of multibib: The whole passage from ``A final difference'' up to ``|nocite|.'' should be replaced with something like: ``The multibib package (since version 2.3 of 2004/01/24) is @@ -3475,7 +3475,7 @@ under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.'' \texttt{apa.bst} -- add: ``American Psychology Association \u{\BibTeX\ style}'' \\ \texttt{jmb.bst} -- add: - ``\emph{Journal of Molecular Biology} \u{\BibTeX}\ style''\\ + ``\emph{Journal of Molecular Biology} \u{\BibTeX}\ style''\\ Some journal names are written in italic, other's aren't: Astronomy; Behavioral and Brain Sciences; Human Biology. @@ -3536,7 +3536,7 @@ under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.'' Remove surplus word: ``\ldots, then it is all that \u{it} is necessary.'' \erroronpage{800}{Citation scheme,l.2}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4} - Replace letter: ``\ldots different questions th\u{a}n if you + Replace letter: ``\ldots different questions th\u{a}n if you choose\ldots'' \erroronpage{802}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} @@ -3545,7 +3545,7 @@ under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.'' \erroronpage{802}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4} Replace wrong braces: ``|\urlprefix\url[|\textit{field-value}|]|'' \> - ``|\urlprefix\url{|\textit{field-value}|}|'' + ``|\urlprefix\url{|\textit{field-value}|}|'' \erroronpage{803}{para -2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} Replace: ``in the second phase of the \u{formatting}'' \> @@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@ under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.'' Replace: ``at the beginning of this section'' \> ``on the facing page'' - + \CHAPTER{Chapter 14} @@ -3591,8 +3591,8 @@ under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.'' \erroronpage{816}{para -3, l.4+}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2} Change sentence: Note that \u{such short forms for \texttt{\textbackslash verb}, - just} like \texttt{\textbackslash verb} itself, - cannot appear in the argument of another command, but + just} like \texttt{\textbackslash verb} itself, + cannot appear in the argument of another command, but \u{the characters} may be used freely inside \texttt{verbatim} and \texttt{macrocode} environments. @@ -3607,7 +3607,7 @@ asked for, and lines 1, \u{3}, and 4 otherwise.'' Entries not sorted correctly: swap |\CheckSum| and |\CheckModules| \seriouserroronpage{821}{descr.\ of - \ttfamily\textbackslash DeleteShortVerb}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + \ttfamily\textbackslash DeleteShortVerb}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} \verb=\MakeshortVerb= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb}\\ \verb=\MakeshortVerb*= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb*} @@ -3672,7 +3672,7 @@ asked for, and lines 1, \u{3}, and 4 otherwise.'' Editorial comment: reprinted because of pagebreak changes. \erroronpage{828}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2} - Extra word: ``If so, \u{case}'' \> ``If so,'' + Extra word: ``If so, \u{case}'' \> ``If so,'' \seriouserroronpage{829}{syntax box}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} |\preamble|, |\endpreamble|, |\postamble|, and |\endpostamble| all @@ -3723,7 +3723,7 @@ asked for, and lines 1, \u{3}, and 4 otherwise.'' Missing \texttt{*}: |\DeclareDir|\u{\texttt{*}}|{tex/bibtex/...| \erroronpage{832}{code blocks}{DPa}{2004/08/04}{2} - Three instances of |tex/bibtex| in |\DeclareDir| should lose the |tex/| to + Three instances of |tex/bibtex| in |\DeclareDir| should lose the |tex/| to conform to TDS and change made on page 831 \erroronpage{832}{2. code block}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s} @@ -3814,7 +3814,7 @@ is not recognized as the start of a \texttt{figure*} environment}.'' \erroronpage{843}{para 3, l.2}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2} - Missing word: ``and |\z@| contain |@| \u{in} their name'' + Missing word: ``and |\z@| contain |@| \u{in} their name'' \erroronpage{843}{para 4, l.3}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2} Change: ``to do: the difficult'' \> ``to do\u; the difficult'' @@ -3847,7 +3847,7 @@ Replace: ``An error is raised if the definitions differ, ldots'' \erroronpage{851}{para 5, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2} Add + change font: ``It also defines \u{the command} - |\the|\u{\textit{newctr}} to\ldots'' + |\the|\u{\textit{newctr}} to\ldots'' \erroronpage{852}{code block 1, l.2}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2} Second \verb=\makeatletter= should be \verb=\makeatother= @@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@ Change: \erroronpage{853}{l.6}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2} - Missing space: ``c,\u{~}\dots, z'' + Missing space: ``c,\u{~}\dots, z'' \erroronpage{853}{para 4,ll.2+3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2} Add word: ``\ldots definitions for sectioning \u{counters}'' @@ -3876,8 +3876,8 @@ Change: \erroronpage{853}{counter code block}{FMi}{2005/06/09}{4} The order of declarations of the counters is incorrect; they have to be \begin{verbatim} -\newcounter{part} -\newcounter{section} +\newcounter{part} +\newcounter{section} \newcounter{subsection}[section] \newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection] \end{verbatim} @@ -3892,14 +3892,14 @@ or you will receive a ``counter not defined'' error. \erroronpage{854}{ll. 1+2}{FMi}{2004/05/25}{2} Add word and commata: ``Only the representation\u{, prefix,} and - label field commands + label field commands are defined \ldots'' \seriouserroronpage{854}{code block 1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/25}{2} Replace with approx:\\[6pt] \hspace*{-140pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth} \begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand\theenumi {\arabic{enumi}} \renewcommand\theenumii{\alph{enumii}} +\renewcommand\theenumi {\arabic{enumi}} \renewcommand\theenumii{\alph{enumii}} \renewcommand\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}} \renewcommand\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}} \end{verbatim} \begin{verbatim} @@ -3914,14 +3914,14 @@ Replace with approx:\\[6pt] \erroronpage{855}{fig A.1, l.4}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4} - Change ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' (no caret); and delete the -comma after inch + Change ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' (no caret); and delete the +comma after inch \erroronpage{855}{fig A.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2} Add: \texttt{ex} \quad Height of a small ``x'' in the current font \u{(approximately)} \\ -Add: \texttt{em} \quad Width +Add: \texttt{em} \quad Width of capital ``M'' in current font \u{(approximately)} @@ -3932,11 +3932,11 @@ Add: \texttt{em} \quad Width \erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, l.6}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2} Add: ``a \u{solid} horizontal line'' -\erroronpage{857}{table A.3}{V-Li}{2004/09/14}{4} +\erroronpage{857}{table A.3}{V-Li}{2004/09/14}{4} |\vspace{len}| is missing \erroronpage{858}{l.-8}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/26}{2} - Add: ``\u{missing or} misplaced |\item|'' + Add: ``\u{missing or} misplaced |\item|'' \erroronpage{858}{syntax box}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2} |\addvspace{|\textit{space}|}| should be typeset in a smaller font. @@ -3979,13 +3979,13 @@ Add: \texttt{em} \quad Width paragraph.} Editorial comment: change moves pagebreak. - + \seriouserroronpage{878}{codeline 4 (?)}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2} |\usepackage[german]{varioref}[2001/09/0]:| day number is missing (test for version doesn't work then anymore!) \erroronpage{886}{fig.~A.1}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} - Add: \verb=\ProcessOptions= \u{\texttt{\char`\\relax}} + Add: \verb=\ProcessOptions= \u{\texttt{\char`\\relax}} (cf. hint on p.~882!) @@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ Missing letter: ``\verb=l.167 \par=\u{\texttt{t}}\verb={Text}='' Add: ``Technically, a moving argument is an argument that is internally expanded by \LaTeX{} without typesetting it directly\u{ (e.g.}, by using the internal \LaTeX{} construct - |\protected@edef|\textsuperscript{1}\u).'' + |\protected@edef|\textsuperscript{1}\u).'' \erroronpage{893}{para 2, l.8}{MHo/FMi}{2004/10/05}{4} Replace: @@ -4039,11 +4039,11 @@ bitmap images such as \texttt{.jpg}, \texttt{.gif}, and \texttt{.png} files.'' \erroronpage{899}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live'' - + \erroronpage{901}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live'' - + \seriouserroronpage{902}{l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} Missing letter: ``\texttt{\char`\\dis\u{c}retionary}'' @@ -4093,9 +4093,9 @@ processing your document with e\TeX{} and additionally load the \erroronpage{917}{footnote}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} Replace footnote with: ``In modern distributions \LaTeX{} is automatically - using the e\TeX{} program. On older installations you may have to + using the e\TeX{} program. On older installations you may have to call a different program (e.g., \texttt{elatex} instead of - \texttt{latex}) when processing a + \texttt{latex}) when processing a document.'' @@ -4179,7 +4179,7 @@ processing your document with e\TeX{} and additionally load the \erroronpage{938}{para -1, l.3}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/23}{2} Difficult to understand; replace: - ``\ldots a large \u{increase in} \texttt{t=} between'' + ``\ldots a large \u{increase in} \texttt{t=} between'' \erroronpage{939}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} Words need to be swapped: @@ -4319,13 +4319,13 @@ processing your document with e\TeX{} and additionally load the Missing word: ``for \LaTeX\ \u{and} a possible'' \erroronpage{980}{[151]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} - Remove: ``\LaTeX\u{Joachim Schrod}.'' + Remove: ``\LaTeX\u{Joachim Schrod}.'' \erroronpage{980}{[153]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} - Swap words: ``often are'' \> ``are often'' + Swap words: ``often are'' \> ``are often'' \erroronpage{980}{[155]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} - Missing word: ``For \u{the} \textsf{kuvio} system\ldots'' + Missing word: ``For \u{the} \textsf{kuvio} system\ldots'' \erroronpage{980}{[157]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} First line of online resources is not flush right (stray space?). @@ -4389,7 +4389,7 @@ and Correct range: author-date citations / history of (699, 700) \erroronpage{992}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s} - Correct: ``B\u{\'e}zier'' + Correct: ``B\u{\'e}zier'' \erroronpage{993}{}{SEg}{2005/04/26}{4} bibliographies/authors/name,formatting shows 798--1092 but should be @@ -4419,7 +4419,7 @@ and oblique (333) \erroronpage{1020}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4} - Replace ``fonts / URW Antigua'' \> ``fonts / URW Anti\u{q}ua'' + Replace ``fonts / URW Antigua'' \> ``fonts / URW Anti\u{q}ua'' \erroronpage{1034}{first col.}{FMi}{2004/05/15}{2} Add entry: ``lists / enumerated / user-defined, 151'' @@ -4429,18 +4429,18 @@ and \erroronpage{1041}{}{FMi}{2004/08/02}{2} ``\texttt{NACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' \> - ``\texttt{MACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' + ``\texttt{MACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' \erroronpage{1051}{secound col., l.14}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2} missing index entries for ``pdftex'' on p.7 and p.643 \erroronpage{1069}{}{FMi}{2004/11/07}{4} Replace: ``text symbols / setting-up'' \> - ``\u{math} symbols / setting-up'' + ``\u{math} symbols / setting-up'' \erroronpage{1076}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4} - Replace ``URW Antigua'' \> ``URW Anti\u{q}ua'' + Replace ``URW Antigua'' \> ``URW Anti\u{q}ua'' \CHAPTER{People} @@ -4449,9 +4449,9 @@ and Editorial comment: Needs manual breaking in index output file for second and fourth printing. -\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/06/22}{2} - Missing accents: ``Fernandez, Jose Alberto '' \> `Fern\'andez, Jos\'e Alberto'' - +\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/06/22}{2} + Missing accents: ``Fernandez, Jose Alberto '' \> `Fern\'andez, Jos\'e Alberto'' + \erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2} Change page number in entry: ``Fukui, Rei, xxvii, 405, \u{969}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{968}'' @@ -4463,7 +4463,7 @@ and \erroronpage{1081}{col 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} Change page number in entry: ``Hufflen, Jean-Michel, 761, \u{971}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{970}'' - + \erroronpage{1081}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2} Add page entries for ``Kettler, Howard'' and ``Frutiger, Adrian'' to ``People'' index back to 374. @@ -4506,7 +4506,7 @@ and \erroronpage{1089}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/21}{2} Add: ``\ldots this typographical icing \u{(package - \textsf{pdfcprot})} was\ldots'' + \textsf{pdfcprot})} was\ldots'' \erroronpage{1089}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} Missing period: \ldots files\u. It \ldots @@ -4626,5 +4626,3 @@ Here is an example: \end{verbatim} \end{document} - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf Binary files differindex a45edcc4238..29dd7116830 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf Binary files differindex eda06d2e446..1c55782b989 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf Binary files differindex 6be6a0cc96e..f45056bbb8a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex index d3fc8daff20..c76b27c0f08 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: usrguide.tex @@ -1298,21 +1298,21 @@ superscript position and in the correct size. \newcommand{\fauxguillemet}[1]{$\vcenter{\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}$} These commands produce various sorts of quotation mark. Rough representations of them are: - \fauxguillemet\ll a\fauxguillemet\gg{} - \fauxguillemet<a\fauxguillemet> - ,\kern -0.1em,\kern 0.05em a\kern -0.05em`` + \fauxguillemet\ll a\fauxguillemet\gg{} + \fauxguillemet<a\fauxguillemet> + ,\kern -0.1em,\kern 0.05em a\kern -0.05em`` ,\kern 0.05em a\kern -0.05em` and |"|a|"|. \NEWdescription{2001/06/01} There are therefore some extra short-form ligatures available for use in documents that will only be used with |T1|-encoded fonts. - - The guillemets |\guillemotleft| and |\guillemotright|% - \footnote{We apologise once again for maintaining Adobe's - enormous solipsism~(sic) of confusing a diving bird with - punctuation marks!} - can be obtained by typing |<<<<| and |>>>>| and |\quotedblbase| - by typing |,,|\,. + + The guillemets |\guillemotleft| and |\guillemotright|% + \footnote{We apologise once again for maintaining Adobe's + enormous solipsism~(sic) of confusing a diving bird with + punctuation marks!} + can be obtained by typing |<<<<| and |>>>>| and |\quotedblbase| + by typing |,,|\,. Also, unlike the unexpected results with |OT1|-encoded fonts, |<<| and |>>| will produce \textless{} and diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf Binary files differindex 223dba41f5a..ba71f40aaaa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err index f604d8ef35a..269636f9fb3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err @@ -235,15 +235,15 @@ \begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} % % -% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% Configuration file for the errata listing of % % The LaTeX Web Companion % % -% \erratastartdate +% \erratastartdate % % Specifies the date from which on -% errata entries should be listed. +% errata entries should be listed. % % The format is YYYY/MM/DD. % @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ % % Specifies which (revised) printing you % own. For example, if you have the second -% printing set this to 2 so that errors +% printing set this to 2 so that errors % already corrected in that printing will not % appear in your errata listing. % @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ % Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same % format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed % in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in -% italic and add the revision number as a superscript. +% italic and add the revision number as a superscript. % % % \showallerrors @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed revision in which this entry was corrected. The second column gives the precise location, negative line numbers are counted from the bottom of the page. The third column shows the first finder of the -problem. +problem. \end{list} @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ problem. If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors \begin{quote}\ttfamily sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk\\ - goossens@cern.ch + goossens@cern.ch \end{quote} preferable in a form usable for this file, i.e., \begin{flushleft} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf Binary files differindex dff7854aa9e..4ec5f0d41ea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md index 8934f815794..b75bb681cc2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ The LaTeX `graphics` bundle =========================== -Release 2020-02-01 pre-release 1 +Release 2020-10-01 pre-release 0 Overview -------- @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ of the package. ----- -<p>Copyright (C) 1993-2019 The LaTeX Project <br /> +<p>Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX Project <br /> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/changes.txt index f4343bc2c39..108723ddb4c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/changes.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/changes.txt @@ -5,6 +5,20 @@ are not part of the distribution. ======================================================================= ######################### +# 2020-02-02 Release +######################### + +2019-11-30 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org> + + * graphics.dtx: proteced definitions gh/208 + * graphicx.dtx: proteced definitions gh/208 + +2019-11-23 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org> + + * color.dtx: Made commands robust gh/208 + + +######################### # 2019-10-01 PL 2 Release ######################### @@ -77,7 +91,7 @@ are not part of the distribution. 2016-06-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> * drivers.dtx: guards for contributed packages and plain TeX. - + 2016-06-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> * graphics.dtx, color.dtx, drivers.dtx: add pagesize special support to dvips @@ -960,12 +974,11 @@ are not part of the distribution. 1994-03-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> * \reflectbox added. - + * \rotatebox* removed - + * The order of the arguments of \includegraphics corrected - + * \includegraphics[lower-l,lower-r][upper-l,upper-r]{file} - + * \definecolor not \newcolor to define colours - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/color.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/color.pdf Binary files differindex d6ed61e297a..0ecd33fafb5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/color.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/color.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.pdf Binary files differindex 89f6750bf6b..1076d75a3d4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.pdf Binary files differindex 23fab673921..74d0f4559e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.pdf Binary files differindex 2d0862d346e..33fa244236b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.pdf Binary files differindex e03578f8563..10f8c48f304 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.pdf Binary files differindex 1214141f068..62e4f81a6a5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.tex index 19888db741c..d25bcac27bb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.tex @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ %% grfguide.tex Copyright (C) 1994 1995 1996 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2005-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2005-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ The final driver option is an alias for |dvipsone|. \begin{quote}\raggedright |dviwindo| \end{quote} - + \section[Colour]{Colour\footnote{% The basic \package{color} package functionality described here @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ models, eg \textbf{pantone} (An industry standard set of colours), \textbf{x11} (Colour names from the X Window System), etc. The standard distribution does not currently have such models, but the \textbf{named} model could be used as an example of how to define a new -colour model. The names used in the \textbf{named} model are those +colour model. The names used in the \textbf{named} model are those suggested by Jim Hafner in his \textsf{colordvi} and \textsf{foiltex} packages, and implemented originally in the |color.pro| header file for the \texttt{dvips} driver. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ the \texttt{dvips} driver. Most of the options to the \package{color} package just specify a driver, e.g., \ |dvips|, as discussed in section~\ref{drivers}. -One special option for the \package{color} package +One special option for the \package{color} package that is of interest is |monochrome.| If this option is selected the colour commands are all disabled so that they do not generate errors, but do not generate colour @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ model, thus allowing |\color{WildStrawberry}| in addition to \subsection{Named Colours} Using the \textbf{named} colour model has certain advantages over -using other colour models. +using other colour models. Firstly as the |dvi| file contains a request for a colour by \emph{name}, the actual mix of primary colours used to @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ There are two graphics packages: \begin{description} \item[\package{graphics}] The `standard' graphics package. \item[\package{graphicx}] The `extended' or `enhanced' graphics - package. + package. \end{description} The two differ only in the format of optional arguments for the commands defined. The command names, and the mandatory arguments are @@ -594,15 +594,15 @@ An abbreviation for |\scalebox{-1}[1]|\arg{text}. If |!| is used as either length argument, the other argument is used to determine a scale factor that is used in both directions. Normally \emph{v-length} refers to the height of the box, but in the - star form, it refers to the `height + depth'. + star form, it refers to the `height + depth'. As normal for \LaTeXe\ box length arguments, |\height|, |\width|, |\totalheight|, |\depth| may be used to refer to the original size of the box. -|\resizebox{1in}{\height}{Some text}|: +|\resizebox{1in}{\height}{Some text}|: \resizebox{1in}{\height}{Some text} -|\resizebox{1in}{!}{Some text}|: +|\resizebox{1in}{!}{Some text}|: \resizebox{1in}{!}{Some text} \subsection{Including Graphics Files} @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ The allowed keys are listed below. compatibility with older packages. Specifying |bbllx=a,bblly=b,bburx=c,bbury=d| is equivalent to specifying |bb = a b c d|. -\item[natwidth,natheight] Again an alternative to |bb|. +\item[natwidth,natheight] Again an alternative to |bb|. |natheight=h,natwidth=w| is equivalent to |bb = 0 0 h w|. \item[hiresbb]\NEWfeature{1996/10/29} Boolean valued key. If set to |true| (just specifying |hiresbb| @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ The value should be one of \item[totalheight]\NEWfeature{1995/06/01} Specify the total height (height $+$ depth) of the figure. This will differ from the `height' if rotation has occurred. - In particular if the figure has been rotated by $-90^\circ$ + In particular if the figure has been rotated by $-90^\circ$ then it will have zero height but large depth. \item[keepaspectratio]\NEWfeature{1995/09/27} Boolean valued key like `clip'. @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ The value should be one of \item[ext] Specify the file extension. This should \emph{only} be used in conjunction with |type|. \item[read] Specify the file extension of the `read file'. This - should \emph{only} be used in conjunction with |type|. + should \emph{only} be used in conjunction with |type|. \item[command] Specify any command to be applied to the file. This should \emph{only} be used in conjunction with |type|. \item[quiet]\NEWfeature{2017/06/01} @@ -756,16 +756,16 @@ image. To get these effects using the standard package, the |\rotatebox| or |\scalebox| command. The keys are read left-to-right, so |[angle=90, height=1in]| means -rotate by 90 degrees, and then scale to a height of 1in. +rotate by 90 degrees, and then scale to a height of 1in. |[height=1in, angle=90]| would result in a final \emph{width} of 1in. -If the \textsf{calc} package is also loaded the lengths may use -\textsf{calc} syntax, for instance to specify a width of 2\,cm +If the \textsf{calc} package is also loaded the lengths may use +\textsf{calc} syntax, for instance to specify a width of 2\,cm less than the text width: |[width=\textwidth-2cm]|. \TeX\ leaves the space specified either in the file, or in the optional arguments. If any part of the image is actually outside -this area, it will by default overprint the surrounding text. +this area, it will by default overprint the surrounding text. If the star form is used, or |clip| specified, any part of the image outside this area will not be printed. @@ -858,9 +858,9 @@ must exist at the time \LaTeX\ is used. system behaves when a file with extension \emph{ext} is specified. (The extension may be specified explicitly or, if the argument to |\includegraphics| does not have an extension, it may be a default - extension from the \emph{ext-list} specified with + extension from the \emph{ext-list} specified with |\DeclareGraphicsExtensions|.) - + \emph{ext} the file extension for which this rule applies. As a special case, \emph{ext} may be given as |*| to denote the default behaviour for all undeclared extensions (see the example below). @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ a separate file with extension |.ps.bb|. If \emph{read-file} is empty, |{}|, then the system will not try to locate an external file for size info, and the size must be specified in the arguments of |\includegraphics|. If the driver file specifies a procedure for -reading size files for \emph{type}, that will be used, otherwise the +reading size files for \emph{type}, that will be used, otherwise the procedure for reading |eps| files will be used. Thus the size of bitmap files may be specified in a file with a PostScript style |%%BoundingBox| line, if no other specific format is available. @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ above command so that the last argument is:\\ which incantation causes the |kpsewhich| program to find the file, by searching along \LaTeX's path, and then pass the full path name to the |zcat| program so that it can uncompress the file. -Any such uses are very system dependent, and would best be placed in +Any such uses are very system dependent, and would best be placed in a |graphics.cfg| file, thus keeping the document itself portable. \subsection{Global setting of keys} @@ -953,13 +953,13 @@ print a company logo as part of the letterhead. As the author of the class you may want to give the users the possibility of using either interface in their letters (should they -need to include any further graphics into the letter body). +need to include any further graphics into the letter body). In this case the class should load the \package{graphics} package (not \package{graphicx}, as this would commit any users of the class to the \package{keyval} interface). The logo should be included with |\includegraphics| either with \emph{no} optional argument (if the correct size information is in the file) or \emph{both} optional -arguments otherwise. +arguments otherwise. Do not use the \emph{one} optional argument form, as the meaning of this argument would change (and generate errors) if the user were to load \package{graphicx} as well as your class. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.pdf Binary files differindex 8e5f941722c..e8a34f7567c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.pdf Binary files differindex 31d8f736c67..fbd59d224ff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.pdf Binary files differindex 3878a391596..88d1d1b9096 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.pdf Binary files differindex b7ae1dead28..da6de153009 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.tex index 9dabfd37f74..0ba5948998c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.tex @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ written at 10 degree intervals round the compass. We use `rlap' to ensure that all the texts are printed at the same point. Just to show that \TeX\ can handle PostScript muckings-about properly\ldots -\begin{example} +\begin{example} \newcount\wang \newsavebox{\wangtext} \newdimen\wangspace @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ desires \LaTeX\ to leave space for the rotated box, then `turn' is used: \end{turn} end here \end{example} The environment `Sideways' is a special case, setting the rotation to $-90$, -and leaving the correct space for the rotated box. +and leaving the correct space for the rotated box. \begin{example} Start here \begin{sideways}% @@ -120,18 +120,18 @@ the \TeX\ box, you have to adjust the box in the normal \LaTeX\ way: \begin{example} \newsavebox{\foo} -\savebox{\foo}{\parbox{1in}{Save -the whales Save the whale -Save the whale +\savebox{\foo}{\parbox{1in}{Save +the whales Save the whale +Save the whale Save the whale}}% Start \begin{turn}{45}\usebox{\foo}\end{turn} End \end{example} \begin{example} -\savebox{\foo}{\parbox[b]{1in}{Save -the whales Save the whale -Save the whale +\savebox{\foo}{\parbox[b]{1in}{Save +the whales Save the whale +Save the whale Save the whale}}% Start \begin{turn}{45}\usebox{\foo}\end{turn} @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ End \end{example} \def\testrot#1{% -\savebox{\foo}{\parbox{1in}{Save +\savebox{\foo}{\parbox{1in}{Save the whales Save the whale Save the whale Save the whale}}% \framebox{---\begin{turn}{#1}\framebox{\usebox{\foo}}\end{turn}---}}% @@ -272,9 +272,9 @@ figures, this presents no problem. Figure \ref{fig1} shows how PostScript files which are being incorporated using can be rotated at will, while Figure \ref{fig2} shows, in contrast, how `includegraphics' itself handles rotation. It is also possible to rotate the -whole of the figure environment, including caption, +whole of the figure environment, including caption, by using the `sidewaysfigure' ands `sidewaystable' environments -in place of `figure' and `table'. +in place of `figure' and `table'. Sideways figures and tables always take up the whole page. They can be rotated so that the bottom ot the figures is on the left or the right; @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ on the final page.\label{rotfloat1}} \begin{tabular}{|llllllllp{1in}lp{1in}|} \hline Context &Length &Breadth/ &Depth &Profile &Pottery &Flint &Animal &Stone &Other &C14 Dates \\ - & &Diameter & & & & & + & &Diameter & & & & & Bones&&&\\ \hline &&&&&&&&&&\\ @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Bones&&&\\ 794 &2.89m &0.75m &0.25m &Irreg. &P16 &$\times$3 & --- & --- &--- &---\\ \hline \end{tabular} - + \caption[Grooved Ware and Beaker Features, their Finds and Radiocarbon Dates]{Grooved Ware and Beaker Features, their Finds and Radiocarbon Dates; For a breakdown of the Pottery @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ on the final page.\label{rotfloat1}} \begin{tabular}{|llllllllp{1in}lp{1in}|} \hline Context &Length &Breadth/ &Depth &Profile &Pottery &Flint &Animal &Stone &Other &C14 Dates \\ - & &Diameter & & & & & + & &Diameter & & & & & Bones&&&\\ \hline &&&&&&&&&&\\ @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ Bones&&&\\ 794 &2.89m &0.75m &0.25m &Irreg. &P16 &$\times$3 & --- & --- &--- &---\\ \hline \end{tabular} - + \caption[Grooved Ware and Beaker Features, their Finds and Radiocarbon Dates]{Grooved Ware and Beaker Features, their Finds and Radiocarbon Dates; For a breakdown of the Pottery diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/trig.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/trig.pdf Binary files differindex 49cb0affa7d..9474549f6fe 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/trig.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/trig.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/README.md index 8f283041e37..c31d4310b9a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/README.md +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/README.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ The LaTeX `tools` bundle ======================== -Release 2020-02-01 pre-release 1 +Release 2020-10-01 pre-release 0 Overview -------- @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ of the package. ----- -<p>Copyright (C) 1993-2019 The LaTeX Project <br /> +<p>Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX Project <br /> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.pdf Binary files differindex 415be4a5c3b..a11c51e8c8e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/array.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/array.pdf Binary files differindex 19dcfe2c3ee..bc11e447e96 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/array.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/array.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/bm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/bm.pdf Binary files differindex ac2816a7ed2..656ae008fec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/bm.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/bm.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/calc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/calc.pdf Binary files differindex ab4529968cc..a97f384d22d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/calc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/calc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/changes.txt index b99d32aa9b6..bc35e02d1ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/changes.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/changes.txt @@ -5,6 +5,23 @@ completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that are not part of the distribution. ======================================================================= +######################### +# 2020-02-02 Release +######################### + +2020-01-15 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org> + + * tabularx.dtx: Avoid .. at end of the Target width debug message. + +2020-01-07 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org> + + * longtable.dtx: additional \endgraf for + https://github.com/davidcarlisle/dpctex/issues/8 + +2020-01-04 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org> + + * hhline.dtx: Allow and ignore spaces in the \hhline argument. + 2019-12-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> * multicol.dtx: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.pdf Binary files differindex 64fc97daec7..ddf407fedc0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/delarray.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/delarray.pdf Binary files differindex e9f2ed0285b..ffff43e11a8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/delarray.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/delarray.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.pdf Binary files differindex 24df77450c2..03dca71d99c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/fileerr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/fileerr.pdf Binary files differindex ba3c48bb072..00641844c37 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/fileerr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/fileerr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.pdf Binary files differindex 0e040192b33..1dd3b16aa79 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.pdf Binary files differindex f6fcdc53642..ed1ebc84f74 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/hhline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/hhline.pdf Binary files differindex 655efda07c9..6435167e212 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/hhline.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/hhline.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.pdf Binary files differindex 298852f7815..edf9a29d00d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/layout.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/layout.pdf Binary files differindex 72dae3a60b3..6e8886f4550 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/layout.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/layout.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/longtable.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/longtable.pdf Binary files differindex 2b9970d1a26..b44b77f4ccd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/longtable.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/longtable.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/manifest.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/manifest.txt index 8b0f9e32d03..12cd1b909c3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/manifest.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/manifest.txt @@ -2,22 +2,22 @@ % % Copyright 1993-2016 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. % ------------------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2005/12/01 or later. -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX `Tools Bundle' is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. -% +% % \fi % % CONTENTS OF THE TOOLS BUNDLE @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ hhline.dtx Finer control over horizontal rules in tables. Requires array. longtable.dtx Multipage tables. (Does not require array, but uses the extended - features if both are loaded.) + features if both are loaded.) tabularx.dtx Defines tabularx environment (similar to tabular*) but modifies column widths, not inter-column space, to achieve a desired @@ -49,14 +49,14 @@ bm.dtx Access bold math symbols. calc.dtx - Infix arithmetic expresions. Contributed to the distribution by + Infix arithmetic expresions. Contributed to the distribution by Kresten Krab Thorup and Frank Jensen. enumerate.dtx Extended version of the enumerate environment. fileerr.dtx - Suite of small files which may be used to control TeX's + Suite of small files which may be used to control TeX's missing file error loop. fontsmpl.dtx @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ rawfonts.dtx shellesc.dtx Unified interface for accessing system commands. - + showkeys.dtx Draft mode showing the `keys' used by \label, \ref, \cite etc. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/multicol.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/multicol.pdf Binary files differindex 91f6d12b149..d38818414eb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/multicol.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/multicol.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.pdf Binary files differindex a0f45cc61b3..472a568515e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.pdf Binary files differindex cfe2bbf7399..5db33650305 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.pdf Binary files differindex 8eec87b9ae1..85ac115b73d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.pdf Binary files differindex d4cad493d02..c7102f19460 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.pdf Binary files differindex 1e7a707f6a4..3367a681dab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/theorem.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/theorem.pdf Binary files differindex 3544b73971d..97838e7eab9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/theorem.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/theorem.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tools-overview.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tools-overview.pdf Binary files differindex 82aa1e1ec21..b8b248bc4ae 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tools-overview.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tools-overview.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tools-overview.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tools-overview.tex index 6a00580302f..a0b3285db9a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tools-overview.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/tools-overview.tex @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile{tools-overview.tex}[2015/03/31 v1.0 Tools overview] -% Copyright (C) 2006-2019 +% Copyright (C) 2006-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/trace.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/trace.pdf Binary files differindex 96fbbab8053..4feec696c21 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/trace.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/trace.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/varioref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/varioref.pdf Binary files differindex 5972e65a8a8..3250476346d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/varioref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/varioref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.pdf Binary files differindex 417ba04bbc7..cc96fdb5239 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/xr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/xr.pdf Binary files differindex 09335836af9..9ea338c63e2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/xr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/xr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/xspace.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/xspace.pdf Binary files differindex 51f99611fa5..c75762d7103 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/xspace.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/tools/xspace.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/alltt.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/alltt.ins index 197637dfb1b..adb3838a473 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/alltt.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/alltt.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.dtx index b43ae84f370..ea3b014c897 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.dtx @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ % \changes{v1.3l}{1995/10/20}{Disabled in compatibility mode all % options that are new in \LaTeXe.} % \changes{v1.3v}{1997/06/16}{Documentation fixes.} -% \changes{v1.4j}{2019/08/27}{Various commands made robust} +% \changes{v1.4j}{2019/08/27}{Various commands made robust} % % % \title{Standard Document Classes for \LaTeX{} version 2e\thanks{This @@ -611,11 +611,11 @@ \normalsize % \end{macrocode} % We use |\MakeRobust| instead of |\DeclareRobustCommand| above to avoid a log -% entry for the redefinition. But if we are running in in a rollback situation +% entry for the redefinition. But if we are running in a rollback situation % (prior to 2015) we don't touch it. -% \changes{v1.4k}{2019/10/25}{Roll back handling (gh/201)} +% \changes{v1.4k}{2019/10/25}{Roll back handling (gh/201)} % \begin{macrocode} -\ifx\MakeRobust\@undefined \else +\ifx\MakeRobust\@undefined \else \MakeRobust\normalsize \fi % \end{macrocode} @@ -2964,7 +2964,7 @@ % font to \cs{normalfont} so that always the same symbol is % produced regardless of surrounding conditions. % -% \changes{v1.4l}{2019/12/20}{Normalize label fonts} +% \changes{v1.4l}{2019/12/20}{Normalize label fonts} % A possible alternative would be %\begin{verbatim} %\renewcommand\labelitemfont{% @@ -3776,7 +3776,7 @@ \@mkboth{% \MakeUppercase\contentsname}{\MakeUppercase\contentsname}}% % \end{macrocode} -% The the actual table of contents is made by calling +% The actual table of contents is made by calling % |\@starttoc{toc}|. After that we restore twocolumn mode if % necessary. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3844,7 +3844,7 @@ \large \bfseries #1\hfil \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v1.4i}{2018/09/03}{Prevent protrusion % (\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/172785/10109})} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3912,7 +3912,7 @@ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v1.4i}{2018/09/03}{Prevent protrusion % (\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/172785/10109})} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3969,7 +3969,7 @@ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v1.4i}{2018/09/03}{Prevent protrusion % (\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/172785/10109})} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -4361,7 +4361,7 @@ % defined below in command names. These commands may be redefined in % any class or package that is customising \LaTeX\ for use with % non-English languages. -% \changes{v1.3h}{1995/07/20}{Split up to save save stack /1742} +% \changes{v1.3h}{1995/07/20}{Split up to save on save stack /1742} % % \begin{macro}{\contentsname} % \begin{macro}{\listfigurename} @@ -4496,4 +4496,3 @@ % \Finale % \endinput - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.ins index c6f1696a1d3..13d49747272 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -118,4 +118,3 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. } \endbatchfile - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmextra.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmextra.ins index 64901332964..05776a68075 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmextra.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmextra.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -90,39 +90,39 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. % % \Ask\answer{% % ************************************************************** -% ^^J* +% ^^J* % ^^J* Do you have the Concrete Roman fonts installed on your system, % ^^J* or do you intend to install them? -% ^^J* +% ^^J* % ^^J* If so please answer with `y' otherwise with `n' below. % ^^J* -% ^^J* You can easily redo this installation later in case you +% ^^J* You can easily redo this installation later in case you % ^^J* change your mind. % ^^J**************************************************************} -% +% % {\ifx\answer\y -% +% % \Msg{*** Generating font defs for Cork encoded fonts ***} % \Msg{*** Generating font defs for old TeX Text encoding ***} % \Msg{*** Generating font defs for math italic encoding ***} -% +% % \generate{% % \file{t1ccr.fd}{\from{cmfonts.fdd}{fd,T1ccr}} % \file{ot1ccr.fd}{\from{cmfonts.fdd}{fd,OT1ccr}} % \file{omlccm.fd}{\from{cmfonts.fdd}{fd,OMLccm}}} -% +% % \fi} \Ask\answer{% ************************************************************** - ^^J* + ^^J* ^^J* Do you have the cyrillic fonts from the University of ^^J* Washington installed on your system, ^^J* or do you intend to install them? - ^^J* + ^^J* ^^J* If so please answer with `y' otherwise with `n' below. ^^J* - ^^J* You can easily redo this installation later in case you + ^^J* You can easily redo this installation later in case you ^^J* change your mind. ^^J* ^^J* Normally it is better *not* to install these files, but use diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.fdd b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.fdd index b7b97ccf1c8..1eb318b0492 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.fdd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.fdd @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright 1993-2019 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % %\iffalse This is a META comment @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ %\fi % % -% +% % \changes{v2.5e}{1997/06/16}{Replaced reference to DC-fonts by ec % fonts.} % \changes{v2.5c}{1997/05/26}{Removed spaces in and around arguments @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ % {Dont force T1 hyphenchar to 127. latex/1853} % \changes{v2.4c}{1995/11/07}{Use decimal rather than octal character % specification for \cs{hyphenchar} and \cs{skewchar} so that there is -% no problem with an active quote character.} +% no problem with an active quote character.} % \changes{v2.4a}{1995/10/22}{Added support for new (v1.2) DC fonts % and text companion fonts (TS1 encoding).} % \changes{v2.3d}{1994/11/02}{Added more font substitutions for -% \cs{pounds}.} +% \cs{pounds}.} % \changes{v2.3d}{1994/10/30}{Added OMLcmr.fd and OMScmr.fd.} % \changes{v2.3b}{1994/05/12}{Added \cs{ProvidesFile} commands} % \changes{v2.3a}{1994/05/03}{Included definitions for @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ %<ec>ecssdc10 }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<*!new&!ec> %<+T1cmss>%%%%%%%% bold extended series @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ % % \subsubsection{Computer Modern Variable Typewriter} % -% The Computer Modern Variable Typewriter family is the +% The Computer Modern Variable Typewriter family is the % proportional spaced version of the Computer Modern Typewriter % family. It is implemented as a separate family to allow easy use % in normal text, including changes of shape/series etc if available. @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ %<-ori> <5><6><7><8><9>cmssdc10% <10><10.95><12><14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>cmssdc10% }{} - + %<+OT1cmss,Ucmss>%%%%%%%%% bold extended series %<+OT1cmss>\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmss}{bx}{n} %<+Ucmss>\DeclareFontShape{U}{cmss}{bx}{n}% @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ %<-nowarn> {<->sub*cmtt/m/it}{} %<+nowarn> {<->ssub*cmtt/m/it}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v2.5j}{2019/12/16}{Provide substitutions for cmtt/bx/sl} % \begin{macrocode} %<+OT1cmtt>\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmtt}{bx}{sl} @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ % % \subsubsection{Computer Modern Variable Typewriter (\texttt{OT1})} % -% The Computer Modern Variable Typewriter family is the +% The Computer Modern Variable Typewriter family is the % proportional spaced version of the Computer Modern Typewriter % family. It is implemented as a separate family to allow easy use % in normal text, including changes of shape/series etc if available. @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ % % \subsubsection{Computer Modern Roman Math italics} % -% \changes{v2.3d}{1994/10/30}{Added OMLcmr font substitutions pointing +% \changes{v2.3d}{1994/10/30}{Added OMLcmr font substitutions pointing % to OMLcmm. } % \changes{v2.3f}{1995/04/22}{Corrected OMLcmr \cs{skewchar}} % @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ {<->ssub*cmm/b/it}{} %</OMLcmr> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsubsection{Computer Modern Math symbols} % % \changes{v2.3a}{1994/05/02}{Included font definitions for @@ -1185,10 +1185,10 @@ % % \subsubsection{Computer Modern Roman Math symbols} % -% \changes{v2.3d}{1994/10/30}{Added OMScmr font substitutions pointing +% \changes{v2.3d}{1994/10/30}{Added OMScmr font substitutions pointing % to OMScmm. } % -% Some text symbols like `\P' and `\dag' are kept in the OMS encoding, +% Some text symbols like `\P' and `\dag' are kept in the OMS encoding, % so we need font substititutions from OMS/cmr to OMS/cmsy. % \begin{macrocode} %<*OMScmr> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.ins index a290b22cd3a..b5ed3e3f106 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \file{omscmr.fd}{\from{cmfonts.fdd}{OMScmr}} } - + \ifToplevel{ \Msg{***********************************************************} \Msg{*} @@ -119,6 +119,5 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \Msg{* Happy TeXing} \Msg{***********************************************************} } - -\endbatchfile +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/doc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/doc.dtx index 31c36b88c73..1341f56b8b2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/doc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/doc.dtx @@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \@namedef{verbatim*}{\@beginparpenalty \predisplaypenalty \@verbatim % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v2.1j}{2019/11/03}{Kernel now sets up \cs{verbvisiblespace} (gh/205)} % \changes{v2.1k}{2019/11/10}{Put the definition into the right command :-( (gh/205)} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -4543,7 +4543,7 @@ \ifnum\check@sum>\m@ne % \end{macrocode} % We do nothing if the checksum in the file is negative (or not given as -% it is initialized with -1). +% it is initialized with -1). % \begin{macrocode} \ifnum\check@sum=\z@ \typeout{**********************************}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx index 31245a1ef81..9cc7945d602 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx @@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ % \DeclareDir{makeindex}{idxstyle} %\end{verbatim} % This will cause base latex files and font descriptions to be -% written to directory |c:\emtex\texinput\latex2e|, files of the -% \texttt{tools} package to be written to |c:\emtex\texinput\tools| +% written to directory |c:\emtex\texinput\latex2e|, files of the +% \texttt{tools} package to be written to |c:\emtex\texinput\tools| % and makeindex files to |c:\emtex\idxstyle|. % % Sometimes it is desirable to put some files outside of the base diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.ins index aa4d869dfd5..281a376761b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ec.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ec.ins index 9c10479eae1..4283ef1ddda 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ec.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ec.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \Msg{*** Generating font defs for Cork encoded and Text Companion fonts ***} - + \generate{ \file{t1cmfib.fd}{ \from{cmfonts.fdd}{fd,T1cmfib,ec}} @@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \Msg{* Happy TeXing} \Msg{***********************************************************} } - + \endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.dtx index 0267d947948..f13e0116cd1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.dtx @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ % Now we can define the macros. Note: |\n@space| sets the internal % variables |\nulldelimiterspace| and |\mathsurround| to zero length. % -% Older kernels (e.g in roll back didn't have LR-mode with the +% Older kernels (e.g in roll back didn't have LR-mode with the % these commands) so we test for the support comment. This only works % if the rollback request is before loading this package but that is % where it should be. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ \def\bigg{\bBigg@\tw@} \def\Bigg{\bBigg@{2.5}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</package> % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.ins index 13941ca647d..d504b056cb4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.ins index 0e587d80baa..0407d39630b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fontdef.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fontdef.dtx index d1931e86525..4dd5ea38456 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fontdef.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fontdef.dtx @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %<driver, >\ProvidesFile{fontdef.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{fontdef.dtx} -%<-latexrelease> [2019/12/17 v3.0e LaTeX Kernel +%<-latexrelease> [2020/01/25 v3.0f LaTeX Kernel % \iftrue (\else %<text, >(Text %<math, >(Math @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ % % You are not allowed to change this source file! If you want to % change the default encodings and/or the font shape groups preloaded -% you should should create a copy of \texttt{fonttext.ltx} +% you should create a copy of \texttt{fonttext.ltx} % under the name \texttt{fonttext.cfg} and change this copy. If % \LaTeXe{} finds a file of this name it will use it, otherwise it % uses the standard file which is \texttt{fontdef.ltx}. @@ -249,11 +249,18 @@ % \changes{v3.0a}{2016/12/03}{(DPC) Default to TU encoding for Unicode TeX engines} % \begin{macrocode} \input {omlenc.def} -\input {t1enc.def} -\input {ot1enc.def} % <- should come after T1 for speed \input {omsenc.def} % \end{macrocode} -% +% Documents containing a lot of accented characters should really +% be using T1 fonts. We therefore load this last so that T1 encoding +% specific commands are executed as fast as possible (encoding +% files are no longer reloaded in \texttt{fontenc}. +% \changes{v3.0f}{2020/01/25}{Load t1enc.def last (gh/255)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\input {ot1enc.def} +\input {t1enc.def} +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} \input{ts1enc.def} % \end{macrocode} @@ -262,7 +269,7 @@ \ifx\Umathchar\@undefined % \end{macrocode} % -% We then set set the default text font encoding. This will +% We then set the default text font encoding. This will % hopefully change some day to |T1|. This setting should \emph{not} % be changed to produce a portable format. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -278,7 +285,7 @@ \def\ttsubstdefault{cmtt} \LoadFontDefinitionFile{TS1}{cmr} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \else % \end{macrocode} @@ -291,7 +298,7 @@ \LoadFontDefinitionFile{TU}{lmss} \LoadFontDefinitionFile{TU}{lmtt} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\rmsubstdefault{lmr} \def\sfsubstdefault{lmss} @@ -472,7 +479,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\sldefault} % \begin{macro}{\scdefault} % \begin{macro}{\updefault} -% +% % Shape changing commands use the following hooks. % \changes{v3.0e}{2019/12/17}{Set \cs{updefault} to ``up''} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -908,7 +915,7 @@ % \let\lnot=\neg \DeclareMathSymbol{\lnot}{\mathord}{symbols}{"3A} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareMathSymbol{\flat}{\mathord}{letters}{"5B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\natural}{\mathord}{letters}{"5C} @@ -918,9 +925,9 @@ \DeclareMathSymbol{\heartsuit}{\mathord}{symbols}{"7E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\spadesuit}{\mathord}{symbols}{"7F} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v3.0c}{2019/08/27}{Various commands made robust throughout -% the file} +% the file} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\hbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9muh}} \DeclareRobustCommand\surd{{\mathchar"1270}} @@ -988,7 +995,7 @@ \DeclareMathSymbol{\land}{\mathbin}{symbols}{"5E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lor}{\mathbin}{symbols}{"5F} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cap}{\mathbin}{symbols}{"5C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cup}{\mathbin}{symbols}{"5B} @@ -1039,7 +1046,7 @@ \DeclareRobustCommand\neq{\not=} % \end{macrocode} % As \cs{neq} is robust we should not use \cs{let} to define -% \cs{ne} as then then it would change if \cs{neq} changes. +% \cs{ne} as then it would change if \cs{neq} changes. % \changes{v3.0d}{2019/09/21}{Distangle alias (gh/184)} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\ne{\not=} @@ -1059,7 +1066,7 @@ \DeclareMathSymbol{\le}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"14} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ge}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"15} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succ}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"1F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\prec}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"1E} @@ -1079,7 +1086,7 @@ % \let\owns=\ni \DeclareMathSymbol{\owns}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"33} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gg}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"1D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ll}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"1C} @@ -1096,7 +1103,7 @@ \DeclareMathSymbol{\gets}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"20} \DeclareMathSymbol{\to}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"21} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mapstochar}{\mathrel}{symbols}{"37} \DeclareRobustCommand\mapsto{\mapstochar\rightarrow} @@ -1440,7 +1447,7 @@ % % \subsubsection{Biggggg} % -% \changes{v3.0b}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)} % \begin{macrocode} %</math> %<*math|latexrelease> @@ -1465,7 +1472,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*math> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\n@space{\nulldelimiterspace\z@ \m@th} % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/format.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/format.ins index 2a4b68e4f60..940161edd5b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/format.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/format.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright 2015 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -113,19 +113,19 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble \let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent \declarepreamble\cfgpreamble -This is a generated file. +This is a generated file. Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ the system are in the document `cfgguide.tex'. \from{ltmath.dtx}{fleqn}} \file{leqno.clo}{% \from{ltmath.dtx}{leqno}} -%%% generate the textcomp package +%%% generate the textcomp package \file{textcomp.sty}{% \from{lttextcomp.dtx}{TS1sty}} \file{textcomp-2018-08-11.sty}{% @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ the system are in the document `cfgguide.tex'. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Lua code % This is at the end as the prefix/postamble requirements are -% different to everything else +% different to everything else \def\MetaPrefix{--} \usepreamble\luapreamble @@ -270,6 +270,3 @@ the system are in the document `cfgguide.tex'. \generate{\file{ltluatex.lua}{\from{ltluatex.dtx}{lua}}} \endbatchfile - - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/graphpap.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/graphpap.ins index 8563ac0f43b..b5bb800122a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/graphpap.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/graphpap.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ifthen.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ifthen.ins index 71e17c118da..0e813cd5de3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ifthen.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ifthen.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/inputenc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/inputenc.ins index 4b866f2a5cb..6494a689eab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/inputenc.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/inputenc.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \file{latin10.def}{ \from{inputenc.dtx}{latin10}} } - - + + \generate{ \file{cp850.def}{ @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \file{decmulti.def}{ \from{inputenc.dtx}{decmulti}} } - + \generate{ \file{ascii.def}{ \from{inputenc.dtx}{ascii}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latex209.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latex209.ins index 7e51808ae08..bb72f344f1b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latex209.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latex209.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \file{latex209.def}{ \from{latex209.dtx}{head} \from{oldlfont.dtx}{latex209} - \from{latex209.dtx}{tail}} + \from{latex209.dtx}{tail}} \file{article.sty}{ \from{latex209.dtx}{article}} \file{book.sty}{ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.dtx index 4a59e76e307..5ee39a3a2df 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.dtx @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ % \iffalse % %<*dtx> - \def\latexreleaseversion{<date only known in .sty file>} + \def\latexreleaseversion{<date only known in .sty file>} \ProvidesFile{latexrelease.dtx} %</dtx> %<driver>\ProvidesFile{latexrelease.drv} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ % explicitly opt-in to bug fixes and improvements, and the vast % majority of documents did not benefit. % -% As described in \LaTeX\ News 22, a new policy is being implemented +% As described in \LaTeX\ News 22, a new policy is being implemented % in which improvements will now be added to the format by default, % and this \Lpack{latexrelease} package may be used to ensure % stability where needed, either by making a new format use an older @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ % the commands defined here to adjust their definitions to the % specified date as described below. % -% Note that the \Lpack{latexrelease} package is intended for use +% Note that the \Lpack{latexrelease} package is intended for use % at the start of a \emph{document}. Package and class code should not % include this package as loading a package should not normally globally % reset the effective version of \LaTeX\ that is in force, so affecting all @@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ % \item \emph{yyyy/mm/dd} or \emph{yyyy-nn-dd} % The package accepts any possible \LaTeX\ format date as argument, % although dates in the future for which the current release of this -% package has no information will generate a warning. Dates -% earlier than 2015 will work but will roll back to some point in 2015 +% package has no information will generate a warning. Dates +% earlier than 2015 will work but will roll back to some point in 2015 % when the method was introduced. % |\IncludeInRelease| command is defined. % The |\requestedLaTeXdate| is set to the normalized date argument @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ % \item[\marg{code-date}] This date is associated with the \marg{code} % argument and will be compared to the requested date in the option to % the \Lpack{latexrelease}. -% +% % \item[\oarg{format-date}] This optional argument can be used to % specify a format date with the code in addition to the mandatory % \marg{code-date} argument. This can be useful for package developers @@ -268,11 +268,11 @@ %\end{verbatim} % % To use the latest version, however it would have disadvantage that -% until the next release of \LaTeX, by default, if the document does +% until the next release of \LaTeX, by default, if the document does % not use \Lpack{latexrelease} to specify a date, the new improved % code will not be selected as the effective date will be 2015/01/01 % and so the first code block will be skipped. -% +% % For this reason |\IncludeInRelease| has an optional argument that % specifies an alternative date to use if a date option has not been % specified to \Lpack{latexrelease}. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ % skipped. % % If on the other hand the document requests an explicit release date -% using \Lpack{latexrelease} then this date will be used to decide what +% using \Lpack{latexrelease} then this date will be used to decide what % code block to include. % % \subsection{Using \cs{IncludeInRelease} in Packages} @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ % % To avoid this issue you can use the following coding % strategy: place the current |\widget| definition in the main code -% where it correctly belongs. +% where it correctly belongs. % \begin{verbatim} % ... % \def\widget {even newer improved March version} @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ % \section{fixltx2e} % % As noted above, prior to the 2015 \LaTeX\ release updates to the -% \LaTeX\ kernel were not made in the format source files but were +% \LaTeX\ kernel were not made in the format source files but were % made available in the \Lpack{fixltx2e} package. That package is no % longer needed but we generate a small package from this source % that just makes a warning message but otherwise does nothing. @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ of this package available from CTAN} % % The code for each change will be inserted at this point, extracted % from the kernel source files. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</latexrelease> % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.ins index 2f6d4cdb40d..ff55e7d8c0e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.dtx index 36a3346f3ee..908f11e1244 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.dtx @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ % \subsection{\LaTeX{} symbols fonts} % % \changes{v2.2d}{1996/11/20}{lowercase ulasy.fd /1044} -% The rest of this file defines the the font shape declarations +% The rest of this file defines the font shape declarations % that have to go into the corresponding |.fd| file. % % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.ins index f354e188b77..9e9901b879c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -150,8 +150,3 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. } \endbatchfile - - - - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/letter.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/letter.ins index 9143e88c138..8e8ed4ef7b9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/letter.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/letter.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -104,6 +104,3 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. } \endbatchfile - - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltclass.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltclass.dtx index e14fb1ef404..9e7668e88e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltclass.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltclass.dtx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltclass.dtx} - [2020/01/05 v1.3f LaTeX Kernel (Class & Package Interface)] + [2020/01/28 v1.3h LaTeX Kernel (Class & Package Interface)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltclass.dtx} @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ % some comments about how it was produced. % % The environment can also be called with an optional argument which is -% used to alter some of its behavior: option \texttt{force} or +% used to alter some of its behavior: option \texttt{force} or % \texttt{overwrite} will allow for overwriting existing files, % option \texttt{nosearch} will only check the current directory % when looking if the file exists. This can be useful if you want to @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ % A possible use case for using it inside the document body is if you % want to reuse some text several times in the document you could then % write it and later use \cs{input} to retrieve it where needed. -% +% % % The begin and end tags should each be on a -% line by itself. +% line by itself. % % \subsection{Option processing} % @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ % % |\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}|^^A % |{|\meta{pkg-name}|}|\\ -% Handle the the current option by passing it on to the package +% Handle the current option by passing it on to the package % \meta{pkg-name}, which will presumably be loaded via % |\RequirePackage| later in the file. This is useful for building % `extension' packages, that perhaps handle a couple of new options, @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \@onlypreamble\@ifl@t@r % \end{macrocode} @@ -847,11 +847,11 @@ %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \@onlypreamble\@pr@videpackage % \end{macrocode} -% +% % % % \begin{macro}{\ProvidesClass} @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\default@ds} -% The default default option code. +% The default option code. % Set by |\@onefilewithoptions| to either |\OptionNotUsed| for % classes, or |\@unknownoptionerror| for packages. This may be reset % in either case with |\DeclareOption*|. @@ -1406,8 +1406,8 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\reserved@b##1,{% % \end{macrocode} -% If |#1| is |\@nnil| we have reached the end of the list -% (older version used |\@nil| here but |\@nil| is undefined so |\ifx| +% If |#1| is |\@nnil| we have reached the end of the list +% (older version used |\@nil| here but |\@nil| is undefined so |\ifx| % equal to all undefined commands) % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@nnil##1\relax\else @@ -1802,13 +1802,16 @@ % To handle the optional argument we execute for each option the % command \cs{filec@ntents@OPTION} if it exist or complain about % unknown option. +% \changes{v1.3h}{2020/01/28}{Allow spaces in option string and display +% only unknown options not the whole option list (gh/256)} % \begin{macrocode} \def\filec@ntents@opt[#1]{% - \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% - \ifcsname filec@ntents@\@tempa\endcsname - \csname filec@ntents@\@tempa\endcsname + \edef\@fortmp{\zap@space#1 \@empty}% + \@for\@reserveda:=\@fortmp\do{% + \ifcsname filec@ntents@\@reserveda\endcsname + \csname filec@ntents@\@reserveda\endcsname \else - \@latex@error{Unknown filecontents option #1}% + \@latex@error{Unknown filecontents option \@reserveda}% {Valid options are force (or overwrite), nosearch, noheader}% \fi}% \filec@ntents @@ -1837,7 +1840,7 @@ \let\filec@ntents@checkdir\@empty \def\filec@ntents@where{exists on the system} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup% \@tempcnta=1 @@ -1890,7 +1893,7 @@ % by mistake overwriting the input file (\cs{jobname}). Of course, % this only works for input files ending in \texttt{.tex}. If a % different extension is used there is no way to see that we are -% overwriting outselves! +% overwriting ourselves! % \begin{macrocode} \edef\reserved@a{#1}% \edef\reserved@a{\detokenize\expandafter{\reserved@a}}% @@ -1906,12 +1909,13 @@ % \end{macrocode} % We allocate a write channel but we open it only if it is % (hopefully) safe. If not opened that means we are going to write -% on the terminal. +% on the terminal. +% \changes{v1.3g}{2020/01/27}{Fix typo in error message} % \begin{macrocode} \ch@ck7\reserved@c\write\relax% \if@filesw% % Foul ... trying to overwrite \jobname! \@latex@error{Trying to overwrite `\jobname.tex'}{You can't % - write to the file you a reading from!\MessageBreak% + write to the file you are reading from!\MessageBreak% Data is written to screen instead.}% \else% \@latex@warning@no@line% @@ -1921,7 +1925,7 @@ \fi% \fi% % \end{macrocode} -% Closing the \cs{@inputcheck} is done here ot avoid having to do +% Closing the \cs{@inputcheck} is done here to avoid having to do % this in each branch. % \begin{macrocode} \closein\@inputcheck% @@ -2145,7 +2149,7 @@ % \section{Package/class rollback mechanism} % % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexreleasefirst> @@ -2169,7 +2173,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\requestedLaTeXdate} % The macro (!) |\requestedLaTeXdate| holds the globally requested % rollback date (via \texttt{latexrelease}) or zero if no such -% request was made. +% request was made. % \begin{macrocode} \def\requestedLaTeXdate{0} % \end{macrocode} @@ -2244,7 +2248,7 @@ \ifx\load@onefilewithoptions\@undefined \let\load@onefilewithoptions\@onefilewithoptions % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -2295,7 +2299,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% +% % % \begin{macro}{\pkgcls@parse@date@arg} % The |\pkgcls@parse@date@arg| command parses the second optional @@ -2329,8 +2333,8 @@ % So in summary we have: % \begin{flushleft} % \hspace*{-1in}\begin{tabular}{ccccc@{}} -% Input & & \cs{pkgcls@targetdate} -% & \cs{pkgcls@targetlabel} +% Input & & \cs{pkgcls@targetdate} +% & \cs{pkgcls@targetlabel} % & \cs{pkgcls@mindate}\\[3pt] % \meta{empty} & $\to$ & \meta{global-rollbackdate-as-number} % & \meta{empty} & \meta{empty} @@ -2341,7 +2345,7 @@ % \texttt{=}\meta{date} & $\to$ & \meta{date-as-number} % & \meta{empty} & \meta{empty} % \\ -% \texttt{=}\meta{version}& $\to$ & \texttt{1} +% \texttt{=}\meta{version}& $\to$ & \texttt{1} % & \meta{version} & \meta{empty} % \\ % \meta{other} & $\to$ & \meta{global-rollbackdate-as-number} @@ -2351,7 +2355,7 @@ % \end{flushleft} % where \meta{global-rollbackdate-as-number} is a date request given % via \texttt{latexrelease} or if there wasn't one \texttt{0}. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\pkgcls@parse@date@arg #1{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -2373,7 +2377,7 @@ \fi } % \end{macrocode} -% The actual parsing work then happens in |\pkgcls@parse@date@arg@|: +% The actual parsing work then happens in |\pkgcls@parse@date@arg@|: % \begin{macrocode} \def\pkgcls@parse@date@arg@#1=#2\@nil{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -2411,7 +2415,7 @@ \else % \end{macrocode} % If |#1| was not empty then there wasn't a \texttt{=} character in -% first position so we we are dealing either with a ``minimum +% first position so we are dealing either with a ``minimum % date'' or with some incorrect data. We assume the former and make % the following assignments (the first one finishing the assignment % of |\pkgcls@targetdate|): @@ -2429,9 +2433,9 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \ifnum \pkgcls@targetdate > \z@ \ifnum \@parse@version0#1//00\@nil > \pkgcls@targetdate - \@latex@warning@no@line{Suspicious rollback/min-date date given\MessageBreak + \@latex@warning@no@line{Suspicious rollback/min-date date given\MessageBreak A minimal date of #1 has been specified for - \@cls@pkg\MessageBreak '\pkgcls@name'.\MessageBreak + \@cls@pkg\MessageBreak '\pkgcls@name'.\MessageBreak But this is in conflict with a rollback request to \requestedpatchdate} \fi @@ -2439,7 +2443,7 @@ \fi } % \end{macrocode} -% Strip off te trailing \texttt{=} and assign the version name to +% Strip off the trailing \texttt{=} and assign the version name to % |\pkgcls@targetlabel|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\pkgcls@parse@date@arg@version#1={% @@ -2531,7 +2535,7 @@ \pkgcls@debug{New candidate: #3}% %</tracerollback> \fi - \else + \else % \end{macrocode} % If we end up in this branch we have a named version request. So % we check if |\pkgcls@targetlabel| matches the current name and if @@ -2607,7 +2611,7 @@ date \ifnum\requestedLaTeXdate=\pkgcls@targetdate \requestedpatchdate - \else + \else \expandafter\@gobble\pkgcls@arg \fi.\MessageBreak % \end{macrocode} @@ -2617,7 +2621,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} Best approximation is \else - version '\pkgcls@targetlabel'.\MessageBreak + version '\pkgcls@targetlabel'.\MessageBreak This corresponds to \fi \ifx\@nil#2\@nil @@ -2636,11 +2640,11 @@ % % A similar error is given if global rollback date and min-date on % a specific package conflict with each other, but that case is -% happens only once so it is is inlined. +% happens only once so it is inlined. % \begin{macrocode} \def\pkgcls@rollbackdate@error#1{% \@latex@error{Suspicious rollback date given}% - {The \@cls@pkg\space'\@currname' claims that it + {The \@cls@pkg\space'\@currname' claims that it came into existence on #1 which\MessageBreak is after your requested rollback date --- so something is wrong here.\MessageBreak diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltcounts.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltcounts.dtx index 4759fdfee64..5dc1c8866d7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltcounts.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltcounts.dtx @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ %<latexrelease> {\@removefromreset}{Add interfaces}% %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\@removefromreset#1#2{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -374,17 +374,17 @@ % \begin{macro}{\counterwithout} -% +% % \changes{v1.1k}{2018/03/08}{Interface added} % \begin{macrocode} \def\counterwithout {\@ifstar\counterwithout@s\counterwithout@x} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\counterwithout@s#1#2{% \@ifbothcounters{#1}{#2}{\@removefromreset{#1}{#2}}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\counterwithout@x#1#2{% \@ifbothcounters{#1}{#2}% @@ -399,17 +399,17 @@ % \begin{macro}{\counterwithin} -% +% % \changes{v1.1k}{2018/03/08}{Interface added} % \begin{macrocode} \def\counterwithin{\@ifstar\counterwithin@s\counterwithin@x} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\counterwithin@s#1#2{% \@ifbothcounters{#1}{#2}{\@addtoreset{#1}{#2}}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v1.1l}{2018/04/11}{Correct default (issue/38)} % \begin{macrocode} \def\counterwithin@x#1#2{% @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdefns.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdefns.dtx index 0cc925bb74c..ae472966d57 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdefns.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdefns.dtx @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ % infinite loop! In particular, setting |\protect| to |\@empty| will % cause |\_| to loop forever. It will also break lots of other % things, such as protected |\ifmmode|s inside |\halign|s. If you -% really really have to do such a thing, then please set +% really have to do such a thing, then please set % |\@typeset@protect| to be |\@empty| as well. (This is what the % code for |\patterns| does, for example.) % @@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname \global\expandafter\let\csname \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined - }% + }% } %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %</2ekernel|latexrelease> @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ % current font's |\hyphenchar|. Monospace fonts are usually declared % with |\hyphenchar| set to $-1$ to suppress hyhenation. % -% \LaTeX, from \LaTeX2.09 in 1986 defined |\-| by +% \LaTeX, from \LaTeX2.09 in 1986 defined |\-| by % \begin{verbatim} % \def\-{\discretionary{-}{}{}} % \end{verbatim} @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% Delayed from |ltvers.dtx| +% Delayed from |ltvers.dtx| % \begin{macrocode} \newif\if@includeinrelease \@includeinreleasefalse diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdirchk.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdirchk.dtx index 8cc21eca90d..25fb9480ddd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdirchk.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdirchk.dtx @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ % \section{\TeX\ Versions} % % \begin{macro}{\@TeXversion} -% \TeX\ versions older than than 3.141 require |\@TeXversion| to be +% \TeX\ versions older than 3.141 require |\@TeXversion| to be % set. This can be determined automatically due to a trick suggested % by Bernd Raichle. (Actually this will not always get the correct % version number, eg \TeX3.14 would be detected as \TeX3, but \LaTeX\ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lterror.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lterror.dtx index 2583b1f3481..9a606ea8c1d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lterror.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lterror.dtx @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ % the error messages already in the format. % % These days we don't support autoloading approach any longer, but -% this part bit is kept in case it is used in old documents. +% this part bit is kept in case it is used in old documents. % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\let\csname ver@autoerr.sty\endcsname\fmtversion % \end{macrocode} @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% % % \begin{macro}{\c@errorcontextlines} % \changes{LaTeX2e}{1993/11/22}{Macro added} -% |\errorcontextlines| as a \LaTeX\ counter, so that it may be be +% |\errorcontextlines| as a \LaTeX\ counter, so that it may be % manipulated with |\setcounter| (once it is defined :-) % \begin{macrocode} \let\c@errorcontextlines\errorcontextlines @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx index c3f64306ad3..230cd911588 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 2019 +% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfiles.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfiles.dtx index 65995c292fa..33594a7b912 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfiles.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfiles.dtx @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ % "a b c" -> "a b c" % a" "b" "c -> "a b c" % -> "" -%\end{verbatim} +%\end{verbatim} % \begin{macrocode} \def\quote@name#1{"\quote@@name#1\@gobble""} \def\quote@@name#1"{#1\quote@@name} @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ % % % \begin{macro}{\IfFileExists} -% +% % \changes{v1.2a}{2019/07/01}{Support UTF-8} % \changes{v1.2b}{2019/08/27}{Make command robust} % \changes{v1.2d}{2019/10/26}{dont quote name} @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % % % @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macro}{\@swaptwoargs} % % \changes{v1.1o}{2019/02/07}{Helper macro added} @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfinal.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfinal.dtx index a6468178fd6..56549507624 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfinal.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfinal.dtx @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% +% % % % The default values of the picture and |\fbox| parameters: @@ -271,10 +271,10 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Lccodes for hyphenation} -% +% % \changes{v2.0a}{2015/01/03}{Unicode data loading added} % \changes{v2.0c}{2015/01/24}{Skip T1-code entirely with Unicode engines} -% \changes{v2.0d}{2015/03/26}{Use renamed +% \changes{v2.0d}{2015/03/26}{Use renamed % \texttt{unicode-letters.def}} % \changes{v2.0i}{2015/12/10}{Use new common Unicode data loaders} % \changes{v2.0j}{2016/01/04}{Do not set up inter character classes for @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ %<latexrelease> \catcode\@tempcnta=15 %<latexrelease> \advance\@tempcnta\@ne %<latexrelease>\ifnum\@tempcnta<32 -%<latexrelease>\repeat % +%<latexrelease>\repeat % %<latexrelease>\catcode9=10 % tab %<latexrelease>\catcode10=12 % ctrl J %<latexrelease>\catcode12=13 % ctrl L diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfntcmd.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfntcmd.dtx index 0869be20d57..0a44d5acf1e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfntcmd.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfntcmd.dtx @@ -396,14 +396,14 @@ % \begin{macro}{textulc} % \begin{macro}{textsw} % \begin{macro}{textssc} -% +% % \changes{v3.4c}{2019/12/17}{Macro added} % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}% %<latexrelease> {\textulc}{Additional text commands}% -\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textulc}{\ulcshape} +\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textulc}{\ulcshape} \DeclareTextFontCommand{\textsw}{\swshape} \DeclareTextFontCommand{\textssc}{\sscshape} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx index 62c97f389db..4dd7a36ca48 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 2019 +% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -27,15 +27,15 @@ % % \fi % \iffalse -%%% From File: ltfssbas.dtx -%% Copyright (C) 1989-2002 Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf +%%% From File: ltfssaxes.dtx +%% Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Frank Mittelbach % %<*driver> % \fi % % \ProvidesFile{ltfssaxes.dtx} - [2019/12/16 v1.0a LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Axes handing)] + [2020/01/30 v1.0a LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Axes handing)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \begin{document} @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ % % We could alternatively split the axis and maintain weight and width % separately, but that would take more processing time and would not -% allow for setting up explicit exceptions nicely (not sure that that +% allow for setting up explicit exceptions nicely (not sure that this % would ever get used though). % % Design considerations for mapping entries: @@ -198,35 +198,35 @@ % \end{itemize} % % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{b}{bc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{c}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{eb}{ebc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ec}{bec} {bc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sb}{sbc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sc}{bsc} {bc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{x}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{x}{bx}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{b}{bx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{c} {bc} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{eb}{ebx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ec} {bec} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{l}{lx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sb} {sbx} {} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sc} {bsc} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sl}{slx} {} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{x}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sl}{slx} {} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{x}{bx}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{c} {bc} {b} %<----- @@ -235,151 +235,151 @@ \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{sc} {bsc} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{x} {bx} {b} %<----- % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ul}{ulc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{x}{x}{m} %<----- % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ec}{ebec}{ebc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sc}{ebsc}{ebc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{x}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ec}{ebec}{ebc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sc}{ebsc}{ebc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{x}{ebx}{} % \end{macrocode} -% -% +% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{b}{bec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{eb}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{el}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{l}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sb}{sbec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sl}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ub}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ul}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{b}{bec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{eb}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{el}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{l}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sb}{sbec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sl}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ub}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ul}{ulec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{x}{x}{m} %<----- % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{b}{bsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{eb}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{el}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{l}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sb}{sbsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sl}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ub}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ul}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{b}{bsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{eb}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{el}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{l}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sb}{sbsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sl}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ub}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ul}{ulsc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{x}{x}{m} %<----- % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ec}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sc}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{x}{ebx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{ec}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{sc}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{x}{ebx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{x}{elx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{x}{elx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{x}{elx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{c}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ec}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sc}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{x}{lx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{c}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ec}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sc}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{x}{lx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ec}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sc}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{x}{ebx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{ec}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{sc}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{x}{ebx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{x}{elx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{x}{elx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{x}{elx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{c}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ec}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sc}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{x}{lx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{c}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ec}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sc}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{x}{lx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{b} {b} {bx} %<----- @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{sc} {lsc} {l} % ? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{x} {lx} {l} % ? %<----- % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{b} {b} {bx} %<----- @@ -400,155 +400,155 @@ \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc} {sc} {m} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{x} {x} {m} %<----- % \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{c}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ec}{sbec}{sbc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sc}{sbsc}{sbc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{x}{sbx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{c}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ec}{sbec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sc}{sbsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{x}{sbx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{c}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ec}{sbec}{sbc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sc}{sbsc}{sbc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{x}{sbx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{c}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ec}{sbec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sc}{sbsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{x}{sbx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{c} {sbc} {bc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{ec} {sbec} {sbc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{sc} {sbsc} {sbc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{x} {sbx} {bx} %? %<----- % \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{x}{slx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{x}{slx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{x}{slx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{x}{ubx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{x}{ubx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{x}{ubx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ec}{ulec}{ulc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sc}{ulsc}{ulc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{x}{ulx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ec}{ulec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sc}{ulsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{x}{ulx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{ec}{ulec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{sc}{ulsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{x}{ulx}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{x}{slx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{x}{slx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{x}{slx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{x}{ubx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{x}{ubx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{x}{ubx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ec}{ulec}{ulc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sc}{ulsc}{ulc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{x}{ulx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ec}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sc}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{x}{ulx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{ec}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{sc}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{x}{ulx}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{b}{bx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{c}{c}{} @@ -575,47 +575,47 @@ \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{m?}{c}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bec}{m?}{ec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{m?}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{m?}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{m?}{c}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{m?}{ec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{m?}{x}{} % \end{macrocode} % @@ -625,59 +625,59 @@ \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bec}{?m}{b}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{?m}{b}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{?m}{m}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{?m}{b}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{?m}{b}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{?m}{m}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% % \subsection{Changing to a new series} @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ \csname series@\f@series @#1\endcsname {#1}% \@nil -} +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -825,9 +825,9 @@ % condensed series, etc.). We do this in all branches above because a user % might have written %\begin{verbatim} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc}{msc}{mc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc}{msc}{mc} %\end{verbatim} -% instead of of using \texttt{sc} and \texttt{c} as needed in the +% instead of using \texttt{sc} and \texttt{c} as needed in the % \texttt{.fd} file. % \begin{macrocode} \def\set@target@series#1{% @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ %\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sc}{n} {n} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sc}{it} {scit} {scsl} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sc}{sl} {scsl} {scit} -\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sc}{sw} {scsw} {sw} +\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sc}{sw} {scsw} {sw} %\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sc}{sc} {sc} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sc}{ulc} {n} {} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ %\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scit}{n} {n} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scit}{it} {scit} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scit}{sl} {scsl} {scit} -\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scit}{sw} {scsw} {sc} % or scit? +\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scit}{sw} {scsw} {sc} % or scit? \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scit}{sc} {scit} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scit}{ulc} {it} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scit}{up} {sc} {} @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ %\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsl}{n} {n} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsl}{it} {scit} {scsl} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsl}{sl} {scsl} {} -\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsl}{sw} {scsw} {sc} % or scsl? +\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsl}{sw} {scsw} {sc} % or scsl? \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsl}{sc} {scsl} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsl}{ulc} {sl} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsl}{up} {sc} {} @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ %\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsw}{n} {n} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsw}{it} {scit} {scsw} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsw}{sl} {scsl} {} -\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsw}{sw} {scsw} {} +\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsw}{sw} {scsw} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsw}{sc} {scsw} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsw}{ulc} {sw} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {scsw}{up} {sc} {} @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ %\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sw}{n} {n} {} %\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sw}{it} {it} {} %\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sw}{sl} {sl} {} -%\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sw}{sw} {sw} {} +%\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sw}{sw} {sw} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sw}{sc} {scsw} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sw}{ulc} {sw} {} \DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {sw}{up} {n} {} @@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ \csname shape@\f@shape @#1\endcsname {#1}% \@nil -} +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ % % % \begin{macro}{\normalshape} -% +% % \cs{normalshape} resets both sub-axes if the default rules are used. % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\normalshape @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ % case of rollback). % % \begin{macro}{\reinstall@nfss@defs} -% +% % I use \cs{protected} here not \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} to avoid % extra status lines. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1227,5 +1227,3 @@ % % \Finale % - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx index e87f154b3de..b59b0fafdd6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ % but instead of calling \cs{fontfamily}, \cs{fontseries} and % \cs{fontshape} it earlier versions of this code did, we now set % \cs{f@family}, etc.\ directly. If we would call \cs{fontseries} -% or \cs{fontshape} as it +% or \cs{fontshape} as it % was done in the past, they would now interact with the existing % series and shape which is not desired if we intend to use an % explicit font shape! @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ \LoadFontDefinitionFile{#1}{#2}% \LoadFontDefinitionFile{#1}{#3}% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{m}{it}{<->ssub * #3/m/it}{}% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{m}{n}{<->ssub * #3/m/n}{}% @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \@onlypreamble\DeclareErrorFont % \end{macrocode} @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup \try@load@fontshape - \endgroup + \endgroup \fi \fi \fi % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssdcl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssdcl.dtx index 1c546e921c7..951c6de2e5a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssdcl.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssdcl.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % % \ProvidesFile{ltfssdcl.dtx} - [2019/08/27 v3.0s LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Declarative Interface)] + [2020/01/20 v3.0t LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Declarative Interface)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \begin{document} @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\in@ {\expandafter\@gobble\string\mathaccent} {\expandafter\meaning - \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}}% + \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}}% \reserved@a \ifin@ \expandafter\let @@ -1367,12 +1367,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@DeclareMathDelimiter} % \changes{v3.0r}{2016/02/18} % {Check for delimiter not \cs{delimiter}} -% \changes{v3.0s}{2019/08/27}{Make math delimiters robust} % \begin{macrocode} -%</2ekernel> -%<*2ekernel|latexrelease> -%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% -%<latexrelease> {\@DeclareMathDelimiter}{Make math delimiters robust}% \def\@DeclareMathDelimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \expandafter\in@\csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname \expandafter{\group@list}% @@ -1398,11 +1393,9 @@ \edef\reserved@d{\hexnumber@{\count\z@}\hexnumber@{\count\tw@}}% % \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\in@ - {\expandafter\@gobble\string\delimiter}% - {\expandafter\meaning\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}}% + {\expandafter\@gobble\string\delimiter}{\meaning#1}}% \reserved@a \ifin@ - \expandafter\let\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined \expandafter\set@mathdelimiter \csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname \csname sym#5\endcsname#1#2% @@ -1428,65 +1421,6 @@ \@latex@error{Symbol font `#3' is not defined}\@eha \fi } -%</2ekernel|latexrelease> -%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease -%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}% -%<latexrelease> {\@DeclareMathDelimiter}{Make math delimiters robust}% -%<latexrelease>\def\@DeclareMathDelimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6{% -%<latexrelease> \expandafter\in@\csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname -%<latexrelease> \expandafter{\group@list}% -%<latexrelease> \ifin@ -%<latexrelease> \expandafter\in@\csname sym#5\expandafter\endcsname -%<latexrelease> \expandafter{\group@list}% -%<latexrelease> \ifin@ -%<latexrelease> \begingroup -%<latexrelease> \count\z@=#4\relax -%<latexrelease> \count\tw@\count\z@ -%<latexrelease> \divide\count\z@\sixt@@n -%<latexrelease> \count@\count\z@ -%<latexrelease> \multiply\count@\sixt@@n -%<latexrelease> \advance\count\tw@-\count@ -%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved@c{\hexnumber@{\count\z@}\hexnumber@{\count\tw@}}% -%<latexrelease> % -%<latexrelease> \count\z@=#6\relax -%<latexrelease> \count\tw@\count\z@ -%<latexrelease> \divide\count\z@\sixt@@n -%<latexrelease> \count@\count\z@ -%<latexrelease> \multiply\count@\sixt@@n -%<latexrelease> \advance\count\tw@-\count@ -%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved@d{\hexnumber@{\count\z@}\hexnumber@{\count\tw@}}% -%<latexrelease> % -%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\in@ -%<latexrelease> {\expandafter\@gobble\string\delimiter}{\meaning#1}}% -%<latexrelease> \reserved@a -%<latexrelease> \ifin@ -%<latexrelease> \expandafter\set@mathdelimiter -%<latexrelease> \csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname -%<latexrelease> \csname sym#5\endcsname#1#2% -%<latexrelease> \reserved@c\reserved@d -%<latexrelease> \@font@info{Redeclaring math delimiter \string#1}% -%<latexrelease> \else -%<latexrelease> \expandafter\ifx -%<latexrelease> \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname -%<latexrelease> \relax -%<latexrelease> \expandafter\set@mathdelimiter -%<latexrelease> \csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname -%<latexrelease> \csname sym#5\endcsname#1#2% -%<latexrelease> \reserved@c\reserved@d -%<latexrelease> \else -%<latexrelease> \@latex@error{Command `\string#1' already defined}\@eha -%<latexrelease> \fi -%<latexrelease> \fi -%<latexrelease> \endgroup -%<latexrelease> \else -%<latexrelease> \@latex@error{Symbol font `#5' is not defined}\@eha -%<latexrelease> \fi -%<latexrelease> \else -%<latexrelease> \@latex@error{Symbol font `#3' is not defined}\@eha -%<latexrelease> \fi -%<latexrelease>} -%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease -%<*2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1547,9 +1481,16 @@ %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\set@mathdelimiter}{make delimiters robust}% \def\set@mathdelimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6{% +% \end{macrocode} +% We use \cs{protected} not \cs{MakeRobust} so that +% \verb=\bigl\lfoor= etc.\ works inside \cs{protected@edef}. +% \changes{v3.0s}{2019/08/27}{Make math delimiters robust} +% \changes{v3.0t}{2020/01/20}{fix for gh/251} +% \begin{macrocode} + \protected \xdef#3{\delimiter"\mathchar@type#4\hexnumber@#1#5% \hexnumber@#2#6 }% - \MakeRobust#3% +% \MakeRobust#3% } \@onlypreamble\set@mathdelimiter %</2ekernel|latexrelease> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssini.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssini.dtx index e948aa4809c..9687e08b0e6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssini.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssini.dtx @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ % \section{Custom series settings for main document families} % % This section was introduced 2020/02/02 and for now we support a -% full rollback (may need splitting later). +% full rollback (may need splitting later). % \changes{v3.1e}{2019/12/17}{Provide custom series settings a la mweights} % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ \ifcsname #2series\endcsname % supported are % \[md/bf]default \expandafter\def - \csname #2default\endcsname{#3}% + \csname #2default\endcsname{#3}% \else \@latex@error{Wrong syntax for \string\DeclareFontSeriesDefault}% {Mandatory first argument must be 'md' or 'bf'.} @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ \ifcsname #2series@#1\endcsname % supported are % \[md/bf]series@[rm/sf/tt] \expandafter\edef - \csname #2series@#1\endcsname{#3}% + \csname #2series@#1\endcsname{#3}% % \end{macrocode} % % If the interface is used we remove the frozen kernel @@ -343,9 +343,9 @@ % fonts are used then \cs{bfseries@rm} etc kick in and make % \cs{textbf} use \texttt{bx}. However, if the font gets changed % then \cs{bfdefault} will get used. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} -\def\bfseries@rm{bx} +\def\bfseries@rm{bx} \def\bfseries@sf{bx} \def\bfseries@tt{bx} % \end{macrocode} @@ -458,13 +458,13 @@ % If families are changed then we have to do a bit more work. % In the original NFSS implementation % a family change kept encoding, series shape and size unchanged -% but now we can't any +% but now we can't any % longer simply reuse the current series value. Instead we may have % to change it from one family default to the next. %\begin{verbatim} % \expand@font@defaults %\end{verbatim} -% We have to do the testing while while the current family is still +% We have to do the testing while the current family is still % unchanged but we have to do the adjustment of the series after it % got changed (because the new family might has different sets % ofshapes available and we certainly don't want to see @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ % \cs{fontseries} because that would apply the mappings and then % \texttt{bx + b} would keep \texttt{bx} instead of changing to % \texttt{b} as desired. -% as +% as %\begin{verbatim} % \let\f@series\target@series@value % \fi @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ % so that the definition becomes again fairly short. In addition we % add a hook, mainly for our Japanese friends so that the code can % be extended prior to the call to \cs{selectfont}. -% +% % \changes{v3.1f}{2020/01/11}{Streamlined implementation with hook} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{% @@ -597,11 +597,11 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macro}{\@rmfamilyhook} % \begin{macro}{\@sffamilyhook} % \begin{macro}{\@ttfamilyhook} -% By default the hooks do nothing. +% By default the hooks do nothing. % \begin{macrocode} \let\@rmfamilyhook\@empty \let\@sffamilyhook\@empty @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ \def\@meta@family@list{\@elt{rm}\@elt{sf}\@elt{tt}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\prepare@family@series@update#1#2{% \expand@font@defaults @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\ttdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}% \ifin@ \else \def\bfseries@tt{b}\fi\fi % \end{macrocode} -% +% % If the document preamble has changed the \cs{familydefault} or if % the if the \cs{rmdefault} contains a new font family, we have to % adjust the series defaults accordingly, before starting @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ % On the other hand if we still typeset in CM or LM then % \cs{bfdefault} is wrong since it is now saying \texttt{b} and not % \texttt{bx}. - + % To fix this we run \cs{rmfamily}, \cs{sffamily} or % \cs{ttfamily} depending on the situation and this will correct % the setup for us. @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} - + % % % @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ % but instead of providing a fixed one \LaTeX{} now offers a % general mechanism that allows to define arbitrary sequences. % -% \DescribeMacro\DeclareEmphSequence +% \DescribeMacro\DeclareEmphSequence % \DescribeMacro\emforce % % This declaration expects a comma separated list of (font) change @@ -895,12 +895,12 @@ % exhausted then \cs{emreset} is used as a final set of % declarations (which by default returns % back to the upright shape). Any additional nesting levels will -% then reuse the list from its beginning. +% then reuse the list from its beginning. % % % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareEmphSequence} -% +% % \cs{DeclareEmphSequence} expects a clist of declaration. Spaces in the % argument are dropped to avoid surious spaces in the output. The % declarations are additive. At the very end the shape is reset @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ % By default the it is empty, in which case \cs{eminnershape} is % used by \LaTeX. % \begin{macrocode} -\let\emfontdeclare@clist\@empty +\let\emfontdeclare@clist\@empty % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ \fi } % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\eminnershape{\upshape} % \end{macrocode} @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % First action is to alter the list and move the first entry to the end % \begin{macrocode} - \def\emfontdeclare@clist{#2,#1}% + \def\emfontdeclare@clist{#2,#1}% % \end{macrocode} % Then we execute current declaration. Appending |\selectfont| means one % can write just |\fontshape{it}}| and that works then too. @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\newfont#1#2{\@ifdefinable#1{\font#1=#2\relax}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\char #1\relax} % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfsstrc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfsstrc.dtx index bb82627de1a..e997e5be552 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfsstrc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfsstrc.dtx @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ % % \subsubsection{Outline of algorithm for math font sizes} % -% \TeX{} uses the the math fonts that are current when the end of a +% \TeX{} uses the math fonts that are current when the end of a % formula is reached. If we don't want to keep font setups local to % every formula (which would result in an enormous overhead, we have % to be careful not to end up with the wrong setup in case formulas @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ % \execute@size@function{} %\end{verbatim} % This means: the default (empty) size function will be executed, -% with its optional argument argument set to empty and its mandatory +% with its optional argument set to empty and its mandatory % argument set to |cmss12| by |\set@simple@size@args|. % As we discussed earlier, the effect of the default size function % is to load the given external font (cmss12) at the specified size @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\reserved@f{\extract@rangefontinfo<#3\@nnil}% % \end{macrocode} -% Now we check the the size against |\f@size|. If it is not equal +% Now we check the size against |\f@size|. If it is not equal % |\f@size| it is no good and we have to recurse. % \begin{macrocode} \ifdim \f@size \p@=#1\p@ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlists.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlists.dtx index d1cafa6cd0b..e8c9ebc16bd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlists.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlists.dtx @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ \everypar{}\@endpefalse}} %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\@doendpe}{clubpenalty fix}% %<latexrelease>\def\@doendpe{\@endpetrue @@ -837,7 +837,6 @@ % This |\if@inlabel| check is needed in case an item starts of % inside a group so that |\everypar| does not become empty % outside that group. -% \@nobreakfalse, etc etc. % \begin{macrocode} \if@inlabel \global\@inlabelfalse diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.dtx index 51fa46f6954..1f9ab8d1332 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.dtx @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ \ProvidesFile{ltluatex.dtx} %</driver> %<*tex> -[2019/10/22 v1.1j +[2020/02/02 v1.1l %</tex> %<plain> LuaTeX support for plain TeX (core) %<*tex> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ % % \section{Plain \TeX\ interface} % -% The \textsf{ltluatex} interface may be used with plain \TeX\ using +% The \textsf{ltluatex} interface may be used with plain \TeX\ using % |\input{ltluatex}|. This inputs |ltluatex.tex| which inputs % |etex.src| (or |etex.sty| if used with \LaTeX) % if it is not already input, and then defines some internal commands to @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ % \noindent % \DescribeMacro{new_chunkname} % |luatexbase.new_chunkname(|\meta{chunkname}|)|\\ -% Returns an allocation number for a Lua chunk name for use with +% Returns an allocation number for a Lua chunk name for use with % |\directlua| and |\latelua|, indexed from~$1$. % The number is returned and also \meta{name} argument is added to the % |lua.name| array at that index. @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ % \DescribeMacro{remove_from_callback} % |luatexbase.remove_from_callback(|\meta{callback}, \meta{description}|)| % Removes the callback function with \meta{description} from the \meta{callback}. -% The removed function and its description +% The removed function and its description % are returned as the results of this function. % % \noindent @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Older \LaTeX{}/Plain \TeX\ setup} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<*tex> % \end{macrocode} @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ % End of proposed changes to \texttt{etex.src} % % \subsubsection{luatex specific settings} -% +% % Switch to global cf |luatex.sty| to leave room for inserts % not really needed for luatex but possibly most compatible % with existing use. @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ \chardef\unicoderead=\numexpr\count16 + 1\relax \openin\unicoderead=UnicodeData.txt % \loop\unless\ifeof\unicoderead % - \read\unicoderead to \unicodedataline + \read\unicoderead to \unicodedataline \unless\ifx\unicodedataline\storedpar \expandafter\parseunicodedataI\unicodedataline\relax \fi @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % Note name change required on older luatex, for hash table access. % \begin{macrocode} - \countdef \CountZero =0 % + \countdef \CountZero =0 % \dimendef \dimenzero =0 % \mathchardef \mathcharzero =0 % \muskipdef \muskipzero =0 % @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ local function msg_format(mod, msg_type, text) end return first_head .. " " .. string_gsub( - text + text .. "on input line " .. tex.inputlineno, "\n", "\n" .. cont .. " " ) @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ local createtoken if tex.luatexversion > 81 then createtoken = token.create elseif tex.luatexversion > 79 then - createtoken = newtoken.create + createtoken = newtoken.create end local hashtokens = tex.hashtokens() local luatexversion = tex.luatexversion @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ luatexbase.new_attribute = new_attribute % \begin{macrocode} local whatsit_count_name = whatsit_count_name or "e@alloc@whatsit@count" local function new_whatsit(name) - tex_setcount("global", whatsit_count_name, + tex_setcount("global", whatsit_count_name, tex_count[whatsit_count_name] + 1) if tex_count[whatsit_count_name] > 65534 then luatexbase_error("No room for a new custom whatsit") @@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ luatexbase.new_whatsit = new_whatsit local bytecode_count_name = bytecode_count_name or "e@alloc@bytecode@count" local function new_bytecode(name) - tex_setcount("global", bytecode_count_name, + tex_setcount("global", bytecode_count_name, tex_count[bytecode_count_name] + 1) if tex_count[bytecode_count_name] > 65534 then luatexbase_error("No room for a new bytecode register") @@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ luatexbase.new_bytecode = new_bytecode local chunkname_count_name = chunkname_count_name or "e@alloc@luachunk@count" local function new_chunkname(name) - tex_setcount("global", chunkname_count_name, + tex_setcount("global", chunkname_count_name, tex_count[chunkname_count_name] + 1) local chunkname_count = tex_count[chunkname_count_name] chunkname_count = chunkname_count + 1 @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ local function new_chunkname(name) luatexbase_error("No room for a new chunkname") end lua.name[chunkname_count]=name - luatexbase_log("Lua chunkname " .. (name or "") .. " = " .. + luatexbase_log("Lua chunkname " .. (name or "") .. " = " .. chunkname_count .. "\n") return chunkname_count end @@ -1239,12 +1239,13 @@ local callbacklist = callbacklist or { } % Numerical codes for callback types, and name-to-value association (the % table keys are strings, the values are numbers). % \begin{macrocode} -local list, data, exclusive, simple = 1, 2, 3, 4 -local types = { - list = list, - data = data, - exclusive = exclusive, - simple = simple, +local list, data, exclusive, simple, reverselist = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 +local types = { + list = list, + data = data, + exclusive = exclusive, + simple = simple, + reverselist = reverselist, } % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1319,6 +1320,7 @@ local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { % \changes{v1.1k}{2019/10/02}{linebreak\_filter is \texttt{exclusive}} % \changes{v1.1k}{2019/10/02}{process\_rule is \texttt{exclusive}} % \changes{v1.1k}{2019/10/02}{mlist\_to\_hlist is \texttt{exclusive}} +% \changes{v1.1l}{2020/02/02}{post\_linebreak\_filter is \texttt{reverselist}} % \begin{macrocode} contribute_filter = simple, buildpage_filter = simple, @@ -1326,7 +1328,7 @@ local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { pre_linebreak_filter = list, linebreak_filter = exclusive, append_to_vlist_filter = exclusive, - post_linebreak_filter = list, + post_linebreak_filter = reverselist, hpack_filter = list, vpack_filter = list, hpack_quality = list, @@ -1337,7 +1339,9 @@ local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { ligaturing = simple, kerning = simple, insert_local_par = simple, + pre_mlist_to_hlist_filter = list, mlist_to_hlist = exclusive, + post_mlist_to_hlist_filter = reverselist, new_graf = simple, % \end{macrocode} % Section 8.5: information reporting callbacks. @@ -1366,10 +1370,12 @@ local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { % \changes{v1.1j}{2019/06/18}{page\_objnum\_provider added} % \changes{v1.1j}{2019/06/18}{process\_pdf\_image\_content added} % \changes{v1.1j}{2019/10/22}{page\_objnum\_provider and process\_pdf\_image\_content classified data} +% \changes{v1.1l}{2020/02/02}{page\_order\_index added} % \begin{macrocode} finish_pdffile = data, finish_pdfpage = data, page_objnum_provider = data, + page_order_index = data, process_pdf_image_content = data, % \end{macrocode} % Section 8.7: font-related callbacks. @@ -1377,9 +1383,11 @@ local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { % \changes{v1.1g}{2018/05/02}{glyph\_not\_found added} % \changes{v1.1j}{2019/06/18}{make\_extensible added} % \changes{v1.1j}{2019/06/18}{font\_descriptor\_objnum\_provider added} +% \changes{v1.1l}{2020/02/02}{glyph\_info added} % \begin{macrocode} define_font = exclusive, - glyph_not_found = exclusive, + glyph_info = exclusive, + glyph_not_found = exclusive, glyph_stream_provider = exclusive, make_extensible = exclusive, font_descriptor_objnum_provider = exclusive, @@ -1437,6 +1445,8 @@ end % |true|, then the same head is passed to the next function. If all % functions return |true|, then |true| is returned, otherwise the return % value of the last function not returning |true| is used. +% \item[reverselist] is a specialized variant of \emph{list} which executes +% functions in inverse order. % \item[exclusive] is for functions with more complex signatures; functions in % this type of callback are \emph{not} combined: An error is raised if % a second callback is registered.. @@ -1453,6 +1463,12 @@ local function data_handler(name) end end % \end{macrocode} +% Default for user-defined |data| callbacks without explicit default. +% \begin{macrocode} +local function data_handler_default(value) + return value +end +% \end{macrocode} % Handler for |exclusive| callbacks. We can assume |callbacklist[name]| is not % empty: otherwise, the function wouldn't be registered in the callback any % more. @@ -1488,6 +1504,39 @@ local function list_handler(name) end end % \end{macrocode} +% Default for user-defined |list| and |reverselist| callbacks without explicit default. +% \begin{macrocode} +local function list_handler_default() + return true +end +% \end{macrocode} +% Handler for |reverselist| callbacks. +% \changes{v1.1l}{2020/02/02}{Add reverselist callback type} +% \begin{macrocode} +local function reverselist_handler(name) + return function(head, ...) + local ret + local alltrue = true + local callbacks = callbacklist[name] + for i = #callbacks, 1, -1 do + local cb = callbacks[i] + ret = cb.func(head, ...) + if ret == false then + luatexbase_warning( + "Function `" .. cb.description .. "' returned false\n" + .. "in callback `" .. name .."'" + ) + break + end + if ret ~= true then + alltrue = false + head = ret + end + end + return alltrue and true or head + end +end +% \end{macrocode} % Handler for |simple| callbacks. % \begin{macrocode} local function simple_handler(name) @@ -1498,14 +1547,27 @@ local function simple_handler(name) end end % \end{macrocode} +% Default for user-defined |simple| callbacks without explicit default. +% \begin{macrocode} +local function simple_handler_default() +end +% \end{macrocode} % -% Keep a handlers table for indexed access. +% Keep a handlers table for indexed access and a table with the corresponding default functions. % \begin{macrocode} -local handlers = { - [data] = data_handler, - [exclusive] = exclusive_handler, - [list] = list_handler, - [simple] = simple_handler, +local handlers = { + [data] = data_handler, + [exclusive] = exclusive_handler, + [list] = list_handler, + [reverselist] = reverselist_handler, + [simple] = simple_handler, +} +local defaults = { + [data] = data_handler_default, + [exclusive] = nil, + [list] = list_handler_default, + [reverselist] = list_handler_default, + [simple] = simple_handler_default, } % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1516,18 +1578,24 @@ local handlers = { % If a default function is not required, it may be declared as |false|. % First we need a list of user callbacks. % \begin{macrocode} -local user_callbacks_defaults = { } +local user_callbacks_defaults = { + pre_mlist_to_hlist_filter = list_handler_default, + mlist_to_hlist = node.mlist_to_hlist, + post_mlist_to_hlist_filter = list_handler_default, +} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{create_callback} % \changes{v1.0a}{2015/09/24}{Function added} % \changes{v1.0i}{2015/11/29}{Check name is not nil in error message (PHG)} % \changes{v1.0k}{2015/12/02}{Give more specific error messages (PHG)} +% \changes{v1.1l}{2020/02/02}{Provide proper fallbacks for user-defined callbacks without user-provided default handler} % The allocator itself. % \begin{macrocode} local function create_callback(name, ctype, default) + local ctype_id = types[ctype] if not name or name == "" - or not ctype or ctype == "" + or not ctype_id then luatexbase_error("Unable to create callback:\n" .. "valid callback name and type required") @@ -1536,12 +1604,17 @@ local function create_callback(name, ctype, default) luatexbase_error("Unable to create callback `" .. name .. "':\ncallback is already defined") end - if default ~= false and type (default) ~= "function" then + default = default or defaults[ctype_id] + if not default then luatexbase_error("Unable to create callback `" .. name .. - ":\ndefault is not a function") - end + "':\ndefault is required for `" .. ctype .. + "' callbacks") + elseif type (default) ~= "function" then + luatexbase_error("Unable to create callback `" .. name .. + "':\ndefault is not a function") + end user_callbacks_defaults[name] = default - callbacktypes[name] = types[ctype] + callbacktypes[name] = ctype_id end luatexbase.create_callback = create_callback % \end{macrocode} @@ -1566,9 +1639,6 @@ local function call_callback(name,...) local f if not l then f = user_callbacks_defaults[name] - if l == false then - return nil - end else f = handlers[callbacktypes[name]](name) end @@ -1759,7 +1829,7 @@ local function callback_descriptions (name) end return d end -luatexbase.callback_descriptions =callback_descriptions +luatexbase.callback_descriptions =callback_descriptions % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1781,6 +1851,31 @@ end luatexbase.uninstall = uninstall % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{mlist_to_hlist} +% \changes{v1.1l}{2020/02/02}{|pre/post_mlist_to_hlist| added} +% To emulate these callbacks, the ``real'' |mlist_to_hlist| is replaced by a +% wrapper calling the wrappers before and after. +% \begin{macrocode} +callback_register("mlist_to_hlist", function(head, display_type, need_penalties) + local current = call_callback("pre_mlist_to_hlist_filter", head, display_type, need_penalties) + if current == false then + flush_list(head) + return nil + elseif current == true then + current = head + end + current = call_callback("mlist_to_hlist", current, display_type, need_penalties) + local post = call_callback("post_mlist_to_hlist_filter", current, display_type, need_penalties) + if post == true then + return current + elseif post == false then + flush_list(current) + return nil + end + return post +end) +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \endgroup % % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmath.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmath.dtx index 379dbf1afda..18688068b04 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmath.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmath.dtx @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ \newif\ifv@ \newif\ifh@ % \end{macrocode} -% +% % % % @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\vphantom}{Make commands robust}% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\vphantom{\v@true\h@false\ph@nt} % \end{macrocode} @@ -331,9 +331,9 @@ \def\finph@nt{% \setbox\tw@\null \ifv@ \ht\tw@\ht\z@ \dp\tw@\dp\z@\fi - \ifh@ \wd\tw@\wd\z@\fi + \ifh@ \wd\tw@\wd\z@\fi % \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.2b}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)} % \begin{macrocode} \leavevmode@ifvmode\box\tw@} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ \def\mathsm@sh#1#2{% \setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}\finsm@sh} % \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.2b}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)} % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> @@ -396,14 +396,14 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\cases}{Make commands robust}% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\cases} % \changes{LaTeX2.09}{1991/08/14} % {(RmS) inserted extra braces around entry for NFSS} @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ % {(MH) Fixed potential problem in \cs{[} (pr/3399).} % \begin{macro}{\]} % Produces |$$...$$| with checks that |\[| isn't used in math mode, -% and that |\]| is only used in display math mode (though there is no +% and that |\]| is only used in display math mode (though there is no % real test that this display math started with |\[| and not with |$$|). % \changes{v1.1h}{2015/01/08}{Make Robust (latexrelease)} % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmiscen.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmiscen.dtx index 1c05a08ec59..97b1f4a572b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmiscen.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmiscen.dtx @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ % package that uses \cs{@writefile} for writing its own files) then % the command behaves exactly as before. % \end{itemize} -% +% % % \begin{macro}{\protected@file@percent} % Dummy cs to be replaced by a percent sign inside @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}% %<latexrelease> {\protected@file@percent}{Mask line endings}% -\protected\def\protected@file@percent{} +\protected\def\protected@file@percent{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ % writing to files (github/73)} % % \begin{macrocode} -\catcode`\^^A=9 +\catcode`\^^A=9 \long\gdef\add@percent@to@temptokena #1\protected@file@percent#2\add@percent@to@temptokena % \end{macrocode} @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ {\expandafter\ifx\expandafter X\detokenize{#2}X\expandafter\dont@add@percent@to@temptokena\else \expandafter\do@add@percent@to@temptokena\fi{#1}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\dont@add@percent@to@temptokena#1{% \@temptokena\expandafter{#1}} @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ % in the definition. Therefore the |\fi| needs to be on the next % line and we need locally another comment character to avoid % getting spaces into the definition---a weird problem :-) -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup \catcode`\%=12 @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ }% } % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ \par\@ifstar{\nobreak\@xcentercr}\@xcentercr} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}% @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\@icentercr[#1]{\vskip #1\ignorespaces} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \end{macro} % % @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{environment} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.dtx index fb437d4ad2b..6ebb62cee8d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.dtx @@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ %<TS1>\ProvidesFile{ts1enc.def}[2001/06/05 v3.0e (jk/car/fm) %<TU>\ProvidesFile{tuenc.def} %<package>\ProvidesPackage{fontenc} -%<OT1|T1|OMS|OML|OT4|TU|package> [2019/11/22 v2.0l +%<OT1|T1|OMS|OML|OT4|TU|package> [2020/01/25 v2.0m %<OT1|T1|OMS|OML|OT4|TS1|TU> Standard LaTeX file] %<package> Standard LaTeX package] % %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltoutenc.dtx} - [2019/12/18 v2.0m LaTeX Kernel (font encodings)] + [2020/01/20 v2.0n LaTeX Kernel (font encodings)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltoutenc.dtx} @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \@onlypreamble\DeclareTextComposite % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\UseTextAccent}{Make commands robust}% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\UseTextAccent} % \begin{macro}{\UseTextSymbol} % \changes{v1.7p}{1995/11/17}{Support \cs{@wrong@font@char} latex/1676} @@ -1512,8 +1512,16 @@ % Some commands can be used in both text and math mode: % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand{\$}{\ifmmode\mathdollar\else\textdollar\fi} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\{}{\ifmmode\lbrace\else\textbraceleft\fi} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\}}{\ifmmode\rbrace\else\textbraceright\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% We use \cs{protected} not \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} so that +% \verb=\bigl\{= etc.\ works inside \cs{protected@edef}. +% \changes{v2.0n}{2020/01/20}{fix for gh/251} +% \begin{macrocode} +\protected\def\{{\ifmmode\lbrace\else\textbraceleft\fi} +\protected\def\}{\ifmmode\rbrace\else\textbraceright\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand{\P}{\ifmmode\mathparagraph\else\textparagraph\fi} \DeclareRobustCommand{\S}{\ifmmode\mathsection\else\textsection\fi} \DeclareRobustCommand{\dag}{\ifmmode{\dagger}\else\textdagger\fi} @@ -2008,7 +2016,7 @@ \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19} \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotright}{T1}{20} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbol{\guilsinglleft}{T1}{14} \DeclareTextSymbol{\guilsinglright}{T1}{15} @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{OT4}{174} \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotright}{OT4}{175} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbol{\i}{OT4}{16} \DeclareTextSymbol{\j}{OT4}{17} @@ -2998,7 +3006,7 @@ % old Adobe name \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft} \UnicodeEncodingName{"00AB} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbol{\textlnot} \UnicodeEncodingName{"00AC} \DeclareTextSymbol{\textregistered} \UnicodeEncodingName{"00AE} @@ -3020,7 +3028,7 @@ % old Adobe name \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotright} \UnicodeEncodingName{"00BB} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbol{\textonequarter} \UnicodeEncodingName{"00BC} \DeclareTextSymbol{\textonehalf} \UnicodeEncodingName{"00BD} @@ -3109,7 +3117,7 @@ \DeclareTextSymbol{\Hwithstroke} \UnicodeEncodingName{"0126} \DeclareTextSymbol{\hwithstroke} \UnicodeEncodingName{"0127} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % Not all fonts have U+2217 but using U+002A requires some adjustment. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextCommand{\textasteriskcentered}\UnicodeEncodingName{% @@ -3487,27 +3495,48 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption*{% \let\encodingdefault\CurrentOption - \edef\reserved@f{% - \lowercase{\def\noexpand\reserved@f{\CurrentOption enc.def}}}% - \reserved@f - \InputIfFileExists\reserved@f - {}{\PackageError{fontenc}% - {Encoding file `\reserved@f' not found.% - \MessageBreak - You might have misspelt the name of the encoding}% - {Necessary code for this encoding was not - loaded.\MessageBreak - Thus calling the encoding later on will - produce further error messages.}}% - \let\reserved@f\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% From 2020/02/02 release onward we only load the encoding files if +% they haven't be loaded already. To check this we look if +% \verb=\T@=\textit{encoding} is already defined. If not we load +% (indicated by setting the switch +% \texttt{@tempswa} to true and we always load if we run in an older +% format (or rather in a rollback situation). +% \changes{v2.0m}{2020/01/25}{Load each encoding file only once (gh/255)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempswafalse + \@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2020/02/02}% + {\expandafter\ifx\csname T@\CurrentOption\endcsname\relax + \@tempswatrue\fi}% + {\@tempswatrue}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Load if necessary: +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@tempswa +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\reserved@f{% + \lowercase{\def\noexpand\reserved@f{\CurrentOption enc.def}}}% + \reserved@f + \InputIfFileExists\reserved@f + {}{\PackageError{fontenc}% + {Encoding file `\reserved@f' not found.% + \MessageBreak + You might have misspelt the name of the encoding}% + {Necessary code for this encoding was not + loaded.\MessageBreak + Thus calling the encoding later on will + produce further error messages.}}% + \let\reserved@f\relax % \end{macrocode} % % In case the current encoding is one of a list of known % cyrillic ones we extend the |\@uclclist|: % \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\CurrentOption}% - {T2A,T2B,T2C,X2,LCY,OT2}% - \ifin@ + \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\CurrentOption}% + {T2A,T2B,T2C,X2,LCY,OT2}% + \ifin@ % \end{macrocode} % % But only if it hasn't already been extended. This might happen if @@ -3516,12 +3545,13 @@ % unnecessarily big, slowing down the processing at runtime. % \changes{v1.9v}{1999/06/12}{Extend \cs{@uclclist} only once} % \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\in@\expandafter\cyra\expandafter - {\@uclclist}% - \ifin@ - \else - \update@uclc@with@cyrillic - \fi + \expandafter\in@\expandafter\cyra\expandafter + {\@uclclist}% + \ifin@ + \else + \update@uclc@with@cyrillic + \fi + \fi \fi } % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.ins index 71bee61f578..17d62e11e8a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \from{ltoutenc.dtx}{TS1}} \file{tuenc.def}{ \from{ltoutenc.dtx}{TU}} -% no longer in this file since 2020/02 release +% no longer in this file since 2020/02 release % \file{textcomp.sty}{ % \from{ltoutenc.dtx}{TS1sty}} \file{fontenc.sty}{ @@ -104,5 +104,3 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. } \endbatchfile - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutput.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutput.dtx index 131560b22e1..c3b27baf42d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutput.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutput.dtx @@ -748,10 +748,10 @@ % \changes{v1.2m}{2015/03/12} % {initialise \cs{@dbldeferlist} again} % The new algorithm stores page wide floats together with column floats -% in a single |\@deferlist| list. We keep |\@dbldeferlist| +% in a single |\@deferlist| list. We keep |\@dbldeferlist| % initialised as empty so that packages that are testing for % deferred floats can use the same code for old or new float -% handling. +% handling. % \begin{macrocode} \gdef\@dbldeferlist{} % \end{macrocode} @@ -990,15 +990,15 @@ \if@nobreak \@nobreakfalse \everypar{}\fi \par % \end{macrocode} -% The |\vfil| at the end of the macro before the break penalty will +% The |\vfil| at the end of the macro before the break penalty will % normally result in the page being run short, even with |\flushbottom| % in effect (in contrast to the behavior -% of |\pagebreak|). However, if there +% of |\pagebreak|). However, if there % is some explicit stretch on the page, say, a |\vfill|, it has the undesired % side-effect, that the last line will not align at its baseline if it % contains characters going below the baseline, as the value of |\prevdepth| -% is no longer taken into account by \TeX{}. So we back up by that amount -% (or by |\maxdepth| if it is really huge), to mimic the normal behavior +% is no longer taken into account by \TeX{}. So we back up by that amount +% (or by |\maxdepth| if it is really huge), to mimic the normal behavior % without the |\newpage|. % \begin{macrocode} \ifdim\prevdepth>\z@ @@ -1448,8 +1448,8 @@ \def\@testwrongwidth #1{% \ifdim\dp#1=\f@depth %<*trace> - \fl@trace{\string#1 - \ifdim\f@depth=\z@ single \else double \fi + \fl@trace{\string#1 + \ifdim\f@depth=\z@ single \else double \fi column float -- ok}% %</trace> \else @@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ % |\@textmin| also. % \begin{macrocode} %<*trace> -%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{textfloatsheight (before) = +%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{textfloatsheight (before) = %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \the \@textfloatsheight}% %</trace> %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \advance \@textmin \@textfloatsheight @@ -3133,7 +3133,7 @@ %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fi %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \advance \@reqcolroom \ht\@currbox %<*trace> -%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{float size = +%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{float size = %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \the \ht \@currbox (addtocurcol)}% %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{colroom = %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \the \@colroom (addtocurcol)}% @@ -3234,7 +3234,7 @@ %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \box\@currbox %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \penalty\interlinepenalty %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \vskip\intextsep -%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \ifnum\outputpenalty +%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \ifnum\outputpenalty %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> <-\@Mii \vskip %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> -\parskip\fi % \end{macrocode} @@ -3278,14 +3278,14 @@ %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{Fail: colnum = \the \@colnum: %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> fpstype \the \@fpstype=ORD?}% %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \ifnum \@fpstype<\sixt@@n -%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{ERROR: BANG float not successful +%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{ERROR: BANG float not successful %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> (addtocurcol)}% %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fi %</trace> %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fi %<*trace> %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \else -%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{Fail---no room: fl box ht: +%<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fl@trace{Fail---no room: fl box ht: %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \the \ht \@currbox (addtocurcol)}% %</trace> %<latexrelease|fltrace|flafter> \fi @@ -3485,7 +3485,7 @@ %<*trace> %<latexrelease|fltrace> \fl@trace{End of addtonextcol -- %<latexrelease|fltrace> locally counts:}% -%<latexrelease|fltrace> \fl@trace{col: \the \@colnum. +%<latexrelease|fltrace> \fl@trace{col: \the \@colnum. %<latexrelease|fltrace> top: \the \@topnum. bot: \the \@botnum.}% %</trace> %<latexrelease|fltrace> \endgroup @@ -4410,7 +4410,7 @@ \advance \@reqcolroom \ifx #2\@empty \textfloatsep \else \floatsep \fi %<*trace> - \fl@trace{colroom = \the \@colroom + \fl@trace{colroom = \the \@colroom (flcheckspace \string#1 \string#2)}% \fl@trace{reqcolroom = \the \@reqcolroom (flcheckspace \string#1 \string#2)}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpage.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpage.dtx index bf203fb9c9a..f926f330605 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpage.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpage.dtx @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\markboth}{Make commands robust}% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\markboth} % \begin{macro}{\markright} % \changes{v1.0d}{1994/05/20}{Changed setting for \cs{protect}.} @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ \endgroup \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\markright[1]{% \begingroup diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpictur.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpictur.dtx index da3cdf897d6..9440fc783ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpictur.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpictur.dtx @@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ % \changes{v1.1l}{2016/03/29}{macro added (latex/4452)} % Tests whether horizontal or vertical lines are needed. % \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@ovvline \@ovvlinetrue +\newif\if@ovvline \@ovvlinetrue \newif\if@ovhline \@ovhlinetrue % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ %<latexrelease> \@circlefnt \setbox\@tempboxa %<latexrelease> \hbox{\if@ovr \@ovvert32\kern -\@tempdima \fi %<latexrelease> \if@ovl -%<latexrelease> \kern \@ovxx \@ovvert01\kern -\@tempdima \kern -\@ovxx +%<latexrelease> \kern \@ovxx \@ovvert01\kern -\@tempdima \kern -\@ovxx %<latexrelease> \fi %<latexrelease> \if@ovt \@ovhorz \kern -\@ovxx \fi %<latexrelease> \if@ovb \raise \@ovyy \@ovhorz \fi}\advance\@ovdx\@ovro @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\bezier}{Make commands robust}% -\MakeRobust\bezier +\MakeRobust\bezier \MakeRobust\circle \MakeRobust\dashbox \MakeRobust\line @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ \MakeRobust\multiput \MakeRobust\oval \MakeRobust\put -\MakeRobust\qbezier +\MakeRobust\qbezier \MakeRobust\shortstack \MakeRobust\thinlines \MakeRobust\vector @@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}% %<latexrelease> {\bezier}{Make commands robust}% %<latexrelease> -%<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\bezier +%<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\bezier %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\circle %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\dashbox %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\line @@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\multiput %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\oval %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\put -%<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\qbezier +%<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\qbezier %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\shortstack %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\thinlines %<latexrelease>\kernel@make@fragile\vector diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx index 2e5a345ecbb..06602780664 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ \ifx\directlua\@undefined \def\newwrite {\e@alloc\write \chardef{\count17}\m@ne\sixt@@n} \else - \def\newwrite {\e@alloc\write + \def\newwrite {\e@alloc\write {\ifnum\allocationnumber=18 \advance\count17\@ne \allocationnumber\count17 % @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\e@alloc#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \global\advance#3\@ne - \e@ch@ck{#3}{#4}{#5}#1% + \e@ch@ck{#3}{#4}{#5}#1% \allocationnumber#3\relax \global#2#6\allocationnumber \wlog{\string#6=\string#1\the\allocationnumber}}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltsect.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltsect.dtx index c658c23818c..9ccd042fb4e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltsect.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltsect.dtx @@ -116,14 +116,14 @@ % using the information previously saved with the other commands. % % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\title}{Make commands robust}% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % % \begin{macro}{\title} % \changes{LaTeX2e}{1993/12/11}{Added default} @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % -% +% % \begin{macro}{\@title} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@title{\@latex@error{No \noexpand\title given}\@ehc} @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\noprotrusion} % This command, if placed directly to the right (or left) of a -% word, will prevent prevent protrusion of that word into the +% word, will prevent protrusion of that word into the % margin. It is used in the toc entry lines as they shouldn't % protrude. It is implemented as to kerns that cancel each other % but being there hide the word so that protrusion is not @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx index 078da324d28..16d7dcb43aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ %<*2ekernel> \message{spacing,} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ \@xnewline}% \@xnewline} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \let\\\@normalcr %</2ekernel|latexrelease> @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ % \changes{v1.3f}{2015/11/07} % {Only space if there is no space at the end of the hlist latex/4443} % \begin{macrocode} - \ifdim\lastskip=\z@ + \ifdim\lastskip=\z@ \nobreak \hskip\z@skip \fi \ignorespaces @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ %<latexrelease> \ifhmode %<latexrelease> \spacefactor\@savsf %<latexrelease> \ifdim\@savsk>\z@ -%<latexrelease> \ifdim\lastskip=\z@ +%<latexrelease> \ifdim\lastskip=\z@ %<latexrelease> \nobreak \hskip\z@skip %<latexrelease> \fi %<latexrelease> \ignorespaces @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</2ekernel> %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\thinspace} % \begin{macro}{\negthinspace} % \begin{macro}{\enspace} -% \changes{v1.3h}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)} +% \changes{v1.3h}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\thinspace{\leavevmode@ifvmode\kern .16667em } \DeclareRobustCommand\negthinspace{\leavevmode@ifvmode\kern-.16667em } @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\leavevmode@ifvmode} % Leave vmode but only if we are really in vmode, otherwise the % expansion is empty (which is not the case with the default definition). -% \changes{v1.3h}{2018/09/24}{Macro added (git/49)} +% \changes{v1.3h}{2018/09/24}{Macro added (git/49)} % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\leavevmode@ifvmode{\ifvmode\expandafter\indent\fi} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1257,4 +1257,3 @@ % % \Finale \endinput - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttab.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttab.dtx index dcb82dece73..47cf4a66184 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttab.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttab.dtx @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\pushtabs}{Make commands robust}% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\pushtabs} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\pushtabs{% @@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\tabbingsep} % \begin{macrocode} \newdimen\tabbingsep diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttextcomp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttextcomp.dtx index fc208c2e74e..eca72e4d28c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttextcomp.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttextcomp.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 2019 +% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ % % \ProvidesFile{lttextcomp.dtx} - [2019/12/24 v1.0a LaTeX Kernel (text companion symbols)] + [2020/01/25 v1.0b LaTeX Kernel (text companion symbols)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \begin{document} @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ % % % Preserve the old definition of \cs{oldstylenums} under a different name. -% +% % This macro implements old style numerals but only works if we % assume that the standard math fonts are used. Thus it needs % changing in case other math encodings are used. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} -% +% % And here is the improved one that adjusts depending on surroundings. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\oldstylenums[1]{% @@ -173,8 +173,8 @@ %<latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease % \end{macrocode} -% -% +% +% @@ -211,14 +211,14 @@ % ends in \texttt{-*} then the star gets replaced by these common % ending, e.g., %\begin{verbatim} -% \DeclareEncodingSubeset{TS1}{Alegreya-*}{2} +% \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Alegreya-*}{2} %\end{verbatim} % is the same as writing %\begin{verbatim} -% \DeclareEncodingSubeset{TS1}{Alegreya-LF}{2} -% \DeclareEncodingSubeset{TS1}{Alegreya-OsF}{2} -% \DeclareEncodingSubeset{TS1}{Alegreya-TLF}{2} -% \DeclareEncodingSubeset{TS1}{Alegreya-TOsF}{2} +% \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Alegreya-LF}{2} +% \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Alegreya-OsF}{2} +% \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Alegreya-TLF}{2} +% \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Alegreya-TOsF}{2} %\end{verbatim} % If only some are needed then one can define them individually but % in many cases all four are wanted, hence the shortcut. @@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\DeclareEncodingSubset#1#2{% \DeclareEncodingSubset@aux{#1}#2*\DeclareEncodingSubset@aux -} +} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\DeclareEncodingSubset@aux#1#2*#3\DeclareEncodingSubset@aux#4{% % \end{macrocode} -% if \verb=#3= is empty then there was no star, otherwise we we +% if \verb=#3= is empty then there was no star, otherwise we % define all four variants. % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\ifx\expandafter X\detokenize{#3}X% @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ {\@font@info{Changing #2 sub-encoding to #1/#3}}% \@namedef{#1:#2}{#3}} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % Any reason to allow those in the middle of documents? % \begin{macrocode} \@onlypreamble\DeclareEncodingSubset @@ -331,7 +331,9 @@ % \begin{macro}{\tc@subst} -% +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2020/01/22}{The overall default is \cs{textcompsubstdefault} +% not \cs{substdefault}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\tc@subst#1{% \tc@errorwarn @@ -347,7 +349,7 @@ \else\ifx\f@family\ttdef@ult \fontfamily\ttsubstdefault \else - \fontfamily\substdefault + \fontfamily\textcompsubstdefault \fi\fi\fi % \end{macrocode} % Whatever default was chosen, we claim now (locally hopefully) @@ -411,7 +413,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %\def\tc@check@accent{\CheckEncodingSubset\UseTextAccent{TS1}\tc@error} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\tc@check@accent#1{\CheckEncodingSubset\UseTextAccent{TS1}{\tc@swap@accent#1}} \def\tc@swap@accent#1#2{\UseTextAccent{T1}#1} @@ -425,30 +427,32 @@ % Here are the default definitions for the \texttt{TS1} symbols. % First those that we assume are always available if a font % implements \texttt{TS1}. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{TS1} \UndeclareTextCommand{\textdollar} {OT1} % don't use the OT1 def any longer % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textsterling}{TS1} \UndeclareTextCommand{\textsterling}{OT1} % don't use the OT1 def any longer % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textperthousand}{TS1} \UndeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1} % don't use the T1 def - % should actually not be declaed - % in the t1enc.def file instead - % otherwise fontenc would overwrite - % it again (legacy tests!) % \end{macrocode} -% +% Using \cs{UndeclareTextCommand} above is enough only if the +% encoding definition files are not reloaded afterwards. In the +% past that happened if \texttt{fontenc} was used in the document +% preamble (not not any longer). So in some sense it is better to fully remove +% them from the encoding files, but for rollbacks it is easier to +% keep them in for now. +% % These are the standard \texttt{itemize} and footnote symbols % originally taken from \texttt{OMS} and now from \texttt{TS1}: % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textasteriskcentered}{TS1} +\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textasteriskcentered}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbullet}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdaggerdbl}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdagger}{TS1} @@ -460,12 +464,12 @@ % And here are the other \texttt{TS1} glyphs that are implemented % by every font (or nearly everyone---a few are commented out and % moved to sub-encoding 9, -% because they aren't around in one or two fonts. +% because they aren't around in one or two fonts. % \begin{macrocode} %%\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbardbl}{TS1} % subst in sub-enc 9 above \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbrokenbar}{TS1} %%\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textcelsius}{TS1} % subst in sub-enc 9 above -\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textcent}{TS1} +\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textcent}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textcopyright}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdegree}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdiv}{TS1} @@ -489,7 +493,7 @@ %%\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\texttwosuperior}{TS1} % subst in sub-enc 9 above \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textyen}{TS1} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textcapitalcompwordmark}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textascendercompwordmark}{TS1} @@ -516,7 +520,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % -% +% % % % \subsection{Sub-encoding \texttt{2} (majority of new OTF fonts via autoinst)} @@ -534,7 +538,7 @@ % the basic accents instead. whether that works or not really % depends on the font, something like \verb=\"X= usually comes out % wrong in Unicode engines. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\Umathcode\@undefined \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\capitalacute} {\tc@check@accent{\'}2\capitalacute} @@ -558,7 +562,7 @@ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\newtie} {\tc@check@accent{\t}2\newtie} \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\capitalnewtie} {\tc@check@accent{\t}2\capitalnewtie} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % In Unicode engines we just execute the simple accents: % \begin{macrocode} \else @@ -580,7 +584,7 @@ \def\newtie{\t} \fi % \end{macrocode} -% +% % % % @@ -705,9 +709,9 @@ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textuparrow} {\tc@check@symbol4\textuparrow} \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textwon} {\tc@check@symbol4\textwon} % \end{macrocode} -% % -% +% +% % % % \subsection{Sub-encoding \texttt{5} (most older PS fonts)} @@ -731,17 +735,17 @@ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textestimated} {\tc@check@symbol5\textestimated} \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textnumero} {\tc@check@symbol5\textnumero} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % % % % \subsection{Sub-encoding \texttt{6}} % % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textflorin} {\tc@check@symbol6\textflorin} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textflorin} {\tc@check@symbol6\textflorin} \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textcurrency} {\tc@check@symbol6\textcurrency} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % % % \subsection{Sub-encoding \texttt{7}} @@ -752,7 +756,7 @@ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textmu} {\tc@check@symbol7\textmu} \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textminus} {\tc@check@symbol7\textminus} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % % % \subsection{Sub-encoding \texttt{8}} @@ -784,9 +788,9 @@ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\texttwosuperior}{\tc@check@symbol{9}\texttwosuperior} \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textbardbl}{\tc@check@symbol{9}\textbardbl} % \end{macrocode} -% % -% +% +% % % \section{Unicode engine specials} % @@ -845,8 +849,8 @@ \DeclareTextSymbol{\textdollaroldstyle}{TS1}{138} \DeclareTextSymbol{\textcentoldstyle} {TS1}{139} % \end{macrocode} -% -% +% +% % \begin{macrocode} \fi % --- END of Unicode engines specials % \end{macrocode} @@ -857,9 +861,9 @@ % \ldots % % But first the default for anything that is not declared. We use -% \texttt{9} which is most like much too conservative but with the +% \texttt{9} which is most likely much too conservative, but with the % advantage that we aren't getting missing glyphs (or at least that -% this very very unlikely). +% this is very unlikely). % For nearly all font in the \TeX{} Live distribution of 2019 % ``correct'' classifications are given below, so that this default % is only used for new font families, and over time the right @@ -895,7 +899,7 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{txss} {0} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{txtt} {0} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{lmr} {1} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{lmdh} {1} @@ -904,43 +908,43 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{lmvtt} {1} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{lmtt} {1} % missing TM, SM, pertenthousand for some reason % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ptmx} {2} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ptmj} {2} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ul8} {2} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{bch} {5} % tofu for blank, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{futj} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{futs} {5} % tofu for blank, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{bch} {5} % tofu for blank, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{futj} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{futs} {5} % tofu for blank, ohm \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{futx} {5} % probably (currently broken distrib) -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pag} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pbk} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pcr} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{phv} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pnc} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pag} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pbk} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pcr} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{phv} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pnc} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pplj} {5} % tofu for blank \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pplx} {5} % tofu for blank \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ppl} {5} % tofu for blank interrobang/down -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ptm} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pzc} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ul9} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ptm} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{pzc} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ul9} {5} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{dayroms} {6} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{dayrom} {6} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{dayroms} {6} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{dayrom} {6} % tofu for blank, interrobang/down, ohm % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{augie} {8} % really only missing euro \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{put} {8} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{uag} {8} % probably (currently broken distrib) -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ugq} {8} +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ugq} {8} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{zi4} {9} % \end{macrocode} @@ -960,7 +964,7 @@ % % Below are the newer fonts that have support files for % \LaTeX{}. With very few exceptions the classifications are done -% so that that all characters are correctly produced (either being +% so that all characters are correctly produced (either being % available in the font or substituted. % % There are a few fonts that contain ``tofu'' squares in places @@ -975,11 +979,11 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{cantarell-*} {0} % with a bunch of tofu inside \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{fbb-*} {0} % missing centoldstyle % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{tli} {1} % with lots of tofu inside % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Alegreya-*} {2} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{AlegreyaSans-*} {2} @@ -990,13 +994,13 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Tempora-TLF} {2} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Tempora-TOsF} {2} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Arimo-TLF} {3} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Carlito-*} {3} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{FiraSans-*} {3} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{IBMPlexSans-TLF} {3} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Merriweather-OsF} {3} +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Merriweather-OsF} {3} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Montserrat-*} {3} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{MontserratAlternates-*} {3} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{SourceCodePro-TLF} {3} @@ -1005,7 +1009,7 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{SourceSerifPro-*} {3} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Tinos-TLF} {3} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{AccanthisADFStdNoThree-LF}{4} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Cabin-TLF} {4} @@ -1028,7 +1032,7 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{LinguisticsPro-OsF} {4} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{LinuxBiolinumT-*} {4} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{LinuxLibertineT-*} {4} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{MerriweatherSans-OsF} {4} +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{MerriweatherSans-OsF} {4} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{MintSpirit-*} {4} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{MintSpiritNoTwo-*} {4} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{PTMono-TLF} {4} @@ -1046,9 +1050,9 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{SticksTooText-*} {4} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{UniversalisADFStd-LF} {4} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Almendra-OsF} {5} +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Almendra-OsF} {5} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Baskervaldx-*} {5} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{BaskervilleF-*} {5} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Bitter-TLF} {5} @@ -1071,7 +1075,7 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{TheanoOldStyle-TLF} {5} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{TheanoOldStyle-TOsF} {5} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Crimson-TLF} {6} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{IBMPlexMono-TLF} {6} @@ -1083,7 +1087,7 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{LinuxLibertineMonoT-TLF} {6} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Overlock-LF} {6} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{CormorantGaramond-*} {7} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Heuristica-TLF} {7} @@ -1100,16 +1104,16 @@ \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{QuattrocentoSans-TLF} {7} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{XCharter-TLF} {7} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{XCharter-TOsF} {7} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{erewhon-*} {7} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ComicNeue-TLF} {7} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ComicNeueAngular-TLF} {7} -\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Forum-LF} {7} % the superiors are missing +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{erewhon-*} {7} +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ComicNeue-TLF} {7} +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{ComicNeueAngular-TLF} {7} +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Forum-LF} {7} % the superiors are missing % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{Cochineal-*} {8} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{AlgolRevived-TLF} {9} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1120,7 +1124,7 @@ % \section{Legacy symbol support for lists and footnote symbols} % % \begin{macro}{\UseLegacyTextSymbols} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\UseLegacyTextSymbols{% \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textasteriskcentered}{OMS}% @@ -1152,7 +1156,7 @@ % Here are new names for the legacy symbols that \LaTeX{} used to % pick up from the \texttt{OMS} encoded fonts (and used dor itemize % lists or footnote symbols. -% +% % We go the roundabout way via separate OMS declarations so that %\begin{verbatim} % \renewcommand\textbullet{\textlegacybullet} @@ -1168,7 +1172,7 @@ \DeclareTextSymbol{\textlegacyperiodcentered}{OMS}{1} % "01 \DeclareTextSymbol{\textlegacysection}{OMS}{120} % "78 % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textlegacyasteriskcentered}{OMS} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textlegacybardbl}{OMS} @@ -1217,7 +1221,7 @@ %<latexrelease> \fi %<latexrelease> \char`\$\egroup} %<latexrelease>\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1} -%<latexrelease> {\%\char 24 } +%<latexrelease> {\%\char 24 } %<latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textasteriskcentered}{OMS} %<latexrelease>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbullet}{OMS} @@ -1333,8 +1337,8 @@ %<latexrelease>\DeclareTextCommand{\textpertenthousand}{T1} %<latexrelease> {\%\char 24\char 24 } %<latexrelease> -%<latexrelease>\let\textlangle\@undefined -%<latexrelease>\let\textrangle\@undefined +%<latexrelease>\let\textlangle\@undefined +%<latexrelease>\let\textrangle\@undefined %<latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\let\textcolonmonetary\@undefined %<latexrelease>\let\textdong\@undefined @@ -1379,7 +1383,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\let\textlegacyparagraph\@undefined %<latexrelease>\let\textlegacyperiodcentered\@undefined %<latexrelease>\let\textlegacysection\@undefined -%<latexrelease> +%<latexrelease> %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*2ekernel> %</2ekernel> @@ -1390,7 +1394,7 @@ % % \section{The \texttt{textcomp} package} % -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<*TS1sty> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] @@ -1460,12 +1464,12 @@ \InputIfFileExists{textcomp.cfg} {\PackageInfo{textcomp}{Local configuration file used}}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %</TS1sty> % \end{macrocode} % -% +% % % \subsection{The old textcomp package code} % @@ -1529,7 +1533,7 @@ \string\textcurrency\MessageBreak \space\space 4 = 5 + \string\texteuro\MessageBreak \space\space 3 = 4 + \string\textohm\MessageBreak - \space\space 2 = 3 + \noexpand\textestimated+ + \space\space 2 = 3 + \noexpand\textestimated+ \string\textcurrency\MessageBreak \space\space 1 = TS1 - \noexpand\textcircled- \string\t\MessageBreak @@ -1981,7 +1985,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % The |\textcircled| and |\t| are handled specially, unless the % current font has a subset id of 0 (i.e. full \texttt{TS1}) we -% pick the symbols up from the the math font encodings, i.e., the +% pick the symbols up from the math font encodings, i.e., the % third argument to |\CheckEncodingSubset| uses |\UseTextAccent| to % get them from there. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2191,7 +2195,7 @@ \InputIfFileExists{textcomp.cfg} {\PackageInfo{textcomp}{Local configuration file used}}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \fi % \end{macrocode} @@ -2208,8 +2212,3 @@ \endinput - - - - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx index 1a149f788d3..1bd6a492462 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltvers.dtx} - [2019/07/01 v1.1c LaTeX Kernel (Version Info)] + [2020/01/31 v1.1e LaTeX Kernel (Version Info)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltvers.dtx} @@ -112,17 +112,17 @@ %</2ekernel> %<latexrelease>\edef\latexreleaseversion %<*2ekernel|latexrelease> - {2020-02-01} + {2020-10-01} %</2ekernel|latexrelease> %<*2ekernel> -\def\patch@level{-3} +\def\patch@level{0} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\development@branch@name} % For more fine grain control there is the possibility to name the % current development branch. This is only used when the % \cs{patch@level} is negative (i.e., a pre-release format) and is -% intended to help help us internally when we locally install a +% intended to help us internally when we locally install a % format out of some development branch. % \begin{macrocode} \edef\development@branch@name{develop \the\year-\the\month-\the\day} @@ -177,8 +177,9 @@ % \changes{v1.0p}{2015/01/22}{Preserve any \cs{everyjob} material inserted % by a loader (\texttt{.ini} file)} % \changes{v1.0v}{2015/08/23}{Allow negative patchlevel for pre-release} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2020/01/31}{Allow for upcoming format as pre-release 0} % \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\patch@level=0 + \ifnum0\ifnum\patch@level=0 \ifx\development@branch@name\@empty 1\fi\fi>0 % \everyjob\expandafter{\the\everyjob \typeout{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion>}} \immediate @@ -190,7 +191,7 @@ \write16{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> patch level \patch@level} \else \everyjob\expandafter{\the\everyjob - \typeout{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> pre-release\patch@level + \typeout{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> pre-release-\number-\patch@level\space \ifx\development@branch@name\@undefined \else \ifx\development@branch@name\@empty \else \space (\development@branch@name\space branch)% @@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ \fi }} \immediate - \write16{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> pre-release\patch@level + \write16{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> pre-release-\number-\patch@level\space \ifx\development@branch@name\@undefined \else \ifx\development@branch@name\@empty \else \space (\development@branch@name\space branch)% @@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % If a specific date has not been specified in |latexrelease| -% use `|#1|`. +% use `|#1|`. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@IncludeInRelease#1[#2]{\@IncludeInRele@se{#2}} % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltxref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltxref.dtx index ae7d4ef5890..c20a3245588 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltxref.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltxref.dtx @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ % % |\ref|\marg{foo}: value of most recently incremented referencable % counter. in the current environment. (Chapter, section, -% theorem and enumeration counters counters are +% theorem and enumeration counters are % referencable, footnote counters are not.) % % |\pageref|\marg{foo}: page number at which |\label{foo}| command @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ %<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% %<latexrelease> {\refstepcounter}{Add \labelformat and \Ref}% % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\refstepcounter} % Step the counter and allow for labels to point to its current value. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -324,14 +324,14 @@ % By generating the second csname first the |\p@...| command can % grab it as an argument which can be helpful for more complicated % typesetting arrangements. -% +% % The trick is to ensure that |\csname the#1\endcsname| is turned % into a single token before |\p@...| is expanded further. This % way, if the |\p@...| command is a macro with one argument it will % receive |\the...|. With the original kernel code (i.e., without the % |\expandafter|) it will instead pick up |\csname| which would be % disastrous. -% +% % Using |\expandafter| instead of braces delimiting the argument is % better because, assuming that the |\p@...| command is not defined % as a macro with one argument, the braces will stay and prohibit @@ -394,11 +394,11 @@ %<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease %<*2ekernel> % \end{macrocode} -% -% -% -% -% +% +% +% +% +% % % % \begin{macro}{\@currentlabel} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/makeindx.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/makeindx.ins index 2f70c394936..5e86d50579e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/makeindx.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/makeindx.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/newdc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/newdc.ins index 3a4cd9341ea..962510313c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/newdc.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/newdc.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \Msg{*** Generating font defs for Cork encoded and Text Companion fonts ***} - + \generate{ \file{t1cmfib.fd}{ \from{cmfonts.fdd}{fd,T1cmfib,new}} @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \file{ts1cmvtt.fd}{ \from{cmfonts.fdd}{fd,TS1cmvtt,new,tt}} } - + \ifToplevel{ \Msg{***********************************************************} @@ -128,6 +128,5 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \Msg{* Happy TeXing} \Msg{***********************************************************} } - -\endbatchfile +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.ins index ba890603abd..d6760bcfde8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/olddc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/olddc.ins index 9ebc62468db..85cb077b59c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/olddc.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/olddc.ins @@ -5,40 +5,40 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% \input docstrip - + \preamble This is a generated file. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \usedir{tex/latex/base} \Msg{*** Generating font defs for Cork encoded fonts ***} - + \generate{ \file{t1cmfib.fd}{ \from{cmfonts.fdd}{fd,T1cmfib,old}} @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \file{t1cmvtt.fd}{ \from{cmfonts.fdd}{fd,T1cmvtt,old}} } - - - + + + \ifToplevel{ \Msg{***********************************************************} \Msg{*} @@ -120,5 +120,5 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \Msg{* Happy TeXing} \Msg{***********************************************************} } - + \endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/proc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/proc.ins index 0b447057529..2c419c92b94 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/proc.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/proc.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.dtx index d96773c590a..a0dbdabe5f0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.dtx @@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ COLOR LAYER\\[.75in]% % (re)declare these booleans as they not defined in old format % (or with latexrelease package) % \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@ovvline \@ovvlinetrue +\newif\if@ovvline \@ovvlinetrue \newif\if@ovhline \@ovhlinetrue % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.ins index aed69c54c97..0eaa1eb1d7f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \preamble -This is a generated file. +This is a generated file. Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slifonts.fdd b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slifonts.fdd index abb950d6a1b..d3951cfa574 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slifonts.fdd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slifonts.fdd @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright 1993-2019 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % %\iffalse This is a META comment @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{sfonts.drv} \providecommand\dst{\expandafter{\normalfont\scshape docstrip}} -\title{The file \texttt{slifonts.fdd} for use with +\title{The file \texttt{slifonts.fdd} for use with \LaTeXe.\thanks{This file has version number \fileversion, dated \filedate.}} \date{\filedate} @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ % % The next bit of code contains the documentation driver file for % \TeX{}, i.e., the file that will produce the documentation you are -% currently reading. It will be extracted from this file by the +% currently reading. It will be extracted from this file by the % \dst{} program. % \changes{v2.1b}{1993/12/14}{Corrected \cs{documentclass}.} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ }{} %</lccr> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsection{Computer Modern Sans} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ %<!ec> \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{lcmss}{\hyphenchar\font45 } %<ec> \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{lcmss}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{n}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{m}{n}{% @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ %<ec> eclq8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{In}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{m}{In}{% @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ %<ec> ieclq8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{sl}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{m}{sl}{% @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ %<ec> ecli8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{Isl}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{m}{Isl}{% @@ -241,19 +241,19 @@ %<ec> iecli8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{it}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{m}{it}{% <->sub*lcmss/m/sl}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{Iit}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{m}{Iit}{% <->sub*lcmss/m/Isl}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{bx}{n}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{bx}{n}{% @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ %<ec> eclb8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{bx}{In}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{bx}{In}{% @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ eclo8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{bx}{Isl}{% <13.82><16.59><19.907><23.89><28.66><34.4><41.28>% @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{bx}{it}{% <->sub*lcmss/bx/sl}{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmss}{bx}{Iit}{% <->sub*lcmss/bx/Isl}{} @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ %</!ec> %</lcmss> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsection{Computer Modern Typewriter} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ %<!ec> \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{lcmtt}{\hyphenchar\font\m@ne} %<ec> \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{lcmtt}{\hyphenchar\font\m@ne} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmtt}{m}{n}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmtt}{m}{n}{% @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ %<ec> ecltt8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmtt}{m}{In}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmtt}{m}{In}{% @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ %<ec> iecltt8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<!ec> \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmtt}{m}{it}{% %<ec> \DeclareFontShape{T1}{lcmtt}{m}{it}{% @@ -362,47 +362,47 @@ %</!ec> %</lcmtt> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsection{Computer Modern Math} % % \begin{macrocode} %<*lcmm> \DeclareFontFamily{OML}{lcmm}{\skewchar\font'177} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{OML}{lcmm}{m}{it}{% <7><8><10><12><13.82><16.59><19.907><23.89><28.66><34.4><41.28>cmmi8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{OML}{lcmm}{m}{Iit}{% <7><8><10><12><13.82><16.59><19.907><23.89><28.66><34.4><41.28>icmmi8% }{} %</lcmm> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsection{Computer Modern Symbol} % % \begin{macrocode} %<*lcmsy> \DeclareFontFamily{OMS}{lcmsy}{\skewchar\font'60} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{OMS}{lcmsy}{m}{n}{% <7><8><10><12><13.82><16.59><19.907><23.89><28.66><34.4><41.28>cmsy8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{OMS}{lcmsy}{m}{In}{% <7><8><10><12><13.82><16.59><19.907><23.89><28.66><34.4><41.28>icmsy8% }{} %</lcmsy> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsection{Computer Modern large symbols} % % \changes{v2.1g}{1994/03/01}{Removed extra pair of curly braces @@ -414,14 +414,14 @@ <->sfixed*[17.28]cmex10% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{OMX}{lcmex}{m}{In}{% <->sfixed*[17.28]icmex10% }{} %</lcmex> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsection{\LaTeX{} symbols} % % \changes{v2.2d}{1997/10/20}{Removed superfluous pair of braces at @@ -433,14 +433,14 @@ <12><13.82><16.59><19.907><23.89><28.66><34.4><41.28>lasy8% }{} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{U}{llasy}{m}{In}{% <13.82><16.59><19.907><23.89><28.66><34.4><41.28>ilasy8% }{} %</llasy> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \section{Setting defaults} % % The following statements go into the file \texttt{sfonts.def} @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ \DeclareFontSubstitution{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{n} \input ot1lcmss.fd % \end{macrocode} -% +% % Ensure some suitable starting values but don't load any font % yet. In the past this was implicitly done as part of % \cs{DeclareErrorFont} but not any longer. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/syntonly.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/syntonly.ins index 018a1b2ebc7..c4a69c4101a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/syntonly.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/syntonly.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional information. -The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \endpreamble @@ -85,4 +85,3 @@ extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \from{syntonly.dtx}{package}} \endbatchfile - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.fdd b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.fdd index dfda332ce4f..9308d801ff2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.fdd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.fdd @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright 2016-2019 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % %\iffalse This is a META comment diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.ins index 5192ab474a9..9e32e39a63b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 2016-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html Copyright (C) 2016-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system. -------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2008 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \file{tulmvtt.fd}{\from{tulm.fdd}{TUlmvtt}} \file{tulmdh.fd}{\from{tulm.fdd}{TUlmdh}}} - + \ifToplevel{ \Msg{***********************************************************} \Msg{*} @@ -108,6 +108,5 @@ making successful document exchange impossible. \Msg{* Happy TeXing} \Msg{***********************************************************} } - -\endbatchfile +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/unpack.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/unpack.ins index cca77e20cb4..b03dd5c6b1b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/unpack.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/unpack.ins @@ -5,34 +5,34 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the LaTeX base system. %% ------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional %% information. -%% -%% -%% +%% +%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of bootstrap commands ------------------ %% @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ \batchinput{ltoutenc.ins} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%% other classes and packages \batchinput{classes.ins} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.dtx index 525e461a675..8d454d1c718 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.dtx @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ %<*utf8> % \end{macrocode} % This is a temporary fix for the e-p\TeX{} / e-up\TeX{} engines that do not yet -% have a |\ifincsname| primitive. Once this is available the the extra file will +% have a |\ifincsname| primitive. Once this is available the extra file will % be dropped. % \changes{v1.2h}{2019/07/09}{Temp rollback fix for e-pTeX} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ \fi \endinput % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \makeatletter % \end{macrocode} @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ \else \PackageError{inputenc}{Invalid UTF-8 byte sequence}% \UTFviii@invalid@help - \fi + \fi % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ % the character os already active. The definition of |\UTFviii@tmp| % looks slightly strange but is designed for the sequence of |\expandafter| % in |\DeclareUnicodeCharacter|. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \ifnum\count@<"A0\relax \ifnum\catcode\count@=13 @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ % The code below is derived from \texttt{xmltex} and generates the UTF-8 byte sequence % for the number in |\count@|. % -% The reverse operation (just used in error messages) +% The reverse operation (just used in error messages) % has now been added as \cs{decode@UTFviii}. % \begin{macrocode} \else\ifnum\count@<"800\relax @@ -889,16 +889,16 @@ \gdef\dec@de@UTFviii#1{% \ifx\relax#1% \else - \ifnum`#1>"EF + \ifnum`#1>"EF ((((`#1-"F0)% \else - \ifnum`#1>"DF + \ifnum`#1>"DF (((`#1-"E0)% \else - \ifnum`#1>"BF + \ifnum`#1>"BF ((`#1-"C0)% \else - \ifnum`#1>"7F + \ifnum`#1>"7F )*64+(`#1-"80)% \else +`#1 % @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % However, we don't know if there are font encodings still to be % loaded (either with \texttt{fontenc} or directly with |\input| by -% some some package). Font encoding files are loaded only if the +% some package). Font encoding files are loaded only if the % corresponding encoding has not been loaded yet, and they always % begin with |\DeclareFontEncoding|. We now redefine the internal % kernel version of the latter to load the Unicode file if available. @@ -1806,8 +1806,8 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<all,ts1,utf8>\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{FEFF}{\ifhmode\nobreak\fi} % \end{macrocode} -% -% +% +% % \endgroup % \subsection{Notes} % @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ % This space is intentionally empty ... %</utf8> % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \subsection{Old \texttt{utf8.def} file as a temp fix for p\TeX{} and friends} % % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/color.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/color.dtx index 8de7d013a37..ad5df89a7ee 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/color.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/color.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse % %% color.dtx Copyright (C) 1994--1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2005-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2005-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{color.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{color.dtx} - [2016/07/10 v1.1e Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)] + [2019/11/23 v1.2a Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -462,10 +462,10 @@ % correctly. % \changes{v0.3a}{1994/07/20} % {Stop command being \cs{long}, and make robust.} -% \changes{v0.3l}{1995/12/07} -% {Add \cs{leavevmode}} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/23} +% {Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\textcolor#1#{\@textcolor{#1}} +\protected\def\textcolor#1#{\@textcolor{#1}} \def\@textcolor#1#2#3{\protect\leavevmode{\color#1{#2}#3}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -481,8 +481,10 @@ % {end the group even if the colour command generates an error} % \changes{v0.3c}{1994/09/19} % {Use \cs{color} to parse arguments} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/23} +% {Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\pagecolor{% +\protected\def\pagecolor{% \begingroup \let\ignorespaces\endgroup \let\set@color\set@page@color @@ -497,8 +499,10 @@ % % \changes{v1.1a}{2014/04/23} % {add \cs{nopagecolor} graphics/3873} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/23} +% {Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\nopagecolor{% +\protected\def\nopagecolor{% \@ifundefined{no@page@color}{% \PackageInfo{color}{\string\nopagecolor\space is not supported}% }{% @@ -533,8 +537,10 @@ % {New internal implementation of colour commands} % \changes{v0.3f}{1994/10/04} % {Give info about redefinitions} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/23} +% {Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\definecolor#1#2#3{% +\protected\def\definecolor#1#2#3{% \@ifundefined{color@#2}% {\c@lor@error{model `#2'}}% {\@ifundefined{\string\color @#1}{}% @@ -589,8 +595,10 @@ % |[named]| all the time, just give the package option |usenames|, which % will redefine |\DefineNamedColor|, so that the colour name is declared % as a user-colour as well as a name in the `named' model. +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/23} +% {Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\DefineNamedColor#1#2#3#4{% +\protected\def\DefineNamedColor#1#2#3#4{% \@ifundefined{define@color@#1}% {\c@lor@error{model `#1'}}% {\@ifundefined{color@#3}% @@ -684,8 +692,10 @@ % \changes{v0.2d}{1994/05/13} % {Stop changing \cs{reset@font}. Use the new \cs{normalfont} % instead.} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/23} +% {Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\normalcolor{\let\current@color\default@color\set@color} +\protected\def\normalcolor{\let\current@color\default@color\set@color} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -751,8 +761,10 @@ % colour specifies the \emph{background} colour of the box. % \changes{v0.3b}{1994/09/14} % {New implementation} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/23} +% {Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\colorbox#1#{\color@box{#1}} +\protected\def\colorbox#1#{\color@box{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -771,9 +783,11 @@ % colour model for both colours. % \changes{v0.3b}{1994/09/14} % {New implementation} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/23} +% {Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macro}{\fcolorbox} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\fcolorbox#1#{\color@fbox{#1}} +\protected\def\fcolorbox#1#{\color@fbox{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.dtx index d693ebd27b0..9bf32f78a1f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.dtx @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ % %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.dtx index f9197c7b1c9..8e883bd8df7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse % %% epsfig.dtx Copyright (C) 1994-1996 1999 Sebastian Rahtz -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.dtx index ac570c02278..b88ef1e0666 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse % %% graphics.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz -%% Copyright (C) 1995-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 1995-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{graphics.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{graphics.dtx} - [2019/11/01 v1.3d Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)] + [2019/11/30 v1.4a Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -870,9 +870,10 @@ % \changes{v1.1a}{2017/03/17} % {\cs{leavevmode} added before the group in \cs{Gin@iii} so that % settings in \cs{everypar} are cleared} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2019/11/30}{Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % Top level command for the standard interface, just look for a |*|. % \begin{macrocode} -\def\includegraphics{% +\protected\def\includegraphics{% % \end{macrocode} % Clear |\everypar| before starting a group. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1081,7 +1082,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Ginclude@graphics} % The main internal function implementing graphics file inclusion. % |#1| is the file name. @@ -1651,8 +1652,9 @@ % \changes{v0.7a}{1995/04/11}{\cs{leavevmode} added graphics/1521} % \changes{v1.0n}{2001/07/07} % {Made long (CAR) graphics/2908 and 3345} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2019/11/30}{Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\rotatebox#1#2{% +\protected\long\def\rotatebox#1#2{% \leavevmode \Grot@setangle{#1}% \setbox\z@\hbox{{#2}}% @@ -1866,8 +1868,9 @@ % The top level |\scalebox|. If the vertical scale factor is omitted it % defaults to the horizontal scale factor, |#1|. % \changes{v0.3d}{1994/03/06}{Better support for negative arguments.} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2019/11/30}{Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\scalebox#1{% +\protected\def\scalebox#1{% \@ifnextchar[{\Gscale@box{#1}}{\Gscale@box{#1}[#1]}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1905,8 +1908,9 @@ % \begin{macro}{\reflectbox} % Just an abbreviation for the appropriate scale to get reflection. % \changes{v0.3e}{1994/03/09}{Macro added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2019/11/30}{Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\reflectbox{\Gscale@box-1[1]} +\protected\def\reflectbox{\Gscale@box-1[1]} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1915,10 +1919,11 @@ % \changes{v0.3b}{1994/03/01}{Recode \cmd\resizebox.} % \changes{v0.7b}{1995/04/27} % {Add \cs{leavevmode} for graphics/1512} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2019/11/30}{Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % Look for a |*|, which specifies that a final vertical size refers to % `height + depth' not just `height'. % \begin{macrocode} -\def\resizebox{% +\protected\def\resizebox{% \leavevmode \@ifstar{\Gscale@@box\totalheight}{\Gscale@@box\height}} % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.dtx index 4134c4eed1f..3cf15925d3f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse % %% graphicx.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz -%% Copyright (C) 1995-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 1995-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{graphicx.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{graphicx.dtx} - [2017/06/01 v1.1a Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)] + [2019/11/30 v1.2a Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ % \item[quiet] Turns off writing information about graphics to the |.log|. % \item[page] The page of a multi-page PDF graphic to be used. % \item[interpolate] Enables interpolation of bitmap images by viewers. -% \item[pagebox] Specifies which PDF box should be used for the natural image size, one of +% \item[pagebox] Specifies which PDF box should be used for the natural image size, one of % mediabox, cropbox, bleedbox, trimbox, artbox. The default is driver-specific. % \end{description} % @@ -845,8 +845,9 @@ % Look for an optional argument. % \changes{v0.3b}{1994/03/11}{Remove star form} % \changes{v1.0g}{2014/04/25}{\cs{leavevmode} added graphics/1521} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/11/30}{Add \cs{protected} gh/208} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\rotatebox{% +\protected\def\rotatebox{% \leavevmode \@ifnextchar[\Grot@box@kv\Grot@box@std} % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.dtx index 1e1581eee36..dd1f542832c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % % \iffalse %% keyval.dtx Copyright (C) 1993 1994 1995 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.dtx index a5a3dc3220f..e14462c9d42 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse % %% lscape.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 1999-2000 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.dtx index 149c19d049d..535f115594b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.dtx @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ % File: rotating.dtx %% Copyright (C) 1995--1999 Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca %% Copyright (C) 2001--2003,2007--2009 Robin Fairbairns -%% Copyright (C) 2016-2019 LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2016-2020 LaTeX3 Project % % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ % This work consists of the file rotating.dtx % and the derived file rotating.sty, and testing material % rotex.tex and cat.eps -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} %<*dtx> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ % note that rotation is typically \emph{not} visible in a DVI viewer: % conversion to, and viewing, PostScript or PDF is necessary. % -% \section{Usage} +% \section{Usage} % % \subsection{Package options} % @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ % area of the document.) % % New rotated environments may be declared using the combined -% facilities of the float and rotfloat packages. +% facilities of the float and rotfloat packages. % % \subsection{Other environments and commands} % The package provides other \LaTeX\ environments: @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ % \begin{tabular}{@{}llp{3in}@{}} % \cs{rotFPtop} & \cs{rotFPbot} & Effect \\ % \hline -% 0pt plus 1fil & 0pt plus 1fil & figure/table appears in middle +% 0pt plus 1fil & 0pt plus 1fil & figure/table appears in middle % (default value) \\ % 0pt & 0pt plus 1fil & figure/table appears with its top % nearest the edge of the page \\ @@ -175,11 +175,11 @@ % Control figure orientation % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{figuresleft}{% - \@rot@twosidefalse + \@rot@twosidefalse \def\rot@LR{0}% } \DeclareOption{figuresright}{% - \@rot@twosidefalse + \@rot@twosidefalse \def\rot@LR{-1}% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ % A couple of commands for passing rotation direction around % \begin{macrocode} \newif\if@rot@twoside -\if@twoside +\if@twoside \@rot@twosidetrue \else \@rot@twosidefalse @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ \def\rotdriver#1{\makeatletter\input{#1.def}\makeatother} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % The \texttt{r@tfl@t} counter is used when generating `labels' for % determining what side of the page the float is on, in twoside mode. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\turnbox} -% A macro version of the `rotate' environment. +% A macro version of the `rotate' environment. % \begin{macrocode} \def\turnbox#1#2{% \Grot@setangle{#1}% @@ -315,13 +315,13 @@ % \section{Sideways figures and tables} % Now for the macros to provide a complete % environment for sideways figures and tables. -% We define two environments |sidewaysfigure| and +% We define two environments |sidewaysfigure| and % |sidewaystable| that % fit in with the normal table and figure floats. These are `fixed' % environments that just do 90 degree rotation, but it would be easy % to parameterize this to do other rotations if needed (the mind % boggles\ldots) -% +% % \begin{macro}{\@rotfloat} % \begin{macro}{\@xrotfloat} % \begin{macro}{\rot@float@box} @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ \@float{#1}[#2]% % \end{macrocode} % Set the float contents in -% a box of width \cs{textheight} instead of \cs{columnwidth}. +% a box of width \cs{textheight} instead of \cs{columnwidth}. % \begin{macrocode} \begin{lrbox}\rot@float@box \begin{minipage}\textheight @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\end@rotfloat{% % \end{macrocode} -% If we are going to know whether pages are odd or even, +% If we are going to know whether pages are odd or even, % we need to use the a variant \cs{pageref} mechanism and our own % specialised labels. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -388,18 +388,18 @@ \if@rot@twoside \else \let\R@@page\rot@LR - \fi - \ifthenelse{\isodd{\R@@page}}{% + \fi + \ifthenelse{\isodd{\R@@page}}{% \if@rot@twoside \rot@mess@toks\expandafter{\the\rot@mess@toks (right hand page)}% \fi - \vfill + \vfill \@@line{% \hskip\rotFPtop \rotatebox{90}{\box\rot@float@box}% \hskip\rotFPbot }% - }{% + }{% \if@rot@twoside \rot@mess@toks\expandafter{\the\rot@mess@toks (left hand page)}% \fi @@ -409,9 +409,9 @@ \hskip\rotFPtop }% \vfill - }% + }% \rot@message{\the\rot@mess@toks} - }% + }% \end@float } % \end{macrocode} @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\endsidewaysfigure} % \begin{macro}{\sidewaystable} % \begin{macro}{\endsidewaystable} -% The following definitions set up two environments, +% The following definitions set up two environments, % \texttt{sidewaystable} and \texttt{sidewaysfigure}, which uses this % type of float. Naturally, users may need to change these to suit % their local style. Both contribute to the normal lists of figures @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ } \def\end@rotdblfloat{% % \end{macrocode} -% If we are going to know whether pages are odd or even, +% If we are going to know whether pages are odd or even, % we need to use the \cs{pageref} mechanism, and labels. But % Labels won't work \emph{unless} the user has put in a % caption. Beware! @@ -485,34 +485,34 @@ \if@rot@twoside \else \let\R@@page\rot@LR - \fi - \ifthenelse{\isodd{\R@@page}}{% + \fi + \ifthenelse{\isodd{\R@@page}}{% \ifrot@messages \if@rot@twoside \rot@mess@toks\expandafter{\the\rot@mess@toks (right hand page)}% \fi \fi - \vfill + \vfill \@@line{% \hskip\rotFPtop \rotatebox{90}{\box\rot@float@box}% \hskip\rotFPbot }% - }{% + }{% \ifrot@messages \if@rot@twoside \rot@mess@toks\expandafter{\the\rot@mess@toks (left hand page)}% \fi - \fi% + \fi% \@@line{% \hskip\rotFPbot \rotatebox{-90}{\box\rot@float@box}% \hskip\rotFPtop }% \vfill - }% + }% \rot@message{\the\rot@mess@toks}% - }% + }% \end@dblfloat } % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/trig.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/trig.dtx index 2b152578ad7..67f6c6a9703 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/trig.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/trig.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse %% File: trig.dtx Copyright (C) 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.dtx index 3fa341aa531..600d221cb63 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.ins index 9764bdac6d8..96cba1ed0ca 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.ins @@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ %% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through %% LaTeX or TeX. %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% ------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. -%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/array.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/array.dtx index 5590b0a1369..acfa5609373 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/array.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/array.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ % \hline\hline % w\{align\}\{width\} & Sets the cell content in a box of the % specified \texttt{width} aligned according to -% the \texttt{align} parameter which could be +% the \texttt{align} parameter which could be % either \texttt{l}, \texttt{c} or % \texttt{r}. Works essentially like % =\makebox[=width=][=align=]{=cell=}= so @@ -633,10 +633,10 @@ % \texttt{m}. As a result that cell was vertically centered with that % space inside, resulting in a strange offset. Since 2.4f, this space % is now added after centering the cell. -% +% % A similar problem happened when "\extrarowheight" was used. For that % reason m-cells now manually position the cell content which -% allows to ignore this extra space request during the vertical aligment. +% allows to ignore this extra space request during the vertical aligment. % % % \subsection{Bugs and Features} @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ % \changes{v2.4f}{2017/11/04}{Managing m-cells without \cs{vcenter}} % \begin{macrocode} % \let\do@row@strut\relax -% \let\ar@align@mcell\relax +% \let\ar@align@mcell\relax % \end{macrocode} % Now we remove possible $*$-forms in the user preamble with the % command =\@xexpast=. As we already know, this command saves @@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ \hfil % \end{macrocode} % We also add a space of 1sp just in case the first thing in the -% cell is a command doing an =\unskip=. +% cell is a command doing an =\unskip=. % \changes{v2.4k}{2018/12/30}{Add extra \cs{hskip} to guard against an % \cs{unskip} at the start of a c-column cell (gh/102)} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ % mode. Therefore we start with a~=$=. % \changes{v2.4f}{2017/11/04}{Managing m-cells without \cs{vcenter}} % \begin{macrocode} - \setbox\ar@mcellbox\vbox + \setbox\ar@mcellbox\vbox % \end{macrocode} % The part of the templates which is the same in all three cases % (\texttt{p}, \texttt{m} and \texttt{b}) @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ % \changes{v2.4e}{2016/10/07}{Fixing SX68732} % \changes{v2.4f}{2017/11/04}{Managing m-cells without \cs{vcenter}} % \begin{macrocode} - \@startpbox{\@nextchar}\insert@column \@endpbox + \@startpbox{\@nextchar}\insert@column \@endpbox \ar@align@mcell \do@row@strut \or % \end{macrocode} @@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ % environments (via =\multicolumn=) are impossible. % For 25 years or so =\@halignto= was set globally (to save space on the % save stack, but that was a mistake: if there is a tabular in the -% output routine (e.g., in the running header) then that tabular is +% output routine (e.g., in the running header) then that tabular is % able overwrite the =\@halignto= % setting of a tabular in the main text resulting in a very weird error. % \changes{v2.4d}{2016/10/06}{\cs{@halignto} set locally (pr/4488)} @@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@ % it is the equivalent of the primitive "\show" command for macro % definitions. All we need to do is locally redefine "\NC@do" to take % its argument (say `C') and then "\show" the (slightly modified) -% definition of "\NC@rewrite@C". Actually as the the list always +% definition of "\NC@rewrite@C". Actually as the list always % starts off with "\NC@do *" and we do not want to print the % definition of the $*$-form, define "\NC@do" to throw away the first % item in the list, and then redefine itself to print the rest of the @@ -2729,9 +2729,9 @@ % \changes{v2.4f}{2017/11/04}{Managing m-cells without \cs{vcenter}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@mkpream#1{\gdef\@preamble{}\@lastchclass 4 \@firstamptrue - \let\@sharp\relax + \let\@sharp\relax % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v2.4j}{2018/11/13}{Do not expand argument of % \cs{@startpbox} while building the tabular preamble (sx/459285)} % The "\@startpbox" (which is called for "p", "m" or "b" columns) @@ -2747,7 +2747,7 @@ \def\@startpbox##1{\unexpanded\expandafter{\expandafter \@startpbox\expandafter{##1}}}\let\@endpbox\relax \let\do@row@strut\relax - \let\ar@align@mcell\relax + \let\ar@align@mcell\relax % \end{macrocode} % Now we remove possible $*$-forms and user-defined column % specifiers in the user preamble by repeatedly executing the list @@ -2953,7 +2953,7 @@ % % The problem in this case is that if the optional argument "[b]" % is used we do want the reference point of the tabular be at the -% baseline of the last row but at the same time do want the the +% baseline of the last row but at the same time do want the % depth of this last line increased by "\extratabsurround" without % changing the placement "\hline". % @@ -3076,7 +3076,7 @@ <{\end{lrbox}% \let\hss\hfil \makebox[#2][#1]{\unhbox\ar@cellbox}}} -% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macrocode} % This is a bit sneaky, as it temporarily disables "\hss", but % given that we know what goes into that box it should be % sufficient. @@ -3089,4 +3089,3 @@ % \Finale % \endinput - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/bm.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/bm.dtx index 2216dcea077..096f6c4bc2a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/bm.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/bm.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ \let\ifmmode\iftrue % \end{macrocode} % We have to ensure that the math alphabets have definitions that -% correspond the the ``bold'' math version we are going to switch +% correspond the ``bold'' math version we are going to switch % to. As these definitions are globally assigned when a math % version is changed it is likely that right now we have those of % the normal math version active. Argument |#3| holds either diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/bm.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/bm.ins index a148cb93efa..e963d1d88e2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/bm.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/bm.ins @@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ %% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through %% LaTeX or TeX. %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% ------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. -%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/calc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/calc.dtx index 0bc90f736ba..62fe27489b2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/calc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/calc.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.dtx index 38a4ab0da2c..1899cce5560 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/delarray.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/delarray.dtx index 8814fc2a586..17cac2052cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/delarray.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/delarray.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.dtx index 984d36d4157..3ce463e6015 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/fileerr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/fileerr.dtx index 3b5895a5f61..16a95e28203 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/fileerr.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/fileerr.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.dtx index 961bdda71fc..a5fb2964a98 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.dtx index 5739172f85d..e5fffdfcd92 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.dtx index 16b99653cd7..7123be04c54 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/layout.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/layout.dtx index 848eb54fb25..8918ffdca48 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/layout.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/layout.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/longtable.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/longtable.dtx index 9a3b5c03b87..004d630fcec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/longtable.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/longtable.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ % % \fi % \iffalse -%% File: longtable.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2019 David Carlisle +%% File: longtable.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2020 David Carlisle % %<*dtx> \ProvidesFile{longtable.dtx} @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{longtable.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{longtable.dtx} - [2019/02/06 v4.12 Multi-page Table package (DPC)] + [2020/01/07 v4.13 Multi-page Table package (DPC)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -635,9 +635,9 @@ % "\LTright"& % Glue to the right of the table. \hfill("\fill")\\ % "\LTpre"& -% Glue before the the table. \hfill("\bigskipamount")\\ +% Glue before the table. \hfill("\bigskipamount")\\ % "\LTpost"& -% Glue after the the table. \hfill("\bigskipamount")\\ +% Glue after the table. \hfill("\bigskipamount")\\ % "\LTcapwidth"& % The width of a parbox containing the caption.\hfill(4in)\\ % "LTchunksize"& @@ -1212,6 +1212,8 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\LT@start} +% % \changes{v4.13}{2020/01/07} +% {fix issue https://github.com/davidcarlisle/dpctex/issues/8} % This macro starts the process of putting the table on the current % page. It is not called until either a "\\" or "\endlongtable" command % ends a chunk, as we do not know until that point which of the four @@ -1219,11 +1221,12 @@ % % It begins by redefining itself, so that the table is only started % once! Until V3.04, was redefined to "\relax", now use "\endgraf" to -% force the page-breaker to wake up. +% force the page-breaker to wake up. The second "\endgraf" is there so +% that "\pagetotal" is updated and so takes "\LTpre" into account. % \begin{macrocode} \def\LT@start{% \let\LT@start\endgraf - \endgraf\penalty\z@\vskip\LTpre + \endgraf\penalty\z@\vskip\LTpre\endgraf % \end{macrocode} % Start a new page if there is not enough room for the table head, foot, % and one extra line. @@ -2031,7 +2034,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \subsection{Commands for the the table head and foot} +% \subsection{Commands for the table head and foot} % % \begin{macro}{\LT@end@hd@ft} % The core of "\endhead" and friends. Store the current chunk in the @@ -2127,7 +2130,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v4.12}{2019/02/06}{Color group to match array package} % \begin{macrocode} - \color@endgroup + \color@endgroup \egroup \the\LT@p@ftn \global\LT@p@ftn{}% @@ -2151,4 +2154,3 @@ % % \Finale \endinput - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/longtable.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/longtable.ins index 1fc3c12dfaa..7ada121ea95 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/longtable.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/longtable.ins @@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ %% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through %% LaTeX or TeX. %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% ------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. -%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/multicol.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/multicol.dtx index 5adc4db0da1..39bccef2d78 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/multicol.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/multicol.dtx @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ % `\textsf{minrows}' (default 1). If set to a higher value then the % balancing will have at least that many rows in the first column (and % also all further columns until it runs outs of material). -% +% % Additionally you can set another counter, the `\textsf{unbalance}' % counter, to some positive \meta{number}. This will make all but the % right-most column \meta{number} of lines longer than they would @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ % resetting the |\parshape| in case we are inside some list % environment. The correct indentation for the \mc{} environment in % such a case will be produced by moving the result to the right by -% |\multicol@leftmargin| later on. If we would use the value of of +% |\multicol@leftmargin| later on. If we would use the value of % |\@totalleftmargin| directly then lists inside the \mc{} % environment could cause a shift of the output. % \changes{v1.4l}{1992/08/17}{saved \cs{@totalleftmargin}} @@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ % remove any space at the end of the box as we don't want to use % this in balancing. Because of the |\color@endgroup| this can't be % done later in |\balance@columns| as the color command will hide -% it. +% it. % \changes{v1.8c}{2013/11/03}{Add \cs{color@endgroup} to prevent color leak} % \changes{v1.8f}{2014/06/19}{Discard spaces before adding \cs{color@endgroup}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ \else % \end{macrocode} % If there was a |\columnbreak| on the very last line all material -% will have been moved to the |\colbreak@box|. Thus the the galley +% will have been moved to the |\colbreak@box|. Thus the galley % will be empty and no output routine gets called so that the text % is lost. To avoid this problem (though unlikely) we check if the % current galley is empty and the |\colbreak@box| contains text and @@ -1959,10 +1959,10 @@ % \end{macrocode} % To allow checking whether some macro is used within the \mc{} % environment the counter |\col@number| gets a default of |1| -% outside the the environment. +% outside the environment. % \changes{v1.3d}{1991/10/23}{\cs{col@number} set to one} -% \changes{v1.8o}{2016/02/08}{\cs{col@number} already initialized in the -% kernel, so not initializing it in the package +% \changes{v1.8o}{2016/02/08}{\cs{col@number} already initialized in the +% kernel, so not initializing it in the package % in case the document is in two-column (pr/4435)} % \begin{macrocode} %\col@number = 1 @@ -2197,12 +2197,12 @@ % would be allowed a depth of |\@maxdepth|. So we allow shrinking by % that amount. This only makes a difference if the box would % otherwise become overfull and shrinking never exceeds the -% specified value, so we should be fine. +% specified value, so we should be fine. % \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Macro added (pr/4395)} % \changes{v1.8j}{2015/03/07}{Use only `0.0001fil' for stretching} % \changes{v1.8x}{2019/10/15}{Use \cs{@maxdepth} not \cs{maxdepth} (gh/190)} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\vfilmaxdepth{\vskip \z@ \@plus .0001fil +\def\vfilmaxdepth{\vskip \z@ \@plus .0001fil \@minus \@maxdepth} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@ \splitmaxdepth\@maxdepth % \end{macrocode} % We also need to restrict |\boxmaxdepth| so that re-boxing is not -% generating boxes with arbitrary depth. +% generating boxes with arbitrary depth. % \changes{v1.8j}{2015/03/07}{Set \cs{boxmaxdepth}} % \begin{macrocode} \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth @@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ % reestablished. However, in theory there is a possibility to sneak % in a whole multicols environment into the running header % definition. If that happens then it will also be affected by this -% change---too bad I think. +% change---too bad I think. % \changes{v1.8a}{2011/12/20}{Support for \cs{enlargethispage}} % \changes{v1.8v}{2018/12/27}{Removed dead code, the case where this % can go wrong is too obscure to worry about it (gh/101)} @@ -2446,7 +2446,7 @@ % % Within the OR |\boxmaxdepth| needs to be unrestricted so we set it back % now as it was changed above. -% \changes{v1.8p}{2016/04/07}{Reset \cs{boxmaxdepth}} +% \changes{v1.8p}{2016/04/07}{Reset \cs{boxmaxdepth}} % \begin{macrocode} \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\partial@page @@ -2480,7 +2480,7 @@ % Now we reset |\@colroom| to |\@colht| which is \LaTeX's % saved value of |\textheight|. % We also have to reset the recorded position of the last -% |\marginpar| as well as the recorded size of in-text floats +% |\marginpar| as well as the recorded size of in-text floats % as we are now on a new page. % \changes{v1.8d}{2014/04/23}{Reset \cs{@mparbottom} after page finishes} % \changes{v1.8n}{2015/08/19}{Reset \cs{@textfloatsheight} after page finishes} @@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ \ifnum\outputpenalty = -\@Mvi \mult@info\@ne{End penalty of multicols seen}% % \end{macrocode} -% If we are at this point then have have to run the balancing code +% If we are at this point then we have to run the balancing code % (which was previously its own output routine). First we pretend % that we had a normal forced breakpoint and then call % |\balance@column@out|. The latter may be let to |\multi@column@out| @@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ \vbadness\@M % \end{macrocode} % We also allow for overfull boxes while we trying to split the -% columns. They can easily happen if we have objects with unusual depth. +% columns. They can easily happen if we have objects with unusual depth. % \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Do not report overfull} % \begin{macrocode} \vfuzz \maxdimen @@ -3258,7 +3258,7 @@ % If we have unprocessed forced breaks we normally reiterate with a % larger column size to fit them in eventually. However, if there % are simply too many of them (e.g., 3 forced breaks but only 2 -% columns to balance) then this will never succeed and and we would +% columns to balance) then this will never succeed and we would % continue growing the columns until we hit the largest possible % column size. So in addition we check how big the column size is % compared to available room and if we exceed this by @@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ %</badness> \advance\dimen@\p@ \repeat -% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macrocode} % If we come out of the loop with the switch |forcedbreak@leftover| % set to true then balancing has failed and we should cut a normal % page. We indicate this below with |\too@badtrue| when any of the @@ -3455,7 +3455,7 @@ % The new release now uses private box registers. % % There was in fact a bug in the new implementation because at one -% point \LaTeX{} started to use the the extended registers and so +% point \LaTeX{} started to use the extended registers and so % jumped from below 255 to above omitting the boxes allocated for % inserts and the output page box. % @@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ \count14=\@cclv \fi % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \newbox\mult@rightbox \newbox\mult@grightbox @@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ % % Special care is needed with handling |\vspace*| as that % corresponds to |\penalty10000|, |\vskip <skip>|, followed by -% |\vskip 0pt|. If we see this sequence going backwards in the the +% |\vskip 0pt|. If we see this sequence going backwards in the % vertical list we assume that this is a ``desired'' space. We % therefore stop the recursion and reinsert the spaces. % @@ -3832,7 +3832,7 @@ % recurse. % \begin{macrocode} \vskip\@tempb\vskip\@tempa\relax - \else + \else \remove@discardable@items \fi \fi @@ -3852,7 +3852,7 @@ \def\too@badtrue{\global\let\iftoo@bad\iftrue} \def\too@badfalse{\global\let\iftoo@bad\iffalse} % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v1.8k}{2015/03/21}{The new switch} % \begin{macrocode} \newif\ifforcedbreak@leftover @@ -3996,7 +3996,7 @@ % When ending the environment we simply end the inner % \texttt{multicols} environment, except that we better also stick % in some stretchable vertical glue so that the last column still -% containing text is not vertically stretched out. +% containing text is not vertically stretched out. % % We do this as follows: first we ensure that we are back in vertical mode % and then we cancel out |\lastskip| if it was @@ -4026,7 +4026,7 @@ \par \ifdim\lastskip>\z@ \vskip-\lastskip \fi \ifdim \prevdepth>\z@ - \vskip-\ifdim\prevdepth>\boxmaxdepth + \vskip-\ifdim\prevdepth>\boxmaxdepth \boxmaxdepth \else \prevdepth \fi \fi @@ -4343,9 +4343,9 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\@docolaction[4][1]{% % \end{macrocode} -% -% How does the column number get associated with our label? We -% do do this by writing another line into the aux file. Here are the +% +% How does the column number get associated with our label? We +% do this by writing another line into the aux file. Here are the % preparations. % \begin{macrocode} \edef\@docolactioncheck{\write\@auxout @@ -4394,7 +4394,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newif\if@docolactionstar % \end{macrocode} -% +% % Because of extra data writing to the aux file the aux file will % now contain something like the following after the document is % processed the first time: @@ -4480,5 +4480,3 @@ % \Finale % \endinput - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/multicol.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/multicol.ins index 9fd6cbe6e9f..f872b83cdee 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/multicol.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/multicol.ins @@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ %% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through %% LaTeX or TeX. %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% ------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. -%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.dtx index 0fd7dd5006e..9c5daa57a50 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.dtx index 9706c5aa032..3b96c3e9ee3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse %% Source File: shellesc.dtx -%% Copyright (C) 2015-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 2015-2020 %% %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ % \changes{v0.2a}{2016/06/07}{Improve use with plain TeX} % \section{Introduction} % -% +% % For many years web2c based \TeX\ implementations have used the syntax % of the \verb|\write| command to access system commands by using a % special stream 18 (streams above 15 can not be allocated to files in @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ % non-immediate \verb|\write18| in a document being ported to current % Lua\TeX, you will need to change to use the % \verb|\DelayedShellEscape| command. -% +% % \section{Implementation} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ShellEscape} % \changes{v1.0a}{2019/10/13}{Lua logging for gh/195} -% Execute the supplied tokens as a system dependent command, assuming +% Execute the supplied tokens as a system dependent command, assuming % such execution is allowed. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\lastsavedimageresourcepages\@undefined @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ % \changes{v0.1c}{2016/04/29}{Define \cs{DelayedShellEscape} not \cs{ShellEscape}(UF)} % \changes{v1.0a}{2019/10/13}{Lua logging for gh/195} % Execute the supplied tokens as a system dependent command, when this -% node is shipped out with the completed page, assuming +% node is shipped out with the completed page, assuming % such execution is allowed. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\lastsavedimageresourcepages\@undefined diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.dtx index 6e2516856d5..59eb699ae81 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.dtx index f73a45b7871..120ad980781 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.dtx index ff8f3cec9a5..577730e665b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{tabularx.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{tabularx.dtx} - [2016/02/03 v2.11b `tabularx' package (DPC)] + [2020/01/15 v2.11c `tabularx' package (DPC)] % \iffalse %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ % Normally all {\ttfamily X} columns in a single table are set to the % same width, however it is possible to make {\ttfamily tabularx} set % them to different widths. -% A preamble argument of +% A preamble argument of % "{>{\hsize=.5\hsize\linewidth=\hsize}X"\\ % " >{\hsize=1.5\hsize\linewidth=\hsize}X}"\\ % specifies two columns, the second will be three times as wide as the @@ -341,8 +341,9 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v2.02}{1995/03/20} % {New local setting of \cs{TX@}} -% \changes{v4.09}{1998/05/13} +% \changes{v2.09}{1998/05/13} % {Use \cs{setlength}, so that calc extensions apply. tools/2793} +% \changes{v2.11c}{2020/01/15}{Delete duplicated . at end of message} % Allow "\tabularx" "\endtabularx" (but not "\begin{tabularx}" % "\end{tabularx}") to be used in "\newenvironment" definitions. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -351,11 +352,11 @@ % \end{macrocode} % "\relax" added at v1.05 so that non-expandable length tokens, like % "\textwidth" do not generate an extra space, and an overfull box. -% "\relax" removed again at v4.09 in favour of "\setlength" so if you +% "\relax" removed again at v2.09 in favour of "\setlength" so if you % use the calc package you can use a width of "(\textwidth-12pt)/2". % \begin{macrocode} \setlength\TX@target{#1}% - \TX@typeout{Target width: #1 = \the\TX@target.}% + \TX@typeout{Target width: #1 = \the\TX@target}% \toks@{}\TX@get@body} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -883,7 +884,7 @@ % % Originally I followed Knuth, and had "\def\@tempa{##1}", however this % did not allow "#" to appear in the argument. So in v1.04, I changed -% this to to use a token register, and "\edef". This allows "#" appear, +% this to use a token register, and "\edef". This allows "#" appear, % but makes each one appear twice!, so later we loop through, replacing % "##" by "#". % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.ins index 06308d77359..05effd3342e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.ins @@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ %% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through %% LaTeX or TeX. %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% ------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. -%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/theorem.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/theorem.dtx index 6f745d016ef..0df7dbb7649 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/theorem.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/theorem.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tools.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tools.ins index 12625e81662..5e978712215 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tools.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/tools.ins @@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ %% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through %% LaTeX or TeX. %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% ------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. -%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ given in the file `manifest.txt'. \SimplePackage{layout} -% Infix Arithmetic +% Infix Arithmetic %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SimplePackage{calc} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/trace.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/trace.dtx index e808fdd4317..4a08f569bb5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/trace.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/trace.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ % turns on tracing of assignments and tracing of % grouping.\footnote{These are my personal preference settings; % \eTeX{} does in fact offer some more tracing switches and perhaps -% one or or more of them should be added here as well.} +% one or more of them should be added here as well.} % To keep tracing at a minimum |\tracingassigns| should be turned % on last (in fact like before we disassemble |\tracingall| % and reorder it partially). @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % We only change |\tracingoutput| if it hasn't already been enabled by % |\showoutput|. If that's not the case, we set it to 2 so that we -% can distingush the two cases. +% can distingush the two cases. % \changes{v1.1e}{2018/10/13}{Only reset \cs{tracingoutput} if not % set by \cs{showoutput} earlier} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ \showboxdepth\maxdimen \fi % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \errorstopmode \tracingmacros\tw@ @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ \showboxdepth\m@ne \fi % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} \tracingstats\@ne \tracingparagraphs\z@ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/varioref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/varioref.dtx index b8392c76f27..077103eb97a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/varioref.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/varioref.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ % \fi % \iffalse %% Package varioref to use with LaTeX2e -%% Copyright (C) 1992-2019 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. +%% Copyright (C) 1992-2020 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. %% %% For additions or updates to the language options please contact %% the author at @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %<package>\DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2019-10-01} %<package> %<package>\ProvidesPackage{varioref} -%<package> [2019/11/05 v1.6c package for extended references (FMi)] +%<package> [2020/01/23 v1.6c package for extended references (FMi)] % \fi % %% @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ % to achieve the desired effect. % % -% \DescribeMacro\vrefrange +% \DescribeMacro\vrefrange % This command is similar to |\vref| but it % takes two mandatory arguments denoting a range to refer to (e.g., a % sequences of figures or a sequence of equations, etc.). So if @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ % As mentioned above the package supports all standard options offered % by the Babel system to customize the strings produced, it may also % have a few not supported by babel, for a full list look -% in section\vref{sec:impoptions}. In addition it offers the option +% in section~\vref{sec:impoptions}. In addition it offers the option % \texttt{draft} to turn error messages into warnings during % development. The default \texttt{final} produces error message when % a generated string falls onto a page boundary (see next section). @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ % \begin{quote} % table 5 on the current \meta{page break} page % \end{quote} -% would would result in an error, which needs to be resolved by the +% would result in an error, which needs to be resolved by the % user by replacing the |\vref| command with an ordinary |\ref| just % before the final run. This is not % completely satisfactory but in such case no solution really is. @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ % easily, so you will see missing glyphs below. To see the real % letters you have to look at the source or package file. % \changes{v1.6b}{2019/09/08}{Option arabic added} -% \begin{allowtofu} +% \begin{allowtofu} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{arabic} {\vref@addto\extrasarabic{% @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} Øتى~\ref{#2}}% }} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{allowtofu} +% \end{allowtofu} % \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/27}{Added austrian defaults (identical to german)} % The austrian defaults are the same as the german ones. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ % user explicitly requested an empty text string using the optional % argument we cancel any preceding space since in this case we are % otherwise likely to end up with spaces one before and one after -% |\vpageref|. +% |\vpageref|. % \changes{v1.2f}{2000/07/07}{Don't output space if optional argument % empty (pr/3230)} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ % a space. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@tempc{#2}% - \ifx\@tempc\@empty \else + \ifx\@tempc\@empty \else #2\vref@space \fi % \end{macrocode} @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ % The \pkg{hyperref} package can then change the meaning of this % command to suppress a hyperlink. % -% It is is also a good way to check if we are running with a new +% It is also a good way to check if we are running with a new % \pkg{varioref} by testing %\begin{verbatim} % \ifdefined\vp@gerefstar @@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % If option \texttt{space} is used then we remove a preceding space % and add our own unbreakable space instead. Otherwise we don't do -% any space-handling. +% any space-handling. % \begin{macrocode} \if@vrefhandlespace \unskip \nobreakspace @@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ % After having handled (or not handled) the spacing we call % |\vref@star| to scan the optional arguments and do the rest. % If that command has been altered by \pkg{hyperref} then the -% current one needs altering too and does the argument scanning explicitly. +% current one needs altering too and does the argument scanning explicitly. % \begin{macrocode} \vref@star % in hyperref this needs to be explicit } @@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ {\Vr@f}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Vref@star} % \changes{v1.6a}{2019/08/25}{Command added to support hyperref better} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@ \vpageref[#1]{#2}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% +% % \begin{macro}{\Vr@f} % \changes{v1.4a}{2002/02/24}{Macro added} % \changes{v1.4x}{2010/08/04}{Correct spacing -- same mistake as in \cs{vref} @@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\vpagerefcompare} -% +% % \changes{v1.6a}{2019/08/25}{Macro added} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\vpagerefcompare[2]{% label1, label2, TRUE, FALSE @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi -} +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ % True if the two pages have arabic page numbers are at most off by % one so that |\vpageref| would produce a special string. % -% This is n some sense a general version of |\vpagerefnearby| for +% This is in some sense a general version of |\vpagerefnearby| for % use in more complex situations. I.e., if you try to determine if % a larger set of references would be close to the current page and % you use each time |\vpagerefnearby| then you generate a lot of @@ -2449,4 +2449,3 @@ % \Finale % \endinput - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/varioref.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/varioref.ins index e436202e4d0..951eedad891 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/varioref.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/varioref.ins @@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ %% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through %% LaTeX or TeX. %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -%% in this file. -%% +%% in this file. +%% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% ------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. %% The latest version of this license is in %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2008 or later. -%% +%% %% As this file contains legal notices, it is NOT PERMITTED to modify %% this file in any way that the legal information placed into %% generated files is changed (i.e., the files generated when the %% original file is executed). This restriction does not apply if %% (parts of) the content is reused in a different WORK producing its %% own generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. -%% +%% %% %% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ %% @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +Copyright (C) 1993-2020 The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -in this file. +in this file. This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.dtx index b89bab7759e..121e2d4b39c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later. +% version 2008 or later. % % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX `Tools Bundle' is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \@namedef{verbatim*}{\begingroup\@verbatim % \end{macrocode} -% +% % \changes{v1.5r}{2019/11/10}{Support kernel \cs{verbvisiblespace} (gh/212)} % \begin{macrocode} \@setupverbvisiblespace\@vobeyspaces @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ \else % \end{macrocode} % At this point we pass the name of the file to |\@addtofilelist| -% so that its appears appears in the output of a |\listfiles| +% so that its appears in the output of a |\listfiles| % command. % \changes{v1.5j}{1996/09/25}{Add \cs{@addtofilelist} and % \cs{ProvidesFile} so that the name of the file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/xr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/xr.dtx index 97c4c68084e..a6b2ffd8193 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/xr.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/xr.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ % % As first suggested in Enrico Gregorio's |xcite| package, the current version % also allows |\cite| to reference |\bibitem| in the external document. -% For compatibility with |xcite|, |\externalcitedocument| is made available +% For compatibility with |xcite|, |\externalcitedocument| is made available % as an alias for |\externaldocument| % % \StopEventually{} @@ -183,4 +183,3 @@ % % \Finale % - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/xspace.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/xspace.dtx index 0745caf5071..ebe8d0f9478 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/xspace.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/tools/xspace.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontenc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontenc.sty index 5f370f86954..b912d2a7371 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontenc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontenc.sty @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. %%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx \ProvidesPackage{fontenc} - [2019/11/22 v2.0l + [2020/01/25 v2.0m Standard LaTeX package] \def\update@uclc@with@cyrillic{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@uclclist\expandafter @@ -77,28 +77,35 @@ } \DeclareOption*{% \let\encodingdefault\CurrentOption - \edef\reserved@f{% - \lowercase{\def\noexpand\reserved@f{\CurrentOption enc.def}}}% - \reserved@f - \InputIfFileExists\reserved@f - {}{\PackageError{fontenc}% - {Encoding file `\reserved@f' not found.% - \MessageBreak - You might have misspelt the name of the encoding}% - {Necessary code for this encoding was not - loaded.\MessageBreak - Thus calling the encoding later on will - produce further error messages.}}% - \let\reserved@f\relax - \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\CurrentOption}% - {T2A,T2B,T2C,X2,LCY,OT2}% - \ifin@ - \expandafter\in@\expandafter\cyra\expandafter - {\@uclclist}% - \ifin@ - \else - \update@uclc@with@cyrillic - \fi + \@tempswafalse + \@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2020/02/02}% + {\expandafter\ifx\csname T@\CurrentOption\endcsname\relax + \@tempswatrue\fi}% + {\@tempswatrue}% + \if@tempswa + \edef\reserved@f{% + \lowercase{\def\noexpand\reserved@f{\CurrentOption enc.def}}}% + \reserved@f + \InputIfFileExists\reserved@f + {}{\PackageError{fontenc}% + {Encoding file `\reserved@f' not found.% + \MessageBreak + You might have misspelt the name of the encoding}% + {Necessary code for this encoding was not + loaded.\MessageBreak + Thus calling the encoding later on will + produce further error messages.}}% + \let\reserved@f\relax + \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\CurrentOption}% + {T2A,T2B,T2C,X2,LCY,OT2}% + \ifin@ + \expandafter\in@\expandafter\cyra\expandafter + {\@uclclist}% + \ifin@ + \else + \update@uclc@with@cyrillic + \fi + \fi \fi } \ProcessOptions* diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.cfg index 244aee24cbb..82f5f872f32 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.cfg +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.cfg @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{fontmath.cfg} - [2019/12/17 v3.0e LaTeX Kernel + [2020/01/25 v3.0f LaTeX Kernel (Uncustomised math font setup)] %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.ltx index 822e7b8d135..6e9c316e486 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.ltx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.ltx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{fontmath.ltx} - [2019/12/17 v3.0e LaTeX Kernel + [2020/01/25 v3.0f LaTeX Kernel (Math font setup)] \typeout{=== Don't modify this file, use a .cfg file instead ===^^J} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.cfg index 5ceccdafc52..8e5838f5c71 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.cfg +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.cfg @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{fonttext.cfg} - [2019/12/17 v3.0e LaTeX Kernel + [2020/01/25 v3.0f LaTeX Kernel (Uncustomised text font setup)] %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.ltx index d12e16b7955..993e85a8ca2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.ltx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.ltx @@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{fonttext.ltx} - [2019/12/17 v3.0e LaTeX Kernel + [2020/01/25 v3.0f LaTeX Kernel (Text font setup)] \typeout{=== Don't modify this file, use a .cfg file instead ===^^J} \input {omlenc.def} -\input {t1enc.def} -\input {ot1enc.def} % <- should come after T1 for speed \input {omsenc.def} +\input {ot1enc.def} +\input {t1enc.def} \input{ts1enc.def} \ifx\Umathchar\@undefined \fontencoding{OT1} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/idx.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/idx.tex index 6eb3ddad7b6..cbc233f63aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/idx.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/idx.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % IDX.TEX -- A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files. % Copyright (c) 1985, 1994 by Leslie Lamport. @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ \nofiles -\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt} \setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt} \setlength{\textwidth}{470pt} % Width of text line. -\setlength{\columnsep}{30pt} % Space between columns +\setlength{\columnsep}{30pt} % Space between columns \raggedright @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ \def\indexentry{\par\begingroup \isanitize \idxentry} -\def\idxentry#1#2{\def\foo{#2}\ifx\foo\thispage +\def\idxentry#1#2{\def\foo{#2}\ifx\foo\thispage \else \gdef\thispage{#2} \vskip 7pt {\large \bf Page #2\par \vskip 2pt}\fi \hangindent 20pt \ttfamily #1\par\endgroup} @@ -90,5 +90,3 @@ \input \filename.idx\relax \end{document} - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/lablst.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/lablst.tex index 2b588cb1aef..195d578f8c8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/lablst.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/lablst.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % LABLST.TEX -- A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions. % Copyright (c) 1985, 1994 by Leslie Lamport, Chris Rowley @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ % % Modified December 1994 (DPC) to allow _ ^ etc in label keys and to % input packages used by the main file. -% +% % Modified June 1995 (CAR) -% +% % This version puts all bibilographic entries at the end of the % output. It inputs the .aux file twice. % Initial interactions: -% +% \typeout{} \typeout{LABLST version of 10 June 1995} \typeout{} @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ % Now ask for packages. The answer should be a comma separated list. % In fact only packages that define commands that are used in -% section titles etc need be loaded. +% section titles etc need be loaded. % \def\spaces{\space\space\space\space\space} \typeout{} \typeout{**************************************************} @@ -86,26 +86,26 @@ \\[0.5\baselineskip] Using document class:\quad \lablstclass\\ \mbox{\phantom{Using }and packages:\quad \lablstpackages} - } + } \vspace{2\baselineskip} \makeatletter % This is always disabled: -% +% \let \@mlabel \@gobbletwo % No protection needed: -% +% \let \protect \relax % Better formatting?: -% +% \let \raggedright \relax % Only write out toc entries: -% +% \def \@writefile #1#2{% \def\lablst@tempa{#1}% \def\lablst@tempb{toc}% @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Using document class:\quad \lablstclass\\ % For first run: -% +% \def \newlabel #1#2{% \par \hbox to \textwidth{% @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Using document class:\quad \lablstclass\\ % For second run: -% +% \def \bibcite #1#2{\par \hbox to \textwidth{% \hfill\makebox[2in][r]{\@lablstverb{#1}}\hspace{1em}[#2]\hspace{4em}}} @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Using document class:\quad \lablstclass\\ \par \vspace{2\baselineskip} -{\Large \sl Bibliography logical labels} +{\Large \sl Bibliography logical labels} \input \lablstfile.aux diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latex.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latex.ltx index 460b7359083..0378238a9a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latex.ltx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latex.ltx @@ -709,8 +709,8 @@ %%% From File: ltvers.dtx \def\fmtname{LaTeX2e} \edef\fmtversion - {2020-02-01} -\def\patch@level{-3} + {2020-10-01} +\def\patch@level{0} \edef\development@branch@name{develop \the\year-\the\month-\the\day} \iffalse \def\reserved@a#1/#2/#3\@nil{% @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ \fi \let\reserved@a\relax \fi - \ifnum\patch@level=0 + \ifnum0\ifnum\patch@level=0 \ifx\development@branch@name\@empty 1\fi\fi>0 % \everyjob\expandafter{\the\everyjob \typeout{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion>}} \immediate @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ \write16{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> patch level \patch@level} \else \everyjob\expandafter{\the\everyjob - \typeout{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> pre-release\patch@level + \typeout{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> pre-release-\number-\patch@level\space \ifx\development@branch@name\@undefined \else \ifx\development@branch@name\@empty \else \space (\development@branch@name\space branch)% @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ \fi }} \immediate - \write16{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> pre-release\patch@level + \write16{\fmtname \space<\fmtversion> pre-release-\number-\patch@level\space \ifx\development@branch@name\@undefined \else \ifx\development@branch@name\@empty \else \space (\development@branch@name\space branch)% @@ -2199,8 +2199,8 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textordfeminine}{\textsuperscript{a}} \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textordmasculine}{\textsuperscript{o}} \DeclareRobustCommand{\$}{\ifmmode\mathdollar\else\textdollar\fi} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\{}{\ifmmode\lbrace\else\textbraceleft\fi} -\DeclareRobustCommand{\}}{\ifmmode\rbrace\else\textbraceright\fi} +\protected\def\{{\ifmmode\lbrace\else\textbraceleft\fi} +\protected\def\}{\ifmmode\rbrace\else\textbraceright\fi} \DeclareRobustCommand{\P}{\ifmmode\mathparagraph\else\textparagraph\fi} \DeclareRobustCommand{\S}{\ifmmode\mathsection\else\textsection\fi} \DeclareRobustCommand{\dag}{\ifmmode{\dagger}\else\textdagger\fi} @@ -2869,34 +2869,34 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \def\@xviipt{17.28} \def\@xxpt{20.74} \def\@xxvpt{24.88} -%%% From File: ltfssbas.dtx -%% Copyright (C) 1989-2002 Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf +%%% From File: ltfssaxes.dtx +%% Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Frank Mittelbach \def\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule#1#2#3#4{% \@namedef{series@#1@#2}{{#3}{#4}}} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{b}{bc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{c}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{eb}{ebc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ec}{bec} {bc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sb}{sbc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sc}{bsc} {bc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{x}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{x}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{b}{bx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{c} {bc} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{eb}{ebx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ec} {bec} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{l}{lx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sb} {sbx} {} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sc} {bsc} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sl}{slx} {} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{x}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sl}{slx} {} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{x}{bx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{c} {bc} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{ec} {bec} {b} %<----- @@ -2904,115 +2904,115 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{sc} {bsc} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{x} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ul}{ulc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{x}{x}{m} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ec}{ebec}{ebc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sc}{ebsc}{ebc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{x}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ec}{ebec}{ebc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sc}{ebsc}{ebc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{x}{ebx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{b}{bec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{eb}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{el}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{l}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sb}{sbec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sl}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ub}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ul}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{b}{bec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{eb}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{el}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{l}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sb}{sbec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sl}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ub}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ul}{ulec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{x}{x}{m} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{b}{bsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{eb}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{el}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{l}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sb}{sbsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sl}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ub}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ul}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{b}{bsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{eb}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{el}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{l}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sb}{sbsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sl}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ub}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ul}{ulsc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{x}{x}{m} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ec}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sc}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{x}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{ec}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{sc}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{x}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{x}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{x}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{x}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{c}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ec}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sc}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{x}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{c}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ec}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sc}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{x}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ec}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sc}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{x}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{ec}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{sc}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{x}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{x}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{x}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{x}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{c}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ec}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sc}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{x}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{c}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ec}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sc}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{x}{lx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{b} {b} {bx} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{c} {lc} {l} % ? %<----- @@ -3028,118 +3028,118 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sb} {sb} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc} {sc} {m} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{x} {x} {m} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{c}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ec}{sbec}{sbc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sc}{sbsc}{sbc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{x}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{c}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ec}{sbec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sc}{sbsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{x}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{c}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ec}{sbec}{sbc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sc}{sbsc}{sbc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{x}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{c}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ec}{sbec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sc}{sbsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{x}{sbx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{c} {sbc} {bc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{ec} {sbec} {sbc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{sc} {sbsc} {sbc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{x} {sbx} {bx} %? %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{x}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{x}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{x}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{x}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{x}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{x}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ec}{ulec}{ulc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sc}{ulsc}{ulc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{x}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ec}{ulec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sc}{ulsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{x}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{ec}{ulec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{sc}{ulsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{x}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{x}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{x}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{x}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{x}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{x}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{x}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ec}{ulec}{ulc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sc}{ulsc}{ulc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{x}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ec}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sc}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{x}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{ec}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{sc}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{x}{ulx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{b}{bx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{c}{c}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{eb}{ebx}{} @@ -3154,102 +3154,102 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{m?}{c}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bec}{m?}{ec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{m?}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{m?}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{m?}{c}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{m?}{ec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{m?}{x}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{?m}{b}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bec}{?m}{b}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{?m}{b}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{?m}{b}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{?m}{b}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{?m}{m}{} \DeclareRobustCommand\fontseriesforce[1]{\edef\f@series{#1}} @@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \fi } \def\maybe@load@fontshape{\begingroup\try@load@fontshape\endgroup} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc}{msc}{mc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc}{msc}{mc} \def\set@target@series#1{% \edef\f@series{#1}% \edef\f@series{\expandafter\series@drop@one@m\f@series mm\series@drop@one@m}% @@ -3408,7 +3408,6 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% {\not@math@alphabet\sscshape\relax \fontshape\sscdefault\selectfont}% } - %%% From File: ltfsstrc.dtx %% Copyright (C) 1989-97 by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf. %% Copyright (C) 1994-97 by LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved. @@ -4357,11 +4356,9 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \edef\reserved@d{\hexnumber@{\count\z@}\hexnumber@{\count\tw@}}% % \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\in@ - {\expandafter\@gobble\string\delimiter}% - {\expandafter\meaning\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}}% + {\expandafter\@gobble\string\delimiter}{\meaning#1}}% \reserved@a \ifin@ - \expandafter\let\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined \expandafter\set@mathdelimiter \csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname \csname sym#5\endcsname#1#2% @@ -4424,9 +4421,9 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% } \@onlypreamble\@xDeclareMathDelimiter \def\set@mathdelimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \protected \xdef#3{\delimiter"\mathchar@type#4\hexnumber@#1#5% \hexnumber@#2#6 }% - \MakeRobust#3% } \@onlypreamble\set@mathdelimiter \def\set@@mathdelimiter#1#2#3#4#5{% @@ -5085,7 +5082,7 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \else\ifx\f@family\ttdef@ult \fontfamily\ttsubstdefault \else - \fontfamily\substdefault + \fontfamily\textcompsubstdefault \fi\fi\fi \@namedef{TS1:\f@family}{0}% \selectfont#1% @@ -5115,10 +5112,6 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \UndeclareTextCommand{\textsterling}{OT1} % don't use the OT1 def any longer \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textperthousand}{TS1} \UndeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1} % don't use the T1 def - % should actually not be declaed - % in the t1enc.def file instead - % otherwise fontenc would overwrite - % it again (legacy tests!) \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textasteriskcentered}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbullet}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdaggerdbl}{TS1} @@ -9484,11 +9477,12 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \@ifnextchar[\filec@ntents@opt\filec@ntents } \def\filec@ntents@opt[#1]{% - \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% - \ifcsname filec@ntents@\@tempa\endcsname - \csname filec@ntents@\@tempa\endcsname + \edef\@fortmp{\zap@space#1 \@empty}% + \@for\@reserveda:=\@fortmp\do{% + \ifcsname filec@ntents@\@reserveda\endcsname + \csname filec@ntents@\@reserveda\endcsname \else - \@latex@error{Unknown filecontents option #1}% + \@latex@error{Unknown filecontents option \@reserveda}% {Valid options are force (or overwrite), nosearch, noheader}% \fi}% \filec@ntents @@ -9544,7 +9538,7 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \ch@ck7\reserved@c\write\relax% \if@filesw% % Foul ... trying to overwrite \jobname! \@latex@error{Trying to overwrite `\jobname.tex'}{You can't % - write to the file you a reading from!\MessageBreak% + write to the file you are reading from!\MessageBreak% Data is written to screen instead.}% \else% \@latex@warning@no@line% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.sty index 6054dde84bb..fef28021941 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.sty @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } %%% From File: ltvers.dtx \edef\latexreleaseversion - {2020-02-01} + {2020-10-01} \newif\if@includeinrelease \@includeinreleasefalse \def\IncludeInRelease#1{% @@ -2775,11 +2775,12 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \@ifnextchar[\filec@ntents@opt\filec@ntents } \def\filec@ntents@opt[#1]{% - \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% - \ifcsname filec@ntents@\@tempa\endcsname - \csname filec@ntents@\@tempa\endcsname + \edef\@fortmp{\zap@space#1 \@empty}% + \@for\@reserveda:=\@fortmp\do{% + \ifcsname filec@ntents@\@reserveda\endcsname + \csname filec@ntents@\@reserveda\endcsname \else - \@latex@error{Unknown filecontents option #1}% + \@latex@error{Unknown filecontents option \@reserveda}% {Valid options are force (or overwrite), nosearch, noheader}% \fi}% \filec@ntents @@ -2835,7 +2836,7 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \ch@ck7\reserved@c\write\relax% \if@filesw% % Foul ... trying to overwrite \jobname! \@latex@error{Trying to overwrite `\jobname.tex'}{You can't % - write to the file you a reading from!\MessageBreak% + write to the file you are reading from!\MessageBreak% Data is written to screen instead.}% \else% \@latex@warning@no@line% @@ -3727,125 +3728,11 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \EndIncludeInRelease \IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% - {\@DeclareMathDelimiter}{Make math delimiters robust}% -\def\@DeclareMathDelimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \expandafter\in@\csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter{\group@list}% - \ifin@ - \expandafter\in@\csname sym#5\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter{\group@list}% - \ifin@ - \begingroup - \count\z@=#4\relax - \count\tw@\count\z@ - \divide\count\z@\sixt@@n - \count@\count\z@ - \multiply\count@\sixt@@n - \advance\count\tw@-\count@ - \edef\reserved@c{\hexnumber@{\count\z@}\hexnumber@{\count\tw@}}% - % - \count\z@=#6\relax - \count\tw@\count\z@ - \divide\count\z@\sixt@@n - \count@\count\z@ - \multiply\count@\sixt@@n - \advance\count\tw@-\count@ - \edef\reserved@d{\hexnumber@{\count\z@}\hexnumber@{\count\tw@}}% - % - \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\in@ - {\expandafter\@gobble\string\delimiter}% - {\expandafter\meaning\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}}% - \reserved@a - \ifin@ - \expandafter\let\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined - \expandafter\set@mathdelimiter - \csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname - \csname sym#5\endcsname#1#2% - \reserved@c\reserved@d - \@font@info{Redeclaring math delimiter \string#1}% - \else - \expandafter\ifx - \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname - \relax - \expandafter\set@mathdelimiter - \csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname - \csname sym#5\endcsname#1#2% - \reserved@c\reserved@d - \else - \@latex@error{Command `\string#1' already defined}\@eha - \fi - \fi - \endgroup - \else - \@latex@error{Symbol font `#5' is not defined}\@eha - \fi - \else - \@latex@error{Symbol font `#3' is not defined}\@eha - \fi -} -\EndIncludeInRelease -\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}% - {\@DeclareMathDelimiter}{Make math delimiters robust}% -\def\@DeclareMathDelimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \expandafter\in@\csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter{\group@list}% - \ifin@ - \expandafter\in@\csname sym#5\expandafter\endcsname - \expandafter{\group@list}% - \ifin@ - \begingroup - \count\z@=#4\relax - \count\tw@\count\z@ - \divide\count\z@\sixt@@n - \count@\count\z@ - \multiply\count@\sixt@@n - \advance\count\tw@-\count@ - \edef\reserved@c{\hexnumber@{\count\z@}\hexnumber@{\count\tw@}}% - % - \count\z@=#6\relax - \count\tw@\count\z@ - \divide\count\z@\sixt@@n - \count@\count\z@ - \multiply\count@\sixt@@n - \advance\count\tw@-\count@ - \edef\reserved@d{\hexnumber@{\count\z@}\hexnumber@{\count\tw@}}% - % - \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\in@ - {\expandafter\@gobble\string\delimiter}{\meaning#1}}% - \reserved@a - \ifin@ - \expandafter\set@mathdelimiter - \csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname - \csname sym#5\endcsname#1#2% - \reserved@c\reserved@d - \@font@info{Redeclaring math delimiter \string#1}% - \else - \expandafter\ifx - \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname - \relax - \expandafter\set@mathdelimiter - \csname sym#3\expandafter\endcsname - \csname sym#5\endcsname#1#2% - \reserved@c\reserved@d - \else - \@latex@error{Command `\string#1' already defined}\@eha - \fi - \fi - \endgroup - \else - \@latex@error{Symbol font `#5' is not defined}\@eha - \fi - \else - \@latex@error{Symbol font `#3' is not defined}\@eha - \fi -} -\EndIncludeInRelease -\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}% {\set@mathdelimiter}{make delimiters robust}% \def\set@mathdelimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \protected \xdef#3{\delimiter"\mathchar@type#4\hexnumber@#1#5% \hexnumber@#2#6 }% - \MakeRobust#3% } \@onlypreamble\set@mathdelimiter \EndIncludeInRelease @@ -4287,7 +4174,7 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \else\ifx\f@family\ttdef@ult \fontfamily\ttsubstdefault \else - \fontfamily\substdefault + \fontfamily\textcompsubstdefault \fi\fi\fi \@namedef{TS1:\f@family}{0}% \selectfont#1% @@ -4317,10 +4204,6 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \UndeclareTextCommand{\textsterling}{OT1} % don't use the OT1 def any longer \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textperthousand}{TS1} \UndeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1} % don't use the T1 def - % should actually not be declaed - % in the t1enc.def file instead - % otherwise fontenc would overwrite - % it again (legacy tests!) \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textasteriskcentered}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbullet}{TS1} \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdaggerdbl}{TS1} @@ -5154,36 +5037,36 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \hbadness\z@\showboxdepth\z@\ #1% \color@endgroup}} \EndIncludeInRelease -%%% From File: ltfssbas.dtx -%% Copyright (C) 1989-2002 Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf +%%% From File: ltfssaxes.dtx +%% Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Frank Mittelbach \IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}% {\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule}{Series change rules}% \def\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule#1#2#3#4{% \@namedef{series@#1@#2}{{#3}{#4}}} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{b}{bc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{c}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{eb}{ebc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ec}{bec} {bc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sb}{sbc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sc}{bsc} {bc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{x}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{x}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{b}{bx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{c} {bc} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{eb}{ebx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ec} {bec} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{l}{lx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sb} {sbx} {} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sc} {bsc} {bx} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sl}{slx} {} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{x}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{sl}{slx} {} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{x}{bx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{c} {bc} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{ec} {bec} {b} %<----- @@ -5191,115 +5074,115 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{sc} {bsc} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{x} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{ul}{ulc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{x}{x}{m} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ec}{ebec}{ebc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sc}{ebsc}{ebc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{x}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ec}{ebec}{ebc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sc}{ebsc}{ebc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{x}{ebx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{b}{bec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{eb}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{el}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{l}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sb}{sbec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sl}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ub}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ul}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{b}{bec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{eb}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{el}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{l}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sb}{sbec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{sl}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ub}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{ul}{ulec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{x}{x}{m} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{b}{bsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{eb}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{el}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{l}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sb}{sbsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sl}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ub}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ul}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{b}{bsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{eb}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{el}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{l}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sb}{sbsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{sl}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ub}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{ul}{ulsc}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{x}{x}{m} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ec}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sc}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{x}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{c}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{ec}{ebec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{sc}{ebsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{x}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{x}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{x}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{c}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{ec}{elec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{sc}{elsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{x}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{c}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ec}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sc}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{x}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{c}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ec}{lec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sc}{lsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{x}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ec}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sc}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{x}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{c}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{ec}{ebec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{sc}{ebsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{x}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{x}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{x}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{c}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{ec}{elec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{sc}{elsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{x}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{c}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ec}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sc}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{x}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{c}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ec}{lec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sc}{lsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{x}{lx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{bx} {bx} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{b} {b} {bx} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{c} {lc} {l} % ? %<----- @@ -5315,118 +5198,118 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sb} {sb} {b} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc} {sc} {m} %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{x} {x} {m} %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{c}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ec}{sbec}{sbc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sc}{sbsc}{sbc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{x}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{c}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ec}{sbec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sc}{sbsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{x}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{c}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ec}{sbec}{sbc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sc}{sbsc}{sbc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{x}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{c}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ec}{sbec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sc}{sbsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{x}{sbx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{c} {sbc} {bc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{ec} {sbec} {sbc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{sc} {sbsc} {sbc} %? %<----- \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{x} {sbx} {bx} %? %<----- -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{x}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{x}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{c}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{ec}{slec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{sc}{slsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{x}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{x}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{x}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{c}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{ec}{ubec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{sc}{ubsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{x}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{b}{bc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{eb}{ebc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ec}{ulec}{ulc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{el}{elc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{l}{lc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sb}{sbc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sc}{ulsc}{ulc} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sl}{slc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ub}{ubc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ul}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{x}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{b}{bx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{eb}{ebx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ec}{ulec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{el}{elx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{l}{lx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sb}{sbx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sc}{ulsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sl}{slx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ub}{ubx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ul}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{x}{ulx}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{c}{ulc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{ec}{ulec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{sc}{ulsc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{x}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{x}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{x}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{c}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{ec}{slec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{sc}{slsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{x}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{x}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{x}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{c}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{ec}{ubec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{sc}{ubsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{x}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{b}{bc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{eb}{ebc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ec}{ulec}{ulc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{el}{elc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{l}{lc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sb}{sbc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sc}{ulsc}{ulc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{sl}{slc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ub}{ubc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{ul}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{x}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{b}{bx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{eb}{ebx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ec}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{el}{elx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{l}{lx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sb}{sbx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sc}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{sl}{slx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ub}{ubx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{ul}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{x}{ulx}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{c}{ulc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{ec}{ulec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{sc}{ulsc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{x}{ulx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{b}{bx}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{c}{c}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{eb}{ebx}{} @@ -5441,102 +5324,102 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{m?}{c}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bec}{m?}{ec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{m?}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{m?}{c}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{m?}{ec}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{m?}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{m?}{c}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{m?}{ec}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{m?}{sc}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{m?}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{m?}{c}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{m?}{ec}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{m?}{sc}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{m?}{x}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{m?}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{m?}{x}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{m?}{m}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{m?}{x}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bc}{?m}{b}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bec}{?m}{b}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{?m}{b}{} \DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bsc}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{?m}{b}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{?m}{eb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{?m}{el}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{?m}{l}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{?m}{sb}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{?m}{sl}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{?m}{ub}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{?m}{m}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{?m}{ul}{} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {bx}{?m}{b}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {b}{?m}{b}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {c}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebec}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebsc}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ebx}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {eb}{?m}{eb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ec}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elec}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elsc}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {elx}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {el}{?m}{el}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lec}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lsc}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {lx}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {l}{?m}{l}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbec}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbsc}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sbx}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sb}{?m}{sb}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sc}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slec}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slsc}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {slx}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {sl}{?m}{sl}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubec}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubsc}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ubx}{?m}{ub}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ub}{?m}{m}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulec}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulsc}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ulx}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {ul}{?m}{ul}{} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {x}{?m}{m}{} \DeclareRobustCommand\fontseriesforce[1]{\edef\f@series{#1}} @@ -5578,7 +5461,7 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \fi } \def\maybe@load@fontshape{\begingroup\try@load@fontshape\endgroup} -\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc}{msc}{mc} +\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc}{msc}{mc} \def\set@target@series#1{% \edef\f@series{#1}% \edef\f@series{\expandafter\series@drop@one@m\f@series mm\series@drop@one@m}% @@ -5725,7 +5608,6 @@ of this package available from CTAN} \let\reinstall@nfss@defs\relax \EndIncludeInRelease - %%% From File: ltfsstrc.dtx %% Copyright (C) 1989-97 by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf. %% Copyright (C) 1994-97 by LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.lua b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.lua index 1730c72787f..96a507047c3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.lua +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.lua @@ -240,12 +240,13 @@ local function new_luafunction(name) end luatexbase.new_luafunction = new_luafunction local callbacklist = callbacklist or { } -local list, data, exclusive, simple = 1, 2, 3, 4 -local types = { - list = list, - data = data, - exclusive = exclusive, - simple = simple, +local list, data, exclusive, simple, reverselist = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 +local types = { + list = list, + data = data, + exclusive = exclusive, + simple = simple, + reverselist = reverselist, } local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { find_read_file = exclusive, @@ -283,7 +284,7 @@ local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { pre_linebreak_filter = list, linebreak_filter = exclusive, append_to_vlist_filter = exclusive, - post_linebreak_filter = list, + post_linebreak_filter = reverselist, hpack_filter = list, vpack_filter = list, hpack_quality = list, @@ -294,7 +295,9 @@ local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { ligaturing = simple, kerning = simple, insert_local_par = simple, + pre_mlist_to_hlist_filter = list, mlist_to_hlist = exclusive, + post_mlist_to_hlist_filter = reverselist, new_graf = simple, pre_dump = simple, start_run = simple, @@ -313,8 +316,10 @@ local callbacktypes = callbacktypes or { finish_pdffile = data, finish_pdfpage = data, page_objnum_provider = data, + page_order_index = data, process_pdf_image_content = data, define_font = exclusive, + glyph_info = exclusive, glyph_not_found = exclusive, glyph_stream_provider = exclusive, make_extensible = exclusive, @@ -333,6 +338,9 @@ local function data_handler(name) return data end end +local function data_handler_default(value) + return value +end local function exclusive_handler(name) return function(...) return callbacklist[name][1].func(...) @@ -359,6 +367,32 @@ local function list_handler(name) return alltrue and true or head end end +local function list_handler_default() + return true +end +local function reverselist_handler(name) + return function(head, ...) + local ret + local alltrue = true + local callbacks = callbacklist[name] + for i = #callbacks, 1, -1 do + local cb = callbacks[i] + ret = cb.func(head, ...) + if ret == false then + luatexbase_warning( + "Function `" .. cb.description .. "' returned false\n" + .. "in callback `" .. name .."'" + ) + break + end + if ret ~= true then + alltrue = false + head = ret + end + end + return alltrue and true or head + end +end local function simple_handler(name) return function(...) for _,i in ipairs(callbacklist[name]) do @@ -366,16 +400,31 @@ local function simple_handler(name) end end end -local handlers = { - [data] = data_handler, - [exclusive] = exclusive_handler, - [list] = list_handler, - [simple] = simple_handler, +local function simple_handler_default() +end +local handlers = { + [data] = data_handler, + [exclusive] = exclusive_handler, + [list] = list_handler, + [reverselist] = reverselist_handler, + [simple] = simple_handler, +} +local defaults = { + [data] = data_handler_default, + [exclusive] = nil, + [list] = list_handler_default, + [reverselist] = list_handler_default, + [simple] = simple_handler_default, +} +local user_callbacks_defaults = { + pre_mlist_to_hlist_filter = list_handler_default, + mlist_to_hlist = node.mlist_to_hlist, + post_mlist_to_hlist_filter = list_handler_default, } -local user_callbacks_defaults = { } local function create_callback(name, ctype, default) + local ctype_id = types[ctype] if not name or name == "" - or not ctype or ctype == "" + or not ctype_id then luatexbase_error("Unable to create callback:\n" .. "valid callback name and type required") @@ -384,12 +433,17 @@ local function create_callback(name, ctype, default) luatexbase_error("Unable to create callback `" .. name .. "':\ncallback is already defined") end - if default ~= false and type (default) ~= "function" then + default = default or defaults[ctype_id] + if not default then luatexbase_error("Unable to create callback `" .. name .. - ":\ndefault is not a function") - end + "':\ndefault is required for `" .. ctype .. + "' callbacks") + elseif type (default) ~= "function" then + luatexbase_error("Unable to create callback `" .. name .. + "':\ndefault is not a function") + end user_callbacks_defaults[name] = default - callbacktypes[name] = types[ctype] + callbacktypes[name] = ctype_id end luatexbase.create_callback = create_callback local function call_callback(name,...) @@ -405,9 +459,6 @@ local function call_callback(name,...) local f if not l then f = user_callbacks_defaults[name] - if l == false then - return nil - end else f = handlers[callbacktypes[name]](name) end @@ -548,3 +599,21 @@ local function uninstall() luatexbase = nil end luatexbase.uninstall = uninstall +callback_register("mlist_to_hlist", function(head, display_type, need_penalties) + local current = call_callback("pre_mlist_to_hlist_filter", head, display_type, need_penalties) + if current == false then + flush_list(head) + return nil + elseif current == true then + current = head + end + current = call_callback("mlist_to_hlist", current, display_type, need_penalties) + local post = call_callback("post_mlist_to_hlist_filter", current, display_type, need_penalties) + if post == true then + return current + elseif post == false then + flush_list(current) + return nil + end + return post +end) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.tex index 31df85da761..73b3528e674 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.tex @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #1#2[#3]{\endgroup\immediate\write-1{File: #1 #3}} \fi \ProvidesFile{ltluatex.tex} -[2019/10/22 v1.1j +[2020/02/02 v1.1l LuaTeX support for plain TeX (core) ] \edef\etatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltnews.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltnews.cls index 1ef65297467..08f098515b7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltnews.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltnews.cls @@ -1,46 +1,46 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993-2019 +% Copyright 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltnews.cls % Author: Alan Jeffrey et al - -% This is the LaTeX2e document class for the `LaTeX News' information -% sheet which comes with every LaTeX release. It may be useful for + +% This is the LaTeX2e document class for the `LaTeX News' information +% sheet which comes with every LaTeX release. It may be useful for % newsletters, or as an example of how simple newsletters can be set % with LaTeX. The changes log is at the end of the file. - + % Copyright 1994-2004 -% Alan Jeffrey and the LaTeX3 project. - +% Alan Jeffrey and the LaTeX3 project. + % This is a LaTeX2e document class. - + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} - + \ProvidesClass{ltnews}[2017/12/13 v1.06 Standard LaTeX class] % The configuration file, used for passing options. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ % Mathptm symbol font (AMS logo) % % The type1fonts option uses the fonts: -% +% % Adobe Utopia (main text) % URW Grotesk-T Bold (headings) % Lucida Sans typewriter (program listings) @@ -71,17 +71,17 @@ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{ppl}{} \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{ppl}{m}{n}{<-> pplr7t}{} -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{ppl}{bx}{n}{<-> pplb7t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{ppl}{bx}{n}{<-> pplb7t}{} \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{ppl}{m}{sc}{<-> pplrc7t}{} \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{ppl}{m}{it}{<-> pplri7t}{} -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{ppl}{m}{sl}{<-> pplro7t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{ppl}{m}{sl}{<-> pplro7t}{} \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{ppl}{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{ppl}{m}{n}{<-> pplr8t}{} -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{ppl}{bx}{n}{<-> pplb8t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{ppl}{bx}{n}{<-> pplb8t}{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{ppl}{m}{sc}{<-> pplrc8t}{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{ppl}{m}{it}{<-> pplri8t}{} -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{ppl}{m}{sl}{<-> pplro8t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{ppl}{m}{sl}{<-> pplro8t}{} % The Adobe Helvetica fonts: @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{pcr}{\hyphenchar\font=-1} \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{pcr}{m}{n}{<-> s*[0.89] pcrr7t}{} - + \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{pcr}{\hyphenchar\font=-1} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{pcr}{m}{n}{<-> s*[0.89] pcrr8t}{} - + % The Utopia fonts: \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{put}{} @@ -223,9 +223,9 @@ % The eTeX logo. \DeclareRobustCommand\eTeX{\ensuremath{\varepsilon}-\kern-.125em\TeX} - + % Switch off some of the article options. - + \DeclareOption{a4paper}{\OptionNotUsed} \DeclareOption{a5paper}{\OptionNotUsed} \DeclareOption{b5paper}{\OptionNotUsed} @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ %% The size of the haeding font was reduced (from 14pt) here to %% try and ensure that the pagination does not change whilst the -%% line count remains the same. +%% line count remains the same. \DeclareOption{lw35fonts}{% \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ppl}% \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}% @@ -313,15 +313,15 @@ % The default action for any option is to pass it to the article % class. - + \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} - + % Execute the options. - + \ProcessOptions - + % Load the article class. - + \LoadClass[twocolumn,oneside]{article} % @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ % % Also, it uses a verbatim input mode so Chris does not use it for % urls as he wants to control layout and use macros within it. Also -% he usuually wants to hand-craft the line-breaks in such text. -% +% he usuually wants to hand-craft the line-breaks in such text. +% \IfFileExists{url.sty}{% \RequirePackage{url} \newcommand\email{\begingroup \Url}}{% @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ % to HTML conversion; noticeable the latexonly and htmlonly % environments. % Again, let's check if it exists and if not provide necessary stubs -% +% \IfFileExists{html.sty}{% \RequirePackage{html}}{% % When it couldn't be found, provide some necessary stuff... @@ -394,12 +394,15 @@ % naively generated by \url can be produced in the pdf file. %% Please DO NOT load any packages after this point. -%% +%% % The page style. - + \pagestyle{empty} +\renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{\@indiciafont\mbox{}\hfill --\thepage}% +\renewcommand{\@evenfoot}{\@indiciafont\mbox{}\hfill --\thepage}% + \setlength{\parindent}{1em} % Why \textwidth? \setlength{\rightskip}{0pt plus \textwidth} @@ -408,40 +411,40 @@ \setlength{\columnsep}{2em} % The text size, which tries to work with both A4 and letter paper -% sizes. - +% sizes. + \setlength{\textheight}{230mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-10mm} - + \setlength{\textwidth}{180mm} \setlength{\oddsidemargin}{-10mm} - + % \maketitle parameters. - + \newcommand{\publicationmonth}{\renewcommand{\@month}} \newcommand{\@month}{\ClassError{ltnews} {No \protect\publicationmonth~given}\@eha} - + \newcommand{\publicationyear}{\renewcommand{\@year}} \newcommand{\@year}{\ClassError{ltnews} {No \protect\publicationyear~given}\@eha} - + \newcommand{\publicationissue}{\renewcommand{\@issue}} \newcommand{\@issue}{\ClassError{ltnews} {No \protect\publicationissue~given}\@eha} \newcommand{\issuename}{Issue} - + \newcommand{\indicia}{\renewcommand{\@indicia}} \newcommand{\@indicia}{% \LaTeXNews, and the \LaTeX{} software, are brought to you by the \LaTeX3 Project Team; Copyright \@year, all rights reserved. } - + \title{\LaTeXNews} % The \maketitle for the LaTeX News. - + \renewcommand{\maketitle}{% \twocolumn[{% \parbox[t][7\baselineskip]{\textwidth}{% @@ -459,7 +462,7 @@ \renewcommand{\@evenfoot}{\@indiciafont\@indicia\hfill}% } % -% When PostScript fonts are use we want the first section heading +% When PostScript fonts are use we want the first section heading % to come out a little bit higher on the page. \newcommand{\raisefirstsection}{% @@ -471,13 +474,13 @@ \fi } % Sectioning commands. - + \renewcommand{\section}{% \@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-1.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1ex \@plus.2ex}{\@headingfont}% } - + \renewcommand{\subsection}{% \@startsection {subsection}{1}{\z@}{-1.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% @@ -492,10 +495,10 @@ } % No section numbers. - + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} - -% Set lists tighter, but brought in by 1em (otherwise the first line + +% Set lists tighter, but brought in by 1em (otherwise the first line % always looks very wide). Should this be done with \rightskip? % It actually does nothing since after this \rightskip is set to % \@rightskip: I think \rightmargin was intended but should we change @@ -503,7 +506,7 @@ % FMi 1999/12/11: in fact it needs to go as it would affect the % paragraph before the list making it flush right and indented while % the rest of the document is set ragged. - + \renewcommand{\@listI}{% \setlength{\leftmargin}{\leftmargini}% \setlength{\topsep}{\medskipamount}% @@ -518,7 +521,7 @@ \setlength\topsep{4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt} % But have a list type with no indentation on either side: -% +% \renewenvironment{description} {\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \leftmargin \z@ @@ -534,9 +537,9 @@ }{% \endlist } - + % Some logos: - + \newcommand{\NFSS}{NFSS} \newcommand{\LaTeXNews}{\LaTeX~News} \newcommand{\AW}{Addison Wesley} @@ -561,15 +564,15 @@ \newcommand*\class[1]{\texttt{#1}} \newcommand*\package[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\let \pkg \package % backward compatibility +\let \pkg \package % backward compatibility \newcommand*\file[1]{\texttt{#1}} -% Hacking to make <...> produce italics in verbatim. NB: this can be +% Hacking to make <...> produce italics in verbatim. NB: this can be % done more cleanly using the verbatim package. But the ltnews class % has to run on any LaTeX installation, even those without the -% verbatim package. - +% verbatim package. + % Here we extend the font-setting command to include making <> active % (ie adjusting the input encoding). \renewcommand \verbatim@font {% @@ -577,11 +580,11 @@ \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active } - + % Make active <...> produce italics surrounded by angle brackets % (used in verbatim and \verb); % << produces a less-than, and >> produces a greater-than. - + \begingroup \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active @@ -604,21 +607,21 @@ \def\verbatim@nolig@list{\do\`\do\,\do\'\do\-} % That's it! - + \endinput - + % CHANGELOG % % 20 May 1994, v0.01: Created file. % % 21 May 1994, v0.02: Made <...> produce italics inside verbatim. -% Added the indicia, \publicationyear, \publicationmonth and -% \publicationissue. Added the citations environment. Switched off +% Added the indicia, \publicationyear, \publicationmonth and +% \publicationissue. Added the citations environment. Switched off % some of the article class options. -% +% % 21 May 1994, v0.03: Fixed a bug with ragged right. Fixed a bug % which was causing underfull hbox messages. -% +% % 27 May 1994, v0.04: Added SliTeX logo, and proper AMS LaTeX logo. % Added angle brackets to <...>. % @@ -629,14 +632,14 @@ % % 27 Jul 1994, v0.06: Corrected a typo `\PassOptionToClass' should % have been `\PassOptionsToClass'. Manas Mandal pointed that one -% out. +% out. % % 29 Nov 1994, v0.07: Made <...> only active in verbatim. -% +% % 09 Dec 1995, v0.08: Upper case for Project Team. -% +% % 20 Dec 1995, v0.09: Tidied up the list stuff. -% +% % 03 Jun 1996, v0.10: Changed fonts for lw35 option, for logical and % aesthetic reasons. % @@ -648,24 +651,24 @@ % % 22 Nov 1997, v0.13: Added new form of description. % Found all sorts of strange things involving \rightskip -% +% % 23 Feb 1999, v0.14: Added some logos etc. -% +% % 02 Jul 1999, v0.15: Added some logical markup -% +% % 03 Jul 1999, v0.16: Amended \pkg and added \email % % 21 Dec 1999, v0.17: Added PDF info, load package url.sty % % 23 Dec 1999, v0.18: Don't depend on url.sty being present -% +% % 21 Jul 2000, v0.19: Extra short-cuts, added to doc re v0.17; % and more fonts -% +% % 31 Aug 2000, v0.20: Fixed typo in URL (JLB) % % 06 Jun 2001, v0.21: Corrected undocumented stubs for html.sty -% +% % 12 Jul 2001, v0.22: Added eTeX logo (from ltugboat.cls) % % 26 Feb 2004, v1.00: If pdf is being produced, use hyperref. @@ -674,7 +677,7 @@ % 28 Feb 2004 v1.01 Heading font in lw35, size change. % % 21 Oct 2004 v1.02 Improve check for PDF generation (taken from ifpdf.sty) -% +% % 01 May 2014 v1.03 hidelinks option for hyperref % % BUGS diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxcheck.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxcheck.tex index a635602cd09..b96c884f3c3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxcheck.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxcheck.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % % \iffalse @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ % % \StopEventually{} % \CheckSum{643} -% +% % \changes{v1.0c}{1994/03/15} % {Add \cmd{\NeedsTeXFormat}} % \changes{v1.0t}{1996/09/25} @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ LaTeX2e installation check file^^J% \errmessage{BAD LaTeX2e system!!} \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@@end \fi -% +% % \end{macrocode} % % Check the input path by looking for |article.cls|. If |article.cls| @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/\protect~knuth/cm.html}% % This command looks for the string |dcr17<| in the font tables for % T1/cmr. If it is there, then the T1 fd files match the old dc fonts, % for dc release 1.1 or earlier. If not then presumably new fd files -% are being used. +% are being used. % \begin{macrocode} \def\dcrseventeen{% \begingroup @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ You may want to run ec.ins and remake the LaTeX format} % % % The following files will be unpacked by running iniTeX on -% |unpack.ins|. +% |unpack.ins|. % % \begin{macrocode} \typeout{^^JChecking LaTeX input files...^^J} @@ -972,4 +972,3 @@ the format later.} % % \Finale % - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxguide.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxguide.cls index 8ef06b95aac..f70c91dcd95 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxguide.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxguide.cls @@ -2,66 +2,66 @@ % % Copyright 1993-2019 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % Filename: ltxguide.cls % Author: Alan Jeffrey % Version: 0.14 1999/03/06 - + % This is the document class for the LaTeX guides `LaTeX2e for authors' % and `LaTeX2e for class and package writers'. The changes log is at % the end of the file. - -% Copyright 1994 1999 Alan Jeffrey and the LaTeX3 project. - + +% Copyright 1994 1999 Alan Jeffrey and the LaTeX3 project. + % This is a LaTeX2e document class. - + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] \ProvidesClass{ltxguide}[2001/05/28 Standard LaTeX class] - + % Input any local configuration file. - + \InputIfFileExists{ltxguide.cfg} {\typeout {**********************************************^^J% * Local configuration file ltxguide.cfg used *^^J% **********************************************}} {\ClassInfo{ltxguide}{Local configuration file not found}} - + % All options are passed to the article class. - + \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} \ProcessOptions \LoadClass{article} - + % No paragraph indentation, space between paragraphs. - + \setlength{\parindent}{0pt} \setlength{\parskip}{\medskipamount} - + % The names of some documents: - + \newcommand{\clsguide}{\LaTeXe{} for Class and Package Writers} \newcommand{\usrguide}{\LaTeXe{} for Authors} \newcommand{\fntguide}{\LaTeXe{} Font Selection} @@ -81,16 +81,16 @@ \newcommand{\ie}{i.e.,~} % The SliTeX logo: - + \newcommand{\SLiTeX}{\textsc{Sli}\TeX} - + % A declaration of a command, in a box, set out into the margin. % -% Unfortunately, there is a bug with this command, which allows page +% Unfortunately, there is a bug with this command, which allows page % breaks to happen after a \begin{decl}[DATE]: it is a bug with TeX that % makes it very difficult to get page-breaks correct near marginals, % especially at the end of a paragraph. - + \newenvironment{decl}[1][]% {\par\small\addvspace{4.5ex plus 1ex}% \vskip -\parskip @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ \begin{tabular}{|l|}\hline\ignorespaces}% {\\\hline\end{tabular}\nobreak\@decl@date\par\nobreak \vspace{2.3ex}\vskip -\parskip} - + % Run the toc tighter: - + \def\@starttoc#1{\begingroup \makeatletter \parskip\z@\@plus\p@\relax % <---- @@ -114,11 +114,11 @@ \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax \fi \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} - + % Some hacks with verbatim... NB: this would be better done with the % verbatim package, but this document has to run on any LaTeX % installation. - + \let\o@verbatim\verbatim \def\verbatim{% \ifhmode\unskip\par\fi @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ \fi \o@verbatim } - + % Here we extend the font-setting command to include making <> active % (ie adjusting the input encoding). \renewcommand \verbatim@font {% @@ -136,16 +136,16 @@ \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active } - + % Make |...| a synonym for \verb|...|. \RequirePackage{shortvrb} \MakeShortVerb{\|} - + % Make active <...> produce italics surrounded by angle brackets % (used in verbatim and \verb). % << produces a less-than, and >> produces a greater-than. - + \begingroup \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active @@ -166,31 +166,31 @@ }% } \def\verbatim@nolig@list{\do\`\do\,\do\'\do\-} - + % Various forms of argument: - + \newcommand{\m}[1]{\mbox{$\langle$\it #1\/$\rangle$}} \renewcommand{\arg}[1]{{\tt\string{}\m{#1}{\tt\string}}} \newcommand{\oarg}[1]{{\tt[}\m{#1}{\tt]}} - + % Logos. - + \newcommand{\NFSS}{\textsf{NFSS}} - + \newcommand{\AmS}{$${\protect\the\textfont2 A}\kern-.1667em\lower .5ex\hbox{\protect\the\textfont2 M}\kern -.125em{\protect\the\textfont2 S}} - + \newcommand{\AmSLaTeX}{\mbox{\AmS-\LaTeX}} - + % Table of contents is two deep. - + \setcounter{tocdepth}{2} - + % Allow more flexibility about bad paragraphs. - + \tolerance500 - + % Marginal notes for new features and description: % Changed to command and hacked by Chris to get better positioning and % a better chance of printing: @@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ \newcommand{\URL}[1]{\texttt{#1}} % That's it! - + \endinput - + % CHANGELOG % % 24 May 1994, ASAJ: Turned the collection of macros used by @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ % \PassOptionsToClass{article}. % % 30 Oct 1994, ASAJ: Added environments NEWfeature and NEWdescription. -% +% % 20 Nov 1994, CAR: Changed NEWfeature and NEWdescription to improve % alignment: pagebreaking still not working. % @@ -238,9 +238,9 @@ % 24 July 1995, CAR: Changed cfg messages. % % 21 Sept 1995, \RequirePackage{shortvrb} for latex/1875 -% +% % 22 Nov 1995, CAR: Corrected cfg loading. -% +% % 28 Nov 1995, CAR: Added \cfgguide and \modguide. % % 29 Nov 1995, DPC: Make \small in verbatim conditional on \normalsize. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/minimal.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/minimal.cls index d55576326d3..b38e4be093c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/minimal.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/minimal.cls @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright 1993-2019 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi %% %% Minimal LaTeX class file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlenc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlenc.def index 565a1f5f96e..9c61c9e7230 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlenc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlenc.def @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. %%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx \ProvidesFile{omlenc.def} - [2019/11/22 v2.0l + [2020/01/25 v2.0m Standard LaTeX file] \DeclareFontEncoding{OML}{}{} \DeclareTextSymbol{\textless}{OML}{`\<} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omsenc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omsenc.def index 3b0af080c76..7cd0afe50ed 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omsenc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omsenc.def @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. %%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx \ProvidesFile{omsenc.def} - [2019/11/22 v2.0l + [2020/01/25 v2.0m Standard LaTeX file] \DeclareFontEncoding{OMS}{}{} \DeclareTextSymbol{\textasteriskcentered}{OMS}{3} % "03 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1enc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1enc.def index 62078c53b64..eec28395c18 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1enc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1enc.def @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. %%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx \ProvidesFile{ot1enc.def} - [2019/11/22 v2.0l + [2020/01/25 v2.0m Standard LaTeX file] \DeclareFontEncoding{OT1}{}{} \DeclareTextAccent{\"}{OT1}{127} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot4enc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot4enc.def index 8fb37d4d885..3f8b4ed347e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot4enc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot4enc.def @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. %%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx \ProvidesFile{ot4enc.def} - [2019/11/22 v2.0l + [2020/01/25 v2.0m Standard LaTeX file] \DeclareFontEncoding{OT4}{}{} \DeclareFontSubstitution{OT4}{cmr}{m}{n} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/preload.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/preload.cfg index 7a3beb2aa70..5cdae1ed526 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/preload.cfg +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/preload.cfg @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{preload.cfg} - [2019/12/17 v3.0e LaTeX Kernel + [2020/01/25 v3.0f LaTeX Kernel (Uncustomised preload font setup)] %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/sample2e.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/sample2e.tex index 715e46d2d0d..117c9b9bcd9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/sample2e.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/sample2e.tex @@ -27,26 +27,26 @@ the output it generates can show you how to produce a simple document of your own. \section{Ordinary Text} % Produces section heading. Lower-level - % sections are begun with similar + % sections are begun with similar % \subsection and \subsubsection commands. -The ends of words and sentences are marked - by spaces. It doesn't matter how many +The ends of words and sentences are marked + by spaces. It doesn't matter how many spaces you type; one is as good as 100. The end of a line counts as a space. -One or more blank lines denote the end -of a paragraph. +One or more blank lines denote the end +of a paragraph. Since any number of consecutive spaces are treated like a single one, the formatting of the input file makes no difference to \LaTeX, % The \LaTeX command generates the LaTeX logo. but it makes a difference to you. When you use -\LaTeX, making your input file as easy to read -as possible will be a great help as you write -your document and when you change it. This sample -file shows how you can add comments to your own input +\LaTeX, making your input file as easy to read +as possible will be a great help as you write +your document and when you change it. This sample +file shows how you can add comments to your own input file. Because printing is different from typewriting, @@ -54,19 +54,19 @@ there are a number of things that you have to do differently when preparing an input file than if you were just typing the document directly. Quotation marks like - ``this'' + ``this'' have to be handled specially, as do quotes within quotes: ``\,`this' % \, separates the double and single quote. - is what I just - wrote, not `that'\,''. - -Dashes come in three sizes: an - intra-word -dash, a medium dash for number ranges like - 1--2, -and a punctuation - dash---like + is what I just + wrote, not `that'\,''. + +Dashes come in three sizes: an + intra-word +dash, a medium dash for number ranges like + 1--2, +and a punctuation + dash---like this. A sentence-ending space should be larger than the @@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ You should check the spaces after periods when reading your output to make sure you haven't forgotten any special cases. Generating an ellipsis - \ldots\ % `\ ' is needed after `\ldots' because TeX - % ignores spaces after command names like \ldots + \ldots\ % `\ ' is needed after `\ldots' because TeX + % ignores spaces after command names like \ldots % made from \ + letters. % - % Note how a `%' character causes TeX to ignore - % the end of the input line, so these blank lines + % Note how a `%' character causes TeX to ignore + % the end of the input line, so these blank lines % do not start a new paragraph. % with the right spacing around the periods requires @@ -98,12 +98,12 @@ following: \$ \& \% \# \{ and \}. In printing, text is usually emphasized with an - \emph{italic} -type style. + \emph{italic} +type style. \begin{em} - A long segment of text can also be emphasized - in this way. Text within such a segment can be + A long segment of text can also be emphasized + in this way. Text within such a segment can be given \emph{additional} emphasis. \end{em} @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ This may be at a space, as between the ``Mr.''\ and ``Mr.~Jones'', % ~ produces an unbreakable interword space. or within a word---especially when the word is a symbol like - \mbox{\emph{itemnum}} + \mbox{\emph{itemnum}} that makes little sense when hyphenated across lines. @@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ pose no problem. \LaTeX\ is good at typesetting mathematical formulas like - \( x-3y + z = 7 \) + \( x-3y + z = 7 \) or \( a_{1} > x^{2n} + y^{2n} > x' \) -or +or \( \ip{A}{B} = \sum_{i} a_{i} b_{i} \). -The spaces you type in a formula are +The spaces you type in a formula are ignored. Remember that a letter like $x$ % $ ... $ and \( ... \) are equivalent is a formula when it denotes a mathematical @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Text is displayed by indenting it from the left margin. Quotations are commonly displayed. There are short quotations \begin{quote} - This is a short quotation. It consists of a + This is a short quotation. It consists of a single paragraph of text. See how it is formatted. \end{quote} and longer ones. @@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ list. contains another list nested inside it. The inner list is an \emph{enumerated} list. \begin{enumerate} - \item This is the first item of an enumerated + \item This is the first item of an enumerated list that is nested within the itemized list. - \item This is the second item of the inner list. - \LaTeX\ allows you to nest lists deeper than + \item This is the second item of the inner list. + \LaTeX\ allows you to nest lists deeper than you really should. \end{enumerate} This is the rest of the second item of the outer @@ -179,22 +179,22 @@ list. \end{itemize} You can even display poetry. \begin{verse} - There is an environment + There is an environment for verse \\ % The \\ command separates lines Whose features some poets % within a stanza. - will curse. + will curse. % One or more blank lines separate stanzas. For instead of making\\ Them do \emph{all} line breaking, \\ - It allows them to put too many words on a line when they'd rather be + It allows them to put too many words on a line when they'd rather be forced to be terse. \end{verse} Mathematical formulas may also be displayed. A -displayed formula -is +displayed formula +is one-line long; multiline formulas require special formatting instructions. \[ \ip{\Gamma}{\psi'} = x'' + y^{2} + z_{i}^{n}\] diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/small2e.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/small2e.tex index 9032c46d030..c5f5ad286e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/small2e.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/small2e.tex @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ % The Local Guide tells how to run LaTeX. % WARNING! Do not type any of the following 10 characters except as directed: -% & $ # % _ { } ^ ~ \ +% & $ # % _ { } ^ ~ \ -\documentclass{article} % Your input file must contain these two lines +\documentclass{article} % Your input file must contain these two lines \begin{document} % plus the \end{document} command at the end. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ a space after the period, as in this sentence. Remember, don't type the 10 special characters (such as dollar sign and backslash) except as directed! The following seven are printed by -typing a backslash in front of them: \$ \& \# \% \_ \{ and \}. +typing a backslash in front of them: \$ \& \# \% \_ \{ and \}. The manual tells how to make other symbols. \end{document} % The input file ends with this command. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.def index 4953ea93f81..3ba415ede45 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.def @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. %%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx \ProvidesFile{t1enc.def} - [2019/11/22 v2.0l + [2020/01/25 v2.0m Standard LaTeX file] \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} \DeclareTextAccent{\`}{T1}{0} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/testpage.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/testpage.tex index 75d81ec8d69..b89ef81bbc5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/testpage.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/testpage.tex @@ -2,29 +2,29 @@ % % Copyright (C) 1993-2020 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere -% in this file. -% +% in this file. +% % This file is part of the LaTeX base system. % ------------------------------------------- -% +% % It may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2008 or later. -% +% % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% +% % The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is % given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional % information. -% -% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution -% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with +% +% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution +% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -% +% % \fi % testpage.tex - created 21 January 1994. % Copyright (C) 1994 by Rainer Schoepf @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ useable. The ticks of the left and top rulers are $1 {\rm mm}$ apart. The large ticks are $.1''$ apart. \end{minipage} \hfill\mbox{} - + \vfill \mbox{} @@ -514,10 +514,8 @@ useable. The ticks of the left and top rulers are $1 {\rm mm}$ apart. The large ticks are $.1''$ apart. \end{minipage} \hfill\mbox{} - + \vfill \mbox{} \end{document} - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tuenc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tuenc.def index 9fed84f2a5c..313278a5723 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tuenc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tuenc.def @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. %%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx \ProvidesFile{tuenc.def} - [2019/11/22 v2.0l + [2020/01/25 v2.0m Standard LaTeX file] \providecommand\UnicodeEncodingName{TU} \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/color.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/color.sty index 6d50107b48b..7973f8428ff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/color.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/color.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% %% %% color.dtx Copyright (C) 1994--1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2005-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2005-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{color} - [2016/07/10 v1.1e Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)] + [2019/11/23 v1.2a Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)] \edef\Gin@codes{% \catcode`\noexpand\^^A\the\catcode`\^^A\relax \catcode`\noexpand\"\the\catcode`\"\relax @@ -98,28 +98,28 @@ \csname\string\color @#1\endcsname \set@color}% \ignorespaces} -\def\textcolor#1#{\@textcolor{#1}} +\protected\def\textcolor#1#{\@textcolor{#1}} \def\@textcolor#1#2#3{\protect\leavevmode{\color#1{#2}#3}} -\def\pagecolor{% +\protected\def\pagecolor{% \begingroup \let\ignorespaces\endgroup \let\set@color\set@page@color \color} -\def\nopagecolor{% +\protected\def\nopagecolor{% \@ifundefined{no@page@color}{% \PackageInfo{color}{\string\nopagecolor\space is not supported}% }{% \no@page@color }% } -\def\definecolor#1#2#3{% +\protected\def\definecolor#1#2#3{% \@ifundefined{color@#2}% {\c@lor@error{model `#2'}}% {\@ifundefined{\string\color @#1}{}% {\PackageInfo{color}{Redefining color #1}}% \csname color@#2\expandafter\endcsname \csname\string\color @#1\endcsname{#3}}} -\def\DefineNamedColor#1#2#3#4{% +\protected\def\DefineNamedColor#1#2#3#4{% \@ifundefined{define@color@#1}% {\c@lor@error{model `#1'}}% {\@ifundefined{color@#3}% @@ -148,13 +148,13 @@ \@ifundefined{ver@\Gin@driver}{\input{\Gin@driver}}{} \fi \@ifundefined{c@lor@namefile}{}{\input{\c@lor@namefile}} -\def\normalcolor{\let\current@color\default@color\set@color} +\protected\def\normalcolor{\let\current@color\default@color\set@color} \AtBeginDocument{\let\default@color\current@color} \def\color@block#1#2#3{% {\set@color\rlap{\ifcolors@\vrule\@width#1\@height#2\@depth#3\fi}}} -\def\colorbox#1#{\color@box{#1}} +\protected\def\colorbox#1#{\color@box{#1}} \def\color@box#1#2{\color@b@x\relax{\color#1{#2}}} -\def\fcolorbox#1#{\color@fbox{#1}} +\protected\def\fcolorbox#1#{\color@fbox{#1}} \def\color@fbox#1#2#3{% \color@b@x{\fboxsep\z@\color#1{#2}\fbox}{\color#1{#3}}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipdf.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipdf.def index 1e3c06b47ca..39d2d8f9835 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipdf.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipdf.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsnam.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsnam.def index cd86f75aec8..06e7398272f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsnam.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsnam.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsone.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsone.def index 98334f3a130..b942a05ae3f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsone.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsone.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dviwin.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dviwin.def index 5a636eafa9f..07a34e4db2b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dviwin.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dviwin.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/emtex.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/emtex.def index 4a929483b6f..c3d17aa20d0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/emtex.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/emtex.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.sty index d117fbfe8cc..114460d3493 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% %% %% epsfig.dtx Copyright (C) 1994-1996 1999 Sebastian Rahtz -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics-2017-06-25.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics-2017-06-25.sty index 361193cf323..5cfa5df4500 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics-2017-06-25.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics-2017-06-25.sty @@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ %% The original source files were: %% %% graphics.dtx (with options: `package') -%% +%% %% The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug %% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -%% -%% +%% +%% %% graphics.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995--2017 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.sty index e6bdc2f8669..f23eabadc70 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% %% %% graphics.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz -%% Copyright (C) 1995-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 1995-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ \DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2019-10-01} \ProvidesPackage{graphics} - [2019/11/01 v1.3d Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)] + [2019/11/30 v1.4a Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)] \edef\Gin@codes{% \catcode`\noexpand\^^A\the\catcode`\^^A\relax \catcode`\noexpand\"\the\catcode`\"\relax @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ \newcommand\DeclareGraphicsExtensions[1]{% \edef\Gin@extensions{\zap@space#1 \@empty}} \providecommand\Gin@extensions{} -\def\includegraphics{% +\protected\def\includegraphics{% \leavevmode \@ifstar {\Gin@cliptrue\Gin@i}% @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ \let\Grot@d\@ydim \let\Grot@x\@linelen \let\Grot@y\@dashdim -\long\def\rotatebox#1#2{% +\protected\long\def\rotatebox#1#2{% \leavevmode \Grot@setangle{#1}% \setbox\z@\hbox{{#2}}% @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ \advance\Grot@right-\Grot@left\wd\z@\Grot@right \leavevmode\box\z@ \endgroup} -\def\scalebox#1{% +\protected\def\scalebox#1{% \@ifnextchar[{\Gscale@box{#1}}{\Gscale@box{#1}[#1]}} \long\def\Gscale@box#1[#2]#3{% \leavevmode @@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ \else \hb@xt@#1\wd\z@{\box\tw@\kern#1\wd\z@\hss}% \fi} -\def\reflectbox{\Gscale@box-1[1]} -\def\resizebox{% +\protected\def\reflectbox{\Gscale@box-1[1]} +\protected\def\resizebox{% \leavevmode \@ifstar{\Gscale@@box\totalheight}{\Gscale@@box\height}} \def\Gscale@@box#1#2#3{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.sty index d41006e2609..c28ca752b3b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% %% %% graphicx.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz -%% Copyright (C) 1995-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 1995-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{graphicx} - [2017/06/01 v1.1a Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)] + [2019/11/30 v1.2a Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)] \DeclareOption{unknownkeysallowed} {\PassOptionsToPackage\CurrentOption{keyval}} \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage\CurrentOption{graphics}} @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ \the\toks@ \endgroup \fi} -\def\rotatebox{% +\protected\def\rotatebox{% \leavevmode \@ifnextchar[\Grot@box@kv\Grot@box@std} \long\def\Grot@box@std#1#2{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.sty index ad522ba6f02..ddb6c0a183e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% %% %% keyval.dtx Copyright (C) 1993 1994 1995 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.sty index b5bae157ae1..e4ece0f218d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% %% %% lscape.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 1999-2000 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctex32.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctex32.def index 77ee66620e6..58c913cd023 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctex32.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctex32.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexhp.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexhp.def index 14987ca894f..341204427d1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexhp.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexhp.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexps.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexps.def index 75a82ab3e35..6920dcd739e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexps.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexps.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexwin.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexwin.def index 35964af3c55..198644d3b3b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexwin.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexwin.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.sty index ded37b873cd..14ba6fb1427 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% %% Copyright (C) 1995--1999 Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca %% Copyright (C) 2001--2003,2007--2009 Robin Fairbairns -%% Copyright (C) 2016-2019 LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2016-2020 LaTeX3 Project \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{rotating}% [2016/08/11 v2.16d diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/tcidvi.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/tcidvi.def index a6624d40023..d4a93d43c38 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/tcidvi.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/tcidvi.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/trig.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/trig.sty index bb733b6654c..1cdc14cb7e3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/trig.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/trig.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% %% %% File: trig.dtx Copyright (C) 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/truetex.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/truetex.def index 99b228aeb21..62a4742b863 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/truetex.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/truetex.def @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% %% drivers.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 David Carlisle Sebastian Rahtz %% Copyright (C) 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 David Carlisle -%% Copyright (C) 2000-2019 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project +%% Copyright (C) 2000-2020 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project %% %% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'. %% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/.tex index be8f5d46019..7c09a5d9a99 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.sty index 0c3fb171ac8..5f1d6bc4df8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/afterpage.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/array-2016-10-06.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/array-2016-10-06.sty index 0b619362d47..10fd5e8d17a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/array-2016-10-06.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/array-2016-10-06.sty @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ %% %% This is an old release of `array.sty', -%% +%% %% Copyright 1993-2016 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. -%% +%% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ %% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt %% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% +%% +%% %% Package `array' to use with LaTeX 2e %% Copyright (C) 1989-1998 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/array.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/array.sty index 87aedd3343d..7afaa6dbadf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/array.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/array.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/bm.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/bm.sty index 1ce8ae51651..40e02133d10 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/bm.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/bm.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/calc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/calc.sty index 175d5a48a7d..911377c5ff9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/calc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/calc.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.sty index 9fe46e6aa6a..b7ad2fae0d9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/dcolumn.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/delarray.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/delarray.sty index cd1e55fc85a..818c74d6897 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/delarray.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/delarray.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/e.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/e.tex index 49329f42c3a..35f01cb8d4d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/e.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/e.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.sty index 7c6ce896434..c684a57fa36 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/enumerate.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.sty index b8388317311..fca0cd5c10d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.tex index 2e6d29aaddc..1b0f4f81b24 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/fontsmpl.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.sty index 6824c4ad4ef..b20cd23c4e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/ftnright.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/h.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/h.tex index 155b67e0a2f..9a9d64afd7a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/h.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/h.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/hhline.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/hhline.sty index 370c8b6f1b5..ce516a69c3e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/hhline.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/hhline.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.sty index cef7e9967f8..678ccfb3bcd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/indentfirst.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/layout.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/layout.sty index dd6a6cf0a08..4805bace1d9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/layout.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/layout.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/longtable.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/longtable.sty index 9d18504b2c7..f79c691e104 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/longtable.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/longtable.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% -%% File: longtable.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2019 David Carlisle +%% File: longtable.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2020 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{longtable} - [2019/02/06 v4.12 Multi-page Table package (DPC)] + [2020/01/07 v4.13 Multi-page Table package (DPC)] \def\LT@err{\PackageError{longtable}} \def\LT@warn{\PackageWarning{longtable}} \def\LT@final@warn{% @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ \def\LT@no@pgbk#1[#2]{\penalty #1\@getpen{#2}\ifnum`{=0\fi}} \def\LT@start{% \let\LT@start\endgraf - \endgraf\penalty\z@\vskip\LTpre + \endgraf\penalty\z@\vskip\LTpre\endgraf \dimen@\pagetotal \advance\dimen@ \ht\ifvoid\LT@firsthead\LT@head\else\LT@firsthead\fi \advance\dimen@ \dp\ifvoid\LT@firsthead\LT@head\else\LT@firsthead\fi diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/multicol-2017-04-11.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/multicol-2017-04-11.sty index e8558e4ce04..c708ae6c486 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/multicol-2017-04-11.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/multicol-2017-04-11.sty @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ %% %% This is an old release of `multicol.sty', -%% +%% %% The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug %% reports for it can be opened at http://latex-project.org/bugs.html %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -%% +%% %% Copyright 1993-2016 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. -%% +%% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ %% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt %% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% +%% +%% %% Package `multicol' to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright 1989-2016 Frank Mittelbach %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/multicol.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/multicol.sty index e9953373b49..ad051a947a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/multicol.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/multicol.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/q.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/q.tex index 98989dc59f1..3b11a43450c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/q.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/q.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/r.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/r.tex index ce4a465e808..80ef9281fd3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/r.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/r.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.sty index a908bcff858..e33ced89f86 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/rawfonts.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/s.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/s.tex index b7f6f061af1..a2efe1d35f9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/s.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/s.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.sty index 49b8970f685..a898d013712 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/shellesc.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% %% Source File: shellesc.dtx -%% Copyright (C) 2015-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 2015-2020 %% %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.sty index fce08f453d7..80b28e14032 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/showkeys.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.sty index 441f96fb26c..8f59ac43ee1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/somedefs.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.sty index 8b18d3c12ed..a99f6075901 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/tabularx.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% File: tabularx.dtx Copyright (C) 1991-1999 2012 2014 2016 2017 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{tabularx} - [2016/02/03 v2.11b `tabularx' package (DPC)] + [2020/01/15 v2.11c `tabularx' package (DPC)] \DeclareOption{infoshow}{\AtEndOfPackage\tracingtabularx} \DeclareOption{debugshow}{\AtEndOfPackage\tracingtabularx} \ProcessOptions @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ \edef\TX@{\@currenvir}% {\ifnum0=`}\fi \setlength\TX@target{#1}% - \TX@typeout{Target width: #1 = \the\TX@target.}% + \TX@typeout{Target width: #1 = \the\TX@target}% \toks@{}\TX@get@body} \let\endtabularx\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thb.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thb.sty index f360a0abde4..1959f0ebf65 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thb.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thb.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thc.sty index 87df00fca1e..820569e26f1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thc.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thcb.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thcb.sty index 95bda2153e6..9bc9b9f029d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thcb.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thcb.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/theorem.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/theorem.sty index c5b3171b571..6918fc4c0b4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/theorem.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/theorem.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thm.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thm.sty index 851b176967c..7c39a31c345 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thm.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thm.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thmb.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thmb.sty index 00a73fa853b..ed2db74a501 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thmb.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thmb.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thp.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thp.sty index e062bef21a9..b2675102c16 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thp.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/thp.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/trace.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/trace.sty index ea08862a68c..7796b5d71ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/trace.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/trace.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/varioref-2016-02-16.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/varioref-2016-02-16.sty index 78aa06db6b8..054157117e8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/varioref-2016-02-16.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/varioref-2016-02-16.sty @@ -5,20 +5,20 @@ %% The original source files were: %% %% varioref.dtx (with options: `package') -%% +%% %% This is a generated file. -%% +%% %% The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug %% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) -%% +%% %% Copyright 1993-2017 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. -%% +%% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'. %% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% +%% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ %% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt %% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% +%% %% This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX %% `Tools Bundle'. You may however distribute the LaTeX `Tools Bundle' %% without such generated files. -%% +%% %% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX `Tools Bundle' is %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. -%% +%% %% Package varioref to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright (C) 1992-2016 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/varioref.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/varioref.sty index cf5a7e7eccd..532d7fa572d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/varioref.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/varioref.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs/ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% %% Package varioref to use with LaTeX2e -%% Copyright (C) 1992-2019 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. +%% Copyright (C) 1992-2020 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. %% %% For additions or updates to the language options please contact %% the author at @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ \DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2019-10-01} \ProvidesPackage{varioref} - [2019/11/05 v1.6c package for extended references (FMi)] + [2020/01/23 v1.6c package for extended references (FMi)] %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.sty index 24041850624..ab0f603ba5d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/verbatim.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/verbtest.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/verbtest.tex index 5440d3e2584..ecf90e591af 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/verbtest.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/verbtest.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/x.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/x.tex index f9040d63176..70293e61738 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/x.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/x.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/xr.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/xr.sty index 05125cee3ed..0344f194e3d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/xr.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/xr.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% @@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ \XR@tempa{#1{\XR@prefix#2}{#3}}{\edef\XR@list{\XR@list#2\relax}}% \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\XR@aux \else\expandafter\XR@read\fi} - \endinput %% %% End of file `xr.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/xspace.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/xspace.sty index 11eb6ab2228..57a7e85ed98 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/xspace.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/tools/xspace.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!) %% %% -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020 %% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere %% in this file. %% |